Skip to main content

Full text of "A glimpse of India : being a collection of extracts from the letters Dr. Clara A. Swain, first medical missionary to India of the Woman's Foreign Missionary Society of the Methodist Episcopal Church in America"

See other formats


n 


■ 
BHHfl 


Boston 

Medical  Library 

8  The  Fenway 


J- 


sWucsyL/ 


A    Glimpse   of  Indi 


a 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Open  Knowledge  Commons  and  Harvard  Medical  School 


http://www.archive.org/details/glimpseofindiabe1909swai 


t 


C.  A.  Swdfn,  M.  D., 
1869. 


* 


Miss  I.  Thoburn. 


A  Glimpse  of  India 


Being  a  collection  of  Ex- 
tracts from  the  Letters  of 


DR.  CLARA  A.  SWAIN 

First  Medical  Missionary  to  India  of  the 
IVo?nan  s  Foreign  Missionary  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal    Church    in   America 


NEW     YORK 

JAMES    POTT     &     COMPANY 

MCMIX 


/   ffiV3 


Copyright,  1909,  by 
JAMES   POTT   &   COMPANY 


\Q*l»  Sf 


■      ,  - 


o** 


% 


Foreword 

IT  was  with  extreme  reluctance  that  the  writer  of 
these  letters  was  persuaded  to  allow  them  to  be 
made  public. 

Her  family  and  personal  friends  have  carefully  pre- 
served them  with  the  thought  there  might,  at  some  time, 
be  a  call  for  their  publication,  and  the  author  has  yielded 
to  the  entreaties  of  her  friends  to  let  the  general  public 
have  a  share  in  the  pleasure  of  those  who  have  so  de- 
lightedly enjoyed  them  in  private  circles. 

A  favorable  opportunity  has  occurred  for  them  to  be 
reread,  extracts  made  from  the  originals  and  arranged 
for  publication. 

It  will  readily  be  noticed  that  Dr.  Swain  ivas  de- 
voted to  her  work,  not  only  as  a  profession,  but  as  a 
means  of  carrying  the  Light  and  Life  of  the  Gospel  into 
the  darkened  homes  of  those  to  whom  she  ministered. 

The  contrast  between  the  first  and  second  part  of  her 
book  is  marked.  In  the  one  she  found  a  people  ready  to 
accept  physical  aid  and  not  wholly  unacquainted  with  the 
customs  of  foreigners  and  the  religious  ideas  of  the  mis- 
sionaries already  among  them.  In  the  other  she  was 
among  a  people  who,  with  regard  to  Christianity,  were 
as  barren  in  mind  as  are  the  waste  deserts  of  their  na- 
tive province. 

[v] 


Foreivord 

It  required  courage  to  enter  upon  work  of  any  kind 
amid  such  uncongenial  surroundings  and  unsympathetic 
people  but  the  need  was  great  and  there  were  strong  in- 
dications that  the  Master  had  work  for  her  to  do  among 
thejn.      Who  can  doubt  that  this  was  God's  own  plan  ? 

One  may  sow,  another  may  water,  but  faith  receives 
the  assurance  that  God  WILL  give  the  increase. 

C.  L.  R.  H. 


[vi] 


Contents 

CHAP. 

PAGE 

PART   FIRST 

I. 

Outward  Journey          .         .                  3 

II. 

Arrival  in  India    . 

.       19 

III. 

A  Favorable  Introduction 

•       33 

IV. 

First  Hot  Season  . 

■       44 

V. 

A  Visit  to  the  Hills 

•       59 

VI. 

Busy  Days 

71 

VII. 

General  Work 

84 

VIII. 
IX. 

Ac  l\/f              S\w  Tt 

98 
in 

no   ivjL                 ijt\  w    x.  1     .               « 

Second  Journey  to  India 

X. 

Visitors  from  America  . 

129 

XL 

Decennial    Conference    at 

Cal- 

cutta          .... 

141 

PART   SECOND 

XII. 

Call  to  Rajputana        .         .              159 

XIII. 

A  Summer  Resort  . 

186 

XIV. 

Return  to  Khetri 

199 

XV. 

A  New  Companion 

213 

XVI. 

A  Pilgrimage 

223 

XVII. 
XVIII. 

Distinguished  Visitors 
In  the  Mountains 

243 
256 

XIX. 

Birth  of  an  Heir 
[vii] 

272 

Contents 

XX. 

A  Visit  to  Besau    . 

.     282 

XXI. 

A  Marriage  Arrangement    . 

•     294 

XXII. 

A  Royal  Wedding 

•     3°6 

XXIII. 

Last  Days      .... 

•     324 

PART  THIRD 
XXIV.     Return  to  India    ....     341 


[  viii  3 


Illustrations 


Frontispiece 

C.  A.  Swain,  M.  D. 
1869 


Miss  I.  Thoburn 
1869 

Facing  page 


Household  Servants    . 
Medical  Class,  1870    . 
Nawab  of  Rampore's  Gift 
The  Dispensary  . 
Taj  Mahal  Gateway 
The  Taj  Mahal,  from  the  River 
Bareilly    Library    at    Entrance    to   the 
Bazar       ...... 

The  Main  Bazar,  Bareilly 

The  Suez  Canal  .... 

The  House  Remodelled  and  Repaired 
The  Khetri  Palace     .... 

A  Rath 

Andriyas,  the  Converted  Faqir 

The  City  Bathing  Tank    . 

The  Khetri  Heir         .... 

The  New  House  Near  the  Palace 

State  Elephant  and  Howdah 

Dr.  C.  A.  Swain,  1906 

The  Young  Rajah  of  Khetri,  Fifteen 


Years  Old 


[«] 


26 
36 

74 
78 
94 
95 

104 
106 
112 

r35 

162 

204 
225 
246 
3°4 
3°7 
33° 
34i 

354 


Part  I 

Bareillyy  India 
1870-1885 


I 

Outward  jfourney 


New  York,  Oct.  jo,  1869. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  am  very  glad  to  report  my  safe  arrival  in 
New  York  after  my  much  dreaded  journey.  I  reached 
the  city  about  noon  and  made  my  way  to  the  mission 
rooms  without  difficulty,  where  I  met  Dr.  Durbin  and 
Dr.  Harris,  the  missionary  secretaries,  who  gave  me  a 
hearty  welcome  and  offered  me  any  assistance  I  might 
need  in  packing  or  other  arrangements. 

Dr.  Terry  took  me  to  his  home  where  I  am  to  re- 
main until  we  sail,  and  I  found  Mrs.  Butler  there 
waiting  to  receive  me.  She  wished  me  to  go  to  Pas- 
saic to  spend  the  Sabbath  with  her  but  I  excused  my- 
self as  I  preferred  to  go  to  Brooklyn ;  however,  to 
my  great  annoyance  the  expressman  failed  to  bring 
my  trunk    so   I   was   disappointed  about  going  to  Mr. 

C 's  as  I  had  intended.      I  considered  the  detention 

of  my  baggage  providential  when,  at  the  breakfast- 
table  this  morning,  Dr.  Terry  told  me  that  a  love- 
feast-f-the  one  hundred  and  third  anniversary — was 
to  be  held  to-day  at  the  John  Street  Church,  and  I 
must  not  fail  to  go.      I  thought  at  first  that  my  untidy 

[3] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

condition  would  detain  me,  but  I  could  not  afford  to 
lose  so  rare  an  opportunity  so  I  decided  to  go,  hoping 
that  the  exercises  would  be  so  interesting  that  no  one 
would  notice  me. 

Perhaps  you  will  remember  that  the  John  Street 
Church  was  the  first  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in 
America.  It  was  organized  with  five  or  six  members 
and  they  struggled  through  many  difficulties  in  trying 
to  erect  their  building,  but  it  was  finally  completed  in 
1766.  It  has  been  rebuilt  once  since  that  time.  It 
is  a  plain,  neat  building,  and  is  called  "  The  Stranger's 
Church. "J    Rev.  Mr.  Corbit  is  the  pastor. 

The  love-feast  was  beyond  description.  I  can  only 
say  that  it  was  glorious.)  There  were  a  great  many 
old  people  present  some  of  whom  gave  very  clear  and 
wonderful  testimonies.  They  sang  old  Methodist 
hymns  and  shouted  just  as  people  used  to  when  we 
were  children.  I  was  greatly  blessed  and  profited  and 
could  not  help  thinking  what  a  precious  place  to  spend 
my  last  Sabbath  in  America — among  these  fathers  and 
mothers  in  Israel,  and  in  the  church  which  is  the 
mother  of  all  the  branches  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  of  this  great  nation. ) 

The  president  of  Dickinson  College  addressed  the 
people  at  the  close  of  the  love-feast.  He  is  a  man  of 
culture  and  deep  piety.  His  sermon  was  very  appro- 
priate for  the  occasion   and  seemed  to  come  home  to 

[4] 


Outward  Journey 

many  who  were  greatly  blessed  and  occasionally  made 
the  old  church  ring  with  their  u  Glory  "  and  "  Halle- 
lujahs.'' 

In  the  afternoon  there  was  a  reunion  of  all  the 
former  pastors  of  the  church  and  the  aged  ministers 
of  the  city.  It  was  interesting  to  listen  to  their  ex- 
periences. There  was  one  minister  present  ninety- 
five  years  old  whose  testimony  for  Christ  was  very 
encouraging  for  young  Christians.  It  was  a  rare  treat 
indeed  and  one  which  I  do  not  expect  to  enjoy  again 
in  this  world.  I  trust  that  I  may  be  counted  worthy 
to  attend  the  great  reunion  in  the  better  land.,  not  only 
of  ministers  and  people  of  our  own  Church  but  of  those 
of  all  nations  who  have  "  washed  their  robes  and  made 
them  white  in  the  blood  of  the  Lamb." 

Monday  morning. 

Dr.  Harris  tells  me  that  he  has  engaged  our  passage 
on  the  steamer  Nevada  which  will  sail  Wednesday 
morning,  November  3d,  bound  for  Liverpool.  I  shall 
finish  my  packing  to-day  in  order  to  have  one  day  of 
rest  before  sailing.  I  have  not  yet  seen  Miss  Tho- 
burn,  my  travelling  companion.  She  was  expected 
on  Saturday,  and  is,  probably,  at  some  hotel  in  the 
city  or  with  friends. 

I  may  not  have  time  to  write  more  than  one  letter 
Wednesday  morning,  and  as  I  promised  to  write  to 
Dr.  Greene  that  letter  will  be  for  all  of  you. 

[5] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Liverpool,  England,  Nov.  Ijth. 

Here  I  am,  safely  landed  in  Liverpool,  as  well  and 
happy  as  can  be  expected  after  a  twelve  days'  rocking 
and  rolling  on  the  ever-restless  ocean.  The  weather 
was  fine  all  the  way  and  our  gallant  ship  did  its  part 
nobly.  Miss  Thoburn  and  I  had  a  pleasant  state- 
room with  two  berths,  and  everything  provided  for 
our  comfort. 

We  left  New  York  at  half-past  two  in  the  after- 
noon and  after  we  had  lost  sight  of  the  city  we  went 
down  to  our  room  to  make  all  necessary  arrangements, 
intending  to  go  on  deck  again  and  stay  until  we  were 
out  of  sight  of  land,  but  this  pleasure  was  denied  us. 
We  had  not  been  on  deck  long  before  we  were  glad 
to  hurry  back  to  our  room  and  make  ourselves  as 
comfortable  as  circumstances  would  permit.  I  There 
is  no  sickness  to  be  compared  to  seasickness.  I  will 
not  try  to  describe  it,  experience  only  can  make  one 
understand  and  appreciate  it  in  all  its  phases.  \  The 
captain  was  disgusted  with  us.  He  said  if  the  voyage 
were  two  or  three  days  longer  he  should  be  tempted 
to  throw  us  overboard  ;  that  he  seldom  had  such  a 
smooth  and  beautiful  voyage  and  he  did  not  see  how 
any  one  could  be  seasick. 

We  were  on  deck  every  day  but  two,  going  up 
early  in  the  morning  with  our  pillows  and  blankets 
and  staying  all  day.     Our  meals  were  brought  up  to 

[6] 


Outward  Journey 

us,  and  the  captain  was  very  kind  and  tried  to  tempt 
us  with  a  variety  of  food. 

We  found  some  very  pleasant  people  among  the 
passengers,  Rev.  Dr.  Smith  and  wife  of  Chicago, 
editor  of  the  Baptist  Standard;  Dr,  Reid  and  daughter 
of  New  York  and  Dr.  Newton  of  Brooklyn,  one  of 
the  physicians  in  charge  of  the  Eye  Infirmary.  He 
and  his  wife  were  going  to  Europe  on  their  wedding 
tour.  I  found  that  Mrs.  Newton  was  educated  at  the 
seminary  in  Canandaigua  and  was  acquainted  with 
many  of  my  old  friends.  We  had  a  very  pleasant 
time  "  talking  about  people,"  as  Cousin  Louis  says. 
When  we  arrived  in  Liverpool  these  friends  asked  us 
to  go  to  the  hotel  with  them,  which  we  were  very  glad 
to  do  as  we  found  no  one  at  the  dock  to  meet  us  as  we 
had  expected. 

We  arrived  on  Sunday  and  the  gentleman  who  had 
been  requested  to  meet  us  did  not  receive  the  letter 
until  Monday,  so  we  were  obliged  to  attend  to  our 
baggage  ourselves.  I  had  my  two  trunks  and  six 
boxes  to  look  after  and  the  thought  of  having  them 
all  opened  and  examined  was  not  pleasant,  but  the 
custom-house  officer  accepted  my  statement  as  to  the 
contents  of  my  trunks,  and  after  looking  over  my  lists 
passed  them  without  giving  us  much  trouble. 

We  had  not  been  long  at  the  hotel  when  Mrs. 
Kelly,  sister  to  Mrs.   Butler  of  America,  called  and 

[7] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

invited  us  to  her  home  to  remain  until  the  time  of 
our  sailing,  and  we  are  now  in  her  delightful  home. 

Seventeenth. 
This  morning  we  received  information  that  no 
steamer  on  which  we  could  obtain  passage  to  Alex- 
andria would  leave  here  for,  at  least,  ten  days ;  so,  as 
our  stay  in  England  will  be  thus  prolonged,  we  have 
decided  to  go  to  London  to-morrow  and  spend  a  few 
days  in  seeing  the  sights  of  that  great  metropolis. 

London,  Nov.  1 8th. 

How  little  did  we  think  one  year  ago  that  this  date 
would  find  me  in  this  great  city.  We  arrived  at  half- 
past  two  this  afternoon  and  found  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Smith, 
our  steamer  friends,  pleasantly  situated  in  a  private 
boarding-house  where  they  had  also  secured  rooms  for 
us.  They  invited  us  to  share  their  sitting-room  and 
order  our  dinner  with  theirs,  and  we  already  begin  to 
feel  quite  at  home. 

Nineteenth. 

We  were  delighted  with  our  journey  yesterday. 
The  farming  country  is  beautiful ;  the  farms  look 
like  finely  cultivated  gardens  bordered  with  well-kept 
hedges,  and  occasionally  we  caught  a  glimpse  of  a 
large  house  surrounded  with  trees  and  flowers,  which 
looked  like  a  home  of  wealth  and  comfort. 

We   began   our  sightseeing   this   morning,  making 

[8] 


Outward  Journey 

our  first  visit  to  the  Tower,  where  we  spent  two  or 
three  hours  among  the  relics  of  the  past.  We  were 
admitted  to  three  of  the  towers,  and  were  shown  the 
place  where  Lady  Jane  Grey  was  executed.  While 
there  a  company  of  Highlanders  came  near  and  played 
a  mournful  dirge  upon  their  bagpipes — so  weird  that  it 
was  almost  painful.  The  Jewel  Tower  and  St.  John's 
Chapel  each  had  interest  for  us. 

Leaving  the  Tower  we  drove  to  the  Museum  and 
spent  the  rest  of  the  day  there,  where  we  saw  so 
much  to  interest  us  that  we  were  filled  with  regret 
that  our  time  was  so  limited. 

Twentieth. 

To-day  we  visited  the  Houses  of  Parliament.  The 
buildings  are  rich  and  massive  and  there  was  much 
to  admire.  You  have,  no  doubt,  read  much  better 
descriptions  of  the  notable  places  in  London  than  I 
can  give  you.  This  afternoon  we  have  been  to  City 
Road  Chapel  where  Mr.  Wesley  saw  so  many  of 
those  to  whom  he  preached  brought  to  Christ.  Every- 
thing about  the  place  is  held  sacred.  The  same  pulpit 
is  there  which  he  used  and  it  stands  in  the  same  place, 
but  I  believe  it  has  been  lowered  a  little. 

Do  you  know  that  Dr.  Goodfellow,  a  returned 
missionary  who  spoke  at  our  farewell  meeting,  pre- 
sented me  with  a  frame  made  from  the  wood  of  this 
pulpit  ?     Dr.  Durbin's  picture  was  to  have  been  put 

[9] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

in  the  frame  but  it  was  not  finished,  so  it  will  be  sent 
to  me. 

Standing  by  the  graves  of  Wesley,  Bunyan,  Dr. 
Watts,  Adam  Clarke  and  others  I  felt  like  renewing 
my  consecration  and  asking  God  to  give  me  that 
love  for  His  cause,  that  spirit  of  self-denial  which 
caused  Wesley  to  give  up  all  that  was  dear  to  him  for 
Christ's  sake.  How  God  blessed  the  labors  of  those 
earnest  workers  and  gave  them  souls  for  their  hire  ! 
And  how  much  better  the  world  is  to-day  because 
they  lived  and  labored  for  the  salvation  of  souls  ! 

Twenty-second. 

I  have  about  come  to  the  conclusion  that  it  is 
quite  impossible  to  go  out  sightseeing  all  day  and 
try  to  write  my  journal-letter  in  the  evening.  I  am 
so  tired  to-night  that  I  can  scarcely  think. 

We  expected  to  attend  Mr.  Spurgeon's  Church  yes- 
terday morning  but  hearing  that  he  was  quite  ill  at  his 
home  we  went  to  Westminster  Abbey  where  we 
listened  to  a  fine  sermon  from  Dean  Stanley,  and  in 
the  afternoon  at  St.  James  Hall  we  heard  Newman 
Hall.  His  subject  was  Repentance,  and  he  made  a 
most  earnest  appeal  to  the  unconverted  and  to  those 
who  had  grown  weary  in  the  work  for  Christ.  The 
evening  found  us  at  City  Road  Chapel  where  we  also 
heard  an  excellent  sermon. 

[IO] 


Outward  Journey 

•  Twenty-third. 

To-day  we  visited  the  Crystal  Palace,  a  charming 
place  made  beautiful  with  plants  and  flowers  surpass- 
ing in  color  and  variety  any  collection  I  have  ever 
seen.  It  would  seem  easy  to  be  good  in  the  midst  of 
such  surroundings.  A  few  hours'  stay  among  the 
tombs  of  England's  kings,  poets  and  historians,  and 
a  walk  through  the  old  cloisters  where  the  monks 
used  to  walk  and  repeat  their  prayers,  ended  our  sight- 
seeing. These  cloisters  are  all  that  remain  of  the  old 
Abbey.  We  returned  to  our  rooms  with  grateful 
hearts  for  this  unexpected  and  delightful  visit  to  Lon- 
don. 

Liverpool^  Nov.  26th. 

We  returned  to  Liverpool  Wednesday  evening  and 
are  again  guests  in  Mrs.  Kelly's  pleasant  home.  We 
have  been  down  to  see  the  steamer  on  which  our  pas- 
sage is  engaged  and  find  that  it  is  a  small  coal  steamer 
with  only  one  cabin  for  ladies,  in  which  are  four 
berths.  Everything  looks  clean  and  comfortable. 
We  have  each  purchased  a  steamer  chair,  rug  and  a 
few  other  things  for  our  comfort  on  the  voyage.  We 
were  told  that  the  steamer  would  sail  on  Saturday  and 
that  it  would  take  seventeen  days  to  reach  Alexandria. 
Only  one  lady  besides  ourselves  has  engaged  passage. 
Mrs.  Kelly  and  her  family  have  made  our  visit  so 
pleasant  that  it  seems  almost  like  leaving  home  again. 

["] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Saturday,  2jth. 
Mrs.  Kelly's  son  accompanied  us  to  the  steamer 
this  morning.  The  officers  are  very  kind  and  gentle- 
manly ;  there  is  no  stewardess  or  doctor.  A  few 
gentlemen  have  come  on  board,  among  them  a  young 
clergyman  of  the  Church  of  England,  who  is  going  to 
India  to  officiate  as  chaplain  in  an  up-country  station. 
He  was  accompanied  by  an  elderly  gentleman  who 
seemed  rather  anxious  about  him  and  asked  us  to  pay 
him  some  attention  in  a  friendly  way.  The  lady  who 
was  to  share  our  cabin  has  given  up  her  passage. 

Mediterranean  Sea,  Dec.  ioth. 

This  is  the  first  time  I  have  taken  up  my  pen  since 
we  left  Liverpool.  Contrary  to  our  expectations  our 
steamer  did  not  sail  until  Monday,  the  twenty-eighth, 
so  we  went  on  shore  on  Sunday  and  attended  church. 

We  have  had  a  rough  voyage  so  far,  but  to-day  the 
sea  is  more  quiet  and  we  are  feeling  better.  In  the 
Bay  of  Biscay  the  waves  washed  over  the  deck  and 
broke  the  skylight  in  so  that  the  water  poured  into 
our  cabin  and  we  were  deluged.  Fortunately  the 
things  that  we  had  taken  out  of  our  trunks  for  daily 
use  had  been  placed  in  the  vacant  berths,  so  they  es- 
caped a  wetting,  but  whatever  was  on  the  floor  was 
thoroughly  soaked.  Our  small  ship  rolled  and  tumbled 
but  proved  victorious  over  the  great  waves.     To-day 

[12] 


Outward  Journey 

we  are  gliding  smoothly  along  and  are  really  enjoying 
the  sea.  We  caught  a  glimpse  of  the  snowy  tops  of 
mountains  on  the  Spanish  coast,  and  on  the  seventh 
we  passed  Gibraltar,  the  "Lion  of  the  Mediterranean." 

Fifteenth, 
We  have  seen  such  lovely  sunsets  of  late.  Miss 
Thoburn  says  they  are  worth  our  long  journey,  seeing 
them  gives  us  such  pleasure.  Early  this  morning  we 
steamed  into  the  harbor  of  Malta,  and  as  soon  as  the 
ladder  was  lowered  over  the  side  of  the  steamer  men 
rushed  up  on  deck  to  show  their  wares.  There  were 
various  kinds  of  merchandise  ;  beautiful  Maltese  and 
Italian  laces  and  the  most  exquisite  jewelry. 

We  looked  longingly  toward  the  town  and  wondered 
if  it  would  be  safe  for  us  to  go  on  shore  and  presently 
the  captain  came  up  and  assured  us  that  we  would 
have  nothing  to  fear.  He  engaged  a  boat  and  helped 
us  down  the  shaky  ladder  and  wished  us  a  pleasant 
time.  We  were  met  at  the  landing  by  an  official 
guide  who  took  us  up  a  street  which  was  all  stairs 
with  houses  on  each  side.  All  the  supplies  for  the 
people  on  these  hilly  streets  are  carried  up  by  hand. 
The  streets  were  full  of  beggars  who  caused  lis  much 
annoyance  until  the  guide  drove  them  away.  We  vis- 
ited St.  John's  Cathedral,  the  government  buildings, 
the    Armory    and    the    palace    gardens.      Oleanders, 

[13] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

poinsettias,  and  geraniums  grow  here  very  luxuriantly 
and  are  like  small  trees.  The  making  of  lace  and 
jewelry  are  the  chief  industries. 

Alexandria,  Nov.  21st. 
We  left  Malta  on  the  evening  of  the  fifteenth  and 
arrived  here  early  this  morning.     As  we  have  some 
hours  to  spare  we  are  going  for  a  drive  through  the 
city. 

One  of  our  steamer  friends  invited  us  to 
drive,  and  we  went  quite  a  distance  to  see  Pompey's 
Pillar  and  the  Obelisk,  called  Cleopatra's  Needle,  so 
the  time  has  passed  quite  pleasantly  while  we  are  wait- 
ing for  the  train  for  Suez. 

Steamer  Krishna,  Red  Sea,  Dec.  25th. 

While  you  are,  I  trust,  sweetly  sleeping  we  are 
floating  down  the  Red  Sea  beneath  a  scorching  sun, 
fanned  by  Arabian  breezes. 

I  cannot  realize  that  this  hot  day  is  Christmas.  It 
seems  too  hot  for  the  Fourth  of  July  even. 

We  left  Alexandria  on  the  twenty-first  and  crossed 
the  country  by  rail  to  Suez.  You  will  see  on  the  map 
the  part  of  the  country  of  Egypt  through  which  we 
passed.  We  crossed  three  of  the  branches  of  the 
Nile.  The  soil  is  very  fertile  and  well  cultivated 
though  the  farming  is  done  in  a  very  crude  and  ancient 

[14] 


Outward  Journey 

style.  We  saw  men  plowing  with  a  long  stick  for  a 
plow  and  a  cow  and  a  camel  yoked  together.  The 
people  are  very  poor  and  miserable,  living  in  little 
huts  of  stone  or  mud.  We  are  told  that  they  raise 
large  crops  but  they  are  obliged  to  pay  such  heavy 
taxes  that  it  keeps  them  very  poor.  We  saw  large 
cotton  and  wheat  fields,  and  palm  and  orange  groves 
loaded  with  ripe  fruit  which  looked  very  tempting. 
We  arrived  at  Suez  at  seven  o'clock  in  the  evening 
and  were  immediately  surrounded  by  a  crowd  of 
Arabs,  all  anxious  to  get  hold  of  our  luggage.  The 
gentlemen  in  our  company  were  obliged  to  attend  to 
their  own  business  and  we  stood  among  this  crowd  for 
nearly  an  hour  trying  to  hinder  them  from  taking  our 
parcels. 

One  of  the  gentlemen  came  to  our  relief  as  soon  as 
he  could  adjust  his  own  affairs  and  took  us  to  an 
English  hotel  where  we  met  two  young  ladies  who 
were  sent  out  as  missionaries  to  India  by  the  United 
Presbyterian  Board.  There  were  four  of  them  who 
left  New  York  the  Saturday  before  we  sailed,  two  of 
whom  were  appointed  to  Egypt.  These  ladies  had 
just  come  from  Cairo  in  company  with  Rev.  Mr. 
Ewing  who  lives  there.  He  was  the  first  American 
gentleman  we  had  met  since  leaving  England  and  we 
soon  made  his  acquaintance  and  were  proud  to 
introduce    him    to    the    English    gentlemen    of    our 

[15] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

company.     Mr.    E seemed  pleased  to  see  us  and 

regretted  that  we  could  not  visit  Cairo.  We  Ameri- 
cans had  supper  by  ourselves  and  after  supper  Mr. 

E proposed  that  we  charter  a  boat  and  go  down 

the  Suez  canal  which  opens  into  the  bay  about  two 
miles  from  the  city.  It  was  nearly  nine  o'clock  when 
we  started.     The  evening  was  delightful  and  so  light 

that  we  could  almost  see  to  read.     Mr.  E and 

our  English  friends  discussed  the  question  whether  the 
canal  would  be  a  success  or  not,  and  the  former 
gentleman  was  very  sure  it  would  be  while  the  others 
shook  their  heads  doubtfully. 

We  saw  some  of  the  machinery  which  had  been 
used  in  digging  the  canal.  It  is  very  quiet  along  the 
shores  now;  the  houses  which  had  been  occupied  by 
workmen  are  vacant  and  everything  is  at  a  standstill. 
The  company  has  used  all  its  money  and  nothing  can 
be  done  until  another  appropriation  is  made.  It  is  a 
grand  work  and  has  already  given  employment  to 
hundreds  of  poor  natives. 

I  believe  that  the  building  of  railroads  and  canals 
and  manufacturing  establishments  will  do  much  to  aid 
civilization.  The  country  is  overflowing  with  people 
who  are  lazy  and  indolent  and  who  will  lie  or  steal  to 
get  a  mere  subsistence,  while  some  would  work  if 
they  could  get  employment  and  were  encouraged  and 
taught.      I    cannot   help   thinking  that   good  practical 

[16] 


Outward  Journey 

business  men  who  can  teach  these  people  would  be 
most  successful. 

To  us  the  great  want  in  Egypt  seemed  to  be  some- 
thing for  the  people  to  do,  and  we  thought  the  same  in 
Malta. 

We  reached  the  canal  and  after  sailing  down  it  a 
short  distance  pronounced  it  a  success  and  all  joined 
in  three  cheers.  I  wish  I  could  describe  to  you  the 
beauty  of  the  scene  as  we  sat  in  our  boat  just  at  the 
entrance  to  the  canal.  The  water  was  calm  and  as 
smooth  as  glass,  not  a  wave  or  ripple  except  what  was 
caused  by  the  slight  motion  of  our  boat.  At  our  right 
we  could  see  in  the  distance  the  lofty  barren  moun- 
tains and  the  valley  where,  it  is  said,  the  children  of 
Israel  camped  before  crossing  the  Red  Sea.  The 
sight  of  the  mountains  suggested  many  thoughts  and 
reminded  us  of  their  historical  relation.  After  seeing 
something  of  the  country  and  the  customs  of  the 
people  we  could  imagine,  in  a  slight  degree,  the  ap- 
pearance of  such  a  multitude  in  their  camp,  and  we 
fancied  we  could  see  the  women  with  their  kneading 
troughs  and  cooking  utensils  upon  their  shoulders. 
The  women  still  carry  the  burdens.  We  see  them  in 
the  fields  watching  the  cattle  and  the  herds  of  sheep. 
It  was  two  o'clock  when  we  returned  to  the  hotel. 

Mr.  E left  for  Cairo  in  the  morning  and  we 

came  on  board  the  steamer  Krishna.      Here  we  found 

[17] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Mr.  Ballentine  and  wife,  the  cousin   of  Miss  D 

whom  she   told   me   about  just  before   I  left  home. 

Mr.  B goes  to  Bombay  to  engage  in  the  cotton 

trade  and  his  wife  is  anxious  to  take  up  missionary 
work.  They  are  both  young  and  very  pleasant  and 
companionable.  There  is  also  a  missionary  and  his 
family  returning  to  India  from  Scotland.  He  is 
employed  by  the  American  Board  and  has  been  in 
India  eighteen  years.  He  gives  us  many  words  of 
encouragement. 

I  cannot  tell  you  how  glad  we  are  to  meet  so  many 
good  people.  Our  company  numbers  eight  and  we 
have  one  end  of  the  table  to  ourselves  which  is  very 
desirable.  The  rest  of  the  passengers  are  English, 
most  of  them  officers  and  their  wives.  We  have  had 
the  Christmas  service  read  and  no  doubt  we  shall  have 
a  sumptuous  dinner. 

It  is  so  warm  I  must  put  this  away  for  the  present. 


[18] 


II 

Arrival  in  India 


Bareilly,  India,  'Jan.  25,  1 8 JO. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

When  I  laid  my  letter  aside  on  Christmas 
Day  I  did  not  think  that  so  many  weeks  would  pass 
before  I  should  be  able  to  write  again. 

The  latter  part  of  our  voyage  was  very  rough  and  I 
was  too  sick  to  write,  and  I  had  five  sick  ones  to  look 
after  besides  myself  as  there  was  no  stewardess  or  ship 
doctor.  I  cannot  bear  to  think  of  the  sea,  it  treated 
me  so  badly. 

We  were  met  at  Bombay  by  Rev.  Mr.  Bowen,  a  mis- 
sionary who  took  us  to  lunch  and  arranged  for  our 
journey  up-country.  We  were  detained  at  Nagpur 
over  a  week  waiting  for  our  trunks.  Mr.  Thoburn, 
who  met  us  there,  was  obliged  to  leave  us  in  order  to 
reach  Bareilly  in  time  for  the  conference.  Our  trunks 
came  at  last  and  we  left  Nagpur  on  the  evening  of  the 
17th  of  January  in  one  of  those  delightful  udak garis" 
which  Mr.  Coffin  describes  so  perfectly  in  his  book 
"  A  New  Way  Around  the  World."  We  appreciated 
his  experience  more  fully  when  one  of  the  horses  lay 
down  in  the  road  and  the  men  tried  for  an  hour  to  get 

[19] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

it  up  ;  when  they  succeeded  they  left  us  alone  in  the 
conveyance  while  they  went  back  three  miles  for  an- 
other pair  of  horses.  All  around  us  in  the  jungles  we 
could  see  fires  built  by  the  natives  to  keep  tigers  away 
from  their  huts. 

We  made  ourselves  as  comfortable  as  possible  with 
blankets  and  shawls,  closed  the  doors  of  the  convey- 
ance and  lay  down  for  a  nap,  weary  and  I  fear  a  little 
discouraged,  but  sleep  came  to  our  relief  and  when  we 
awakened  the  men  had  returned  with  fresh  horses  and 
were  hard  at  work  trying  to  make  them  go.  We 
reached  the  Government  Rest-House  at  Jubalpore 
toward  night  the  next  day  just  in  time  to  miss  the 
train.  Fearing  this  might  happen  Mr.  Thoburn  had 
made  arrangements  with  a  European  family  to  enter- 
tain us  and  we  were  cordially  welcomed  in  their  home. 
As  there  was  no  train  we  could  take  until  the  next 
day,  we  had  time  to  rest  and  visit  the  city. 

Many  of  the  wealthy  business  men  live  on  the  main 
street.  The  houses  are  gorgeous,  some  of  them  two 
stories  high,  painted  with  a  great  variety  of  colors  and 
ornamented  with  pictures  of  idols  and  temples  and 
queer-looking  animals.  The  merchants  and  grain- 
sellers  do  all  their  business  out  on  the  verandas  in 
front  of  their  buildings ;  they  keep  their  goods  piled 
up  on  the  veranda  and  sit  by  them  waiting  for  cus- 
tomers. 

[20] 


Arrival  in  India 

We  passed  several  shops  where  men  were  making 
ornaments  for  the  nose,  ears,  ankles  and  toes.  They 
would  hardly  be  called  jewelry  as  they  are  made  of 
various  materials,  some  of  silver,  some  of  lead  and 
some  of  a  very  thin  material  of  different  colors  which 
looked  like  glass.  The  leaden  rings  for  the  ankles 
were  very  heavy ;  it  would  be  hard  for  some  of  us  to 
raise  our  feet  with  such  a  weight  attached  to  them. 
In  addition  to  these  anklets  the  women  wear  an  orna- 
ment on  the  big  toe  which  looks  as  if  it  might  be  painful. 

We  saw  men  beating  brass  and  making  it  into 
plates  and  drinking  vessels,  and  others  making  brown 
earthen  vessels  to  hold  water.  Their  methods  of 
manufacture  are  very  simple  as  well  as  their  way  of 
living. 

We  travelled  by  rail  to  Cawnpore  which  is  one 
hundred  and  eighty  miles  from  Bareilly.  Here  we 
left  the  cars  and  took  a  dak  gari  again  but  I  am  happy 
to  say  that  the  horses  were  more  civilized  and  seemed 
to  know  their  duty,  and  two  or  three  men  could  make 
them  start. 

But  we  had  great  difficulty  in  getting  anything  to 
eat  for  there  was  only  one  Rest-house  on  this  route 
and  it  was  almost  impossible  to  make  the  men  under- 
stand what  we  wanted ;  however,  by  pointing  and 
making  various  signs  we  succeeded  in  getting  some 
tea  and  the  bread  used  by  the  natives. 

[21] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

It  was  six  o'clock  in  the  morning  and  we  had  a 
hard  day's  travel  before  us  and  we  wanted  some  food 
to  take  with  us  but  did  not  succeed  in  getting  any  so 
we  were  obliged  to  fast  until  we  reached  Bareilly. 

When  we  arrived  at  the  river  Ganges  we  left  the 
gari  and  were  carried  across  the  river  in  small  doolies 
carried  on  men's  shoulders.  The  bridge  of  boats 
seemed  rather  unstable  but  we  were  taken  safely  over 
and  were  not  sorry  to  find  garls  ready  for  us.  We 
saw  men  and  women  bathing  in  this,  their  sacred 
river,  and  met  many  more  on  their  way  to  it.  Many 
things  that  we  saw  on  our  way  up-country  touched 
our  hearts  and  led  us  to  pray  earnestly  that  God 
would  make  us  useful  to  this  people  in  teaching  them 
of  the  true  God  and  how  to  lead  better  lives. 

We  reached  Bareilly  about  five  o'clock  in  the 
morning,  January  20th,  and  were  warmly  welcomed 
by  the  missionaries  by  whom  we  were  to  be  enter- 
tained and  after  a  refreshing  bath,  a  few  hours  rest 
and  a  comfortable  meal  we  were  ready  to  meet  those 
who  had  been  anxious  for  our  arrival.  The  annual 
conference  was  in  session  and  all  the  missionaries  of 
our  Church  in  India  were  in  Bareilly  with  their  fami- 
lies and  we  were  soon  introduced  to  them  by  our 
hostess.  The  women  shook  hands  with  us  and  kissed 
us  and  all  seemed  to  talk  at  once. 

As   soon   as   I   could  get  a  hearing  I  asked  if  there 

[22] 


Arrival  in  India 

were  any  letters  and  five  were  brought  to  me.  Life 
seems  different  to  me  already  and  I  appreciate  more 
than  ever  everything  that  is  good  and  noble.  The 
words  of  love  and  good  wishes  and  the  many  assur- 
ances in  my  letters  that  I  am  faithfully  remembered  in 
prayer  are  a  great  comfort  to  me,  and  now  that  I  have 
been  brought  in  safety  to  India  where  I  am  to  work 
for  the  Master  I  feel  the  need  of  the  prayers  of  my 
friends  more  than  ever.  As  I  begin  to  realize  what 
is  before  me  and  the  expectations  of  the  people  con- 
cerning my  work  my  faith  and  courage  almost  fail  me. 

^January  26,  l8yo. 

Conference  is  over  and  nearly  all  of  the  mission- 
aries have  left  for  their  respective  stations,  all  seeming 
eager  to  get  back  to  their  work. 

Sunday  could  hardly  be  called  a  day  of  rest.  At 
eight  o'clock  in  the  morning  occurred  the  conference 
love-feast.  All  the  services  were  held  in  the  Or- 
phanage schoolroom  which  is  used  as  a  chapel,  and  at 
this  early  hour  the  room  was  full.  The  testimonies 
were  given  in  English  and  in  Hindustani,  some  of  the 
missionaries  appearing  to  use  the  latter  as  fluently  as 
the  natives  themselves.  Though  we  could  not  un- 
derstand what  was  said  in  the  native  tongue  the  happy 
faces  of  the  Christians  who  spoke  and  of  the  orphan 
girls   who  testified  of  Christ's  love  for  them  and  His 

[23] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

saving  power,  gave  ample  evidence  that  they  under- 
stood the  spirit  of  Christianity.  The  singing  was  all 
in  Hindustani  and  the  hymns  were  certainly  sung  with 
spirit.  A  hymn-book  was  handed  to  me  but  though  I 
knew  the  tune  the  words  of  the  hymn  were  beyond  me. 
Occasionally  there  would  be  short,  earnest  prayers 
and  a  few  verses  of  a  hymn  would  be  sung  to  a  native 
tune  in  a  most  enthusiastic  manner.  Truly  it  was  a 
blessed  beginning  of  the  sacred  day. 

Eleven  o'clock  was  the  hour  for  the  Hindustani 
preaching  service  and  the  chapel  was  crowded.  Bishop 
Kingsley  preached  in  English,  his  words  being  interpre- 
ted by  one  of  the  missionaries.  We  could  understand 
every  word  of  this  simple  but  excellent  sermon.  Then 
followed  the  communion  service,  and  after  that  the 
native  Sunday-school.  The  opening  exercises  were 
conducted  in  the  chapel,  then  the  classes  retired  to  the 
small  rooms,  coming  together  again  at  the  closing  hour. 
There  was  a  special  service  in  the  afternoon  for  the 
older  girls  of  the  Orphanage  which  I  did  not  attend 
as  I  wanted  to  rest  a  little  before  the  evening  service. 
This  was  an  English  service  and  besides  the  mission- 
aries quite  a  number  of  the  English  residents  of  Bareilly 
were  present,  notice  having  been  sent  around  the  sta- 
tion that  Bishop  Kingsley  would  preach.  Weariness 
was  forgotten  as  we  listened  to  the  forceful,  eloquent 
sermon,  uplifting  in  its  simplicity,  convincing  in  its 

[24] 


Arrival  in  India 

earnestness.  I  could  have  listened  for  a  much  longer 
time. 

A  light  supper  was  served  at  six-thirty  and  then  oc- 
curred the  social  missionary  service  of  prayer  and 
praise,  just  a  family  of  our  Father's  children  talk- 
ing together  of  His  loving  dealings  with  them  and  of 
the  sweetness  of  His  presence  and  His  care  over  them 
through  the  year  just  past.  I  did  not  wonder  that  it 
was  hard  to  close  such  a  meeting  though  the  hour  was 
late. 

Conference  week  is  the  only  time  in  the  year  when 
the  missionaries  are  likely  to  meet  one  another.  Some 
live  in  isolated  stations  where  there  are  few  or  no 
Europeans,  and  even  if  there  are  European  residents 
the  missionaries  are  so  occupied  with  their  own  work 
that  there  is  not  much  time  for  social  life,  so  these  an- 
nual gatherings  are  precious  privileges  in  more  senses 
than  one. 

We  enjoyed  the  conference  sessions  very  much. 
We  were  formally  introduced  at  the  Monday  morning 
session  and  as  the  bishop  gave  us  the  hand  of  welcome 
the  conference  rose  to  greet  us.  We  were  asked  if 
we  would  say  a  few  words  but  we  did  not  detain  the 
conference  long  with  our  speeches. 

The  missionary  ladies  met  every  afternoon  to  talk 
over  their  work  and  to  estimate  for  the  work  of  the 
coming  year,  and  these  meetings  were  preceded  by  a 

[25] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

delightful  prayer  service  which  was,  indeed,  a  time  of 
refreshing. 

The  conference  adjourned  on  Tuesday  and  Miss 
Thoburn  and  I  received  our  appointments,  Miss  Tho- 
burn  to  educational  work  in  Lucknow  and  I  to  med- 
ical work  in  Bareilly.  It  would  have  been  pleasant 
for  us  to  be  in  one  station  but  the  needs  of  the  work 
had  to  be  considered. 

My  medical  work  really  began  the  day  of  my  ar- 
rival. When  I  came  out  of  my  room  in  the  morning 
I  found  a  company  of  native  Christian  women  and 
girls  eagerly  awaiting  the  appearance  of  the  "  Doctor 
Miss  Sahiba,"  and  with  the  aid  of  a  good  missionary 
sister  I  was  able  to  understand  their  words  of  welcome 
and  find  out  what  I  could  do  to  help  them.  As  I  had 
no  medicines  with  me  I  procured  a  few  simple  reme- 
dies for  their  ailments  from  Mrs.  Thomas  who  has 
quite  a  little  dispensary  for  she  has  been  obliged  to 
care  for  the  sick  in  the  mission  compounds  and  the 
Christian  village  as  well  as  the  girls  in  the  Orphanage. 
I  had  fourteen  patients  that  first  day. 

February  $th. 

My  dear  M 

This  is  my  third  Sabbath  in  Bareilly.  The 
first  Sabbath  Bishop  Kingsley,  who  was  here  for  the 
conference,  ordained  six  native  preachers.     The  serv- 

[26] 


<3 


1      £ 


Arrival  in  India 

ice  was  very  impressive.  We  were  told  that  some  of 
these  men  were  obliged  to  give  up  their  wives  and 
children  and  all  their  friends  when  they  became 
Christians,  as  then  they  break  their  caste,  and  it  fre- 
quently happens  that  a  woman  will  turn  against  her 
husband  or  son  when  they  change  their  religion. 

Last  Sabbath  we  had  services  in  Hindustani;  most 
of  the  congregation  were  natives  and  they  all  sat  on 
the  floor  in  the  chapel  and  listened  with  great  atten- 
tion. The  Sunday-school  exercises  lasted  until  noon 
and  there  was  preaching  at  four  o'clock.  This  is  the 
regular  order  of  exercises  through  the  year. 

I  have  just  returned  from  Sunday-school  and  am 
glad  to  say  that  I  have  a  class.  A  few  of  the  older 
girls  in  the  Orphanage  understand  English  and  Mrs. 
Thomas  has  given  them  to  me  to  be  taught.  I 
understand  scarcely  a  word  of  the  church  services,  so 
this  Sunday  class  is  quite  a  boon  to  me. 

I  cannot  say  that  I  am  disappointed  in  India.  I 
find  it  much  as  I  expected,  except  that  the  country  is 
more  beautiful.     I   have   a  pleasant   home  here   and 

find  things  very  comfortable.     Mrs.  T says  that 

a  number  of  girls  are  ready  for  my  medical  class  and 
I  am  anxious  to  begin  with  them  but  may  be  obliged 
to  wait  some  time  yet  for  my  boxes  of  books  and 
charts.  It  takes  a  long  time  to  get  things  up  from 
Bombay. 

[27] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

I  can  scarcely  realize  that  the  ground  is  covered 
with  snow  at  home  while  it  is  so  warm  and  delightful 
here.  The  peach  trees  are  in  bloom  and  so  are  the 
strawberry-vines  and  the  mango  trees.  Just  now  we 
have  guavas,  oranges,  limes  and  a  fruit  called  pumelo, 
which  resembles  an  orange  and  looks  like  a  pumpkin 
growing  on  a  tree.  This  is  the  season  for  vegetables 
and  we  are  having  peas,  string  beans,  lettuce,  cabbage 
and  beets.  Rice  is  much  used  here  and  we  have  it 
cooked  in  a  variety  of  appetizing  ways.  The  mut- 
ton is  good  and  we  have  beef,  fowls,  and  fish  occa- 
sionally.    Mr.  T keeps  cows  so  we  have  milk 

for  our  tea  and  coffee,  and  the  cook  makes  a  fresh  pat 
of  butter  every  morning.  The  cows  in  India  give 
very  little  milk  ;  some  people  keep  goats  and  buffaloes  ; 
the  latter  give  much  more  milk  than  cows  and  their 
milk  is  rich  in  butter. 

The  two  mission  houses  and  grounds  are  very 
pretty  and  pleasant.  The  houses  are  one  story  high 
built  chiefly  of  sun-dried  brick,  plastered  over  and 
whitewashed  and  have  tiled  roofs.  They  have  wide 
verandas  which  add  to  the  beauty  and  comfort  of 
the  house.  Very  little  wood  is  used  in  building. 
The  floors  are  brick  and  are  covered  with  coarse 
matting  over  which  are  cotton  floor-cloths  stamped  in 
neat  patterns.  There  is  a  fireplace  in  my  room  and 
on    the    mantelpiece    stands   my   favorite    vase    filled 

[28] 


Arrival  in  India 

with  beautiful  roses  and  sweet  jasmine.     The  gardener 
brings  me  fresh  flowers  every  other  morning. 

Tuesday,  Jth. 

It  is  near  sunset  and  as  I  look  out  through  my 
open  door  I  see  dark-faced  men  dressed  in  white  and 
different  colors  going  home  from  their  daily  work, 
some  on  foot  and  some  in  small  conveyances  drawn 
by  a  pony  or  a  more  pretentious  one  drawn  by  a 
pair  of  trotting  bullocks.  The  wealthier  natives 
are  usually  carried  in  palanquins  or  in  doolies  on  men's 
shoulders.  There  is  a  great  variety  of  vehicles,  all 
strange  to  a  foreign  eye.  Elephants  are  used  con- 
siderably for  riding  and  camels  for  carrying  burdens. 
We  see  them  passing  every  day. 

Quite  a  number  of  native  gentlemen  have  called 
to  pay  their  respects,  as  they  say.  Some  of  them 
have  told  me  that  they  appreciate  my  having  left  my 
native  land  and  all  my  friends  to  come  here  to  care  for 
their  women  who  can  never  see  a  physician  of  the 
other  sex.  I  have  had  several  invitations  to  visit  some 
of  their  houses.  One  day  I  was  asked  to  see  a  sick 
person  in  the  home  of  one  of  the  richest  natives  in 
the  city,  and  when  I  came  away  the  gentleman  of  the 
house  handed  me  a  gold  piece  worth  eight  dollars. 

The  news  had  quickly  spread  abroad  that  a  lady 
doctor  had  come  from  America  to  treat  the  sick  and 

[29] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

that  she  would  visit  them  in  their  homes,  or  any  sick 
ones  might  come  to  the  mission  house  where  they 
would  receive  attention  and  get  medicine  free  of 
charge,  and  men,  women  and  children  came,  with  ail- 
ments real  and  ailments  fancied,  coughs  and  fevers 
being  the  chief  troubles. 

When  I  go  to  the  city  Mrs.  Thomas  or  a  native 
Christian  woman  who  understands  English  accom- 
panies me  to  act  as  interpreter.  One  of  my  first 
visits  was  to  the  house  of  a  Hindu  gentleman  who  had 
been  among  the  first  to  call  and  pay  his  respects  to 
me.  His  family  consisted  of  a  wife  and  one  child,  a 
boy  six  years  old,  the  pride  of  his  parents  and  the  joy 
of  the  household.  The  servants  were  always  ready 
to  do  what  he  asked  and  his  every  wish  was  gratified. 

We  were  cordially  received  and  after  the  usual 
ceremony  of  offering  pan  or  betel-leaf  and  various 
sweetmeats,  which  etiquette  required  us  to  taste,  I 
turned  my  attention  to  my  patient,  whose  illness 
proved  to  be  the  result  of  a  long-standing  disease 
which,  in  due  time,  would  yield  to  proper  medical  and 
hygienic  treatment.  She  seemed  quite  happy  at  the 
thought  of  being  well  again  some  time,  and  both  she 
and  her  husband  assured  me  that  my  directions  in  re- 
gard to  diet  and  the  taking  of  the  medicine  regularly 
should  be  carefully  observed. 

I  was   much   interested   in  the  appearance  of  this 

[30] 


Arrival  in  India 

native  lady.  She  was  shy  and  modest,  richly  dressed 
and  seemed  quite  intelligent.  She  had  always  lived 
in  seclusion,  knowing  almost  nothing  of  life  outside 
her  own  home.  She  asked  many  questions  about  our 
dress,  our  customs  and  our  religious  faith.  Her  hus- 
band has  an  office  under  government  and  is  much 
more  liberal  in  his  views  than  are  most  Brahmans. 
He  is  teaching  his  wife  to  read,  and  said  he  would 
like  her  to  learn  needlework  if  we  could  send  some 
one  to  teach  her,  which  we  will  gladly  do. 

You  may  like  a  description  of  this  native  house. 
On  entering  we  passed  through  a  small  apartment 
used  as  a  stable  for  the  horse  and  cows,  and  through 
a  doorway  which  led  from  this  into  a  square  open 
court,  on  two  sides  of  which  were  open  verandas  with 
sleeping  rooms  back  of  them.  One  of  these  verandas, 
with  its  apartments,  seemed  to  be  occupied  by  the 
servants,  and  the  other  served  as  the  sitting  and  dining- 
room  of  the  family.  A  thick  cotton  rug  lay  on  the 
floor  and  there  were  two  small  mats,  three  chairs,  and 
a  small  table.  The  gentleman  received  us  and  asked 
us  to  be  seated  and  he  then  brought  his  wife  and  intro- 
duced her,  telling  her  to  shake  hands  with  us,  and 
bringing  forward  a  chair  motioned  to  her  to  be  seated. 
It  is,  I  believe,  unusual  for  a  native  woman  to  sit  on 
a  chair  in  the  presence  of  her  husband,  this  honor 
being  accorded  only  to  the  mother  of  sons ;  in  this 

[31] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

case  it  showed  the  happy  relation  existing  between 
husband  and  wife,  for  the  woman  sat  with  uncovered 
face  and  showed  no  embarrassment  even  in  the  com- 
pany of  strangers. 

We  have  visited  other  zananas,  and  are  invariably 
offered  pan,  which  I  must  describe  to  you.  A  betel 
leaf — which  is  pungent  in  itself — is  washed  and  on  it 
is  laid  a  little  tobacco,  a  morsel  of  lime,  some  broken 
bits  of  the  betel  or  areca  nut,  some  cardemons  and  one 
or  two  other  aromatic  spices,  and  then  the  leaf  is  folded 
over  into  a  three-cornered  shape  and  fastened  together 
with  a  small  thorn.  It  makes  quite  a  mouthful.  Psn 
is  used  by  all  classes  of  natives  and  by  all  ages  as  a 
digestive  after  meals.  The  chewing  of  it  gives  a  very 
unpleasant  red  color  to  the  mouth  and  lips,  but  that 
does  not  detract  from  the  pleasure  enjoyed  by  the 
user.  It  is  always  offered  to  visitors,  and  we  accept 
it,  but  take  it  away  with  us  and  find  a  way  to  dispose 
of  it. 


[32] 


Ill 

A  Favorable  Introduction 

February  18,  l8jo. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  enjoy  my  visits  to  the  Orphanage,  and  am 
never  happier  than  when  surrounded  by  the  little 
brown  faces.  I  enclose  the  picture  of  a  little  orphan 
who  has  lately  come,  and  is  waiting  for  some  one  to 
adopt  her.  She  is  a  bright  little  thing  and  is  begin- 
ning to  learn  to  adapt  herself  to  school  life.  This 
famine  has  brought  in  a  great  many  homeless  waifs. 
The  expense  of  supporting  a  girl  in  the  Orphanage  is 
thirty  dollars  ($30)  a  year,  and  she  remains  here  until 
she  is  capable  of  becoming  a  teacher  or  Bible  reader 
or  she  marries.  The  girls  are  taught  to  work  and 
make  themselves  useful  as  well  as  to  study.  Much 
attention  is  given  to  Bible  study  and  it  is  pleasant  to 
see  what  interest  even  the  little  ones  take  in  it  and 
how  quickly  they  memorize.  I  think  if  some  of  our 
good  people  at  home  could  see  these  little  destitute 
ones  it  would  not  be  long  before  they  would  all  be 
adopted  by  patrons  in  America. 

The  children  gather  around  me  and  kiss  my  hand 

[33] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  get  hold  of  my  dress  as  if  they  feared  that  I  would 
leave  them.     They  are  very  loving  and  affectionate. 

Every  morning  a  little  company  of  them,  in  charge 
of  a  teacher  or  an  older  girl,  come  to  my  room  for 
medicine,  some  with  sore  eyes,  some  with  a  touch  of 
fever  or  a  cold,  some  with  a  cough  or  sore  throat. 
All  these  little  ailments  are  attended  to,  but  the  little 
ones  are  in  no  hurry  to  leave,  and  they  frequently 
have  something  to  tell  which  amuses  and  interests  me. 

February  20th. 

My  boxes  containing  my  library,  medicines,  charts 
and  skeleton  have  arrived.  They  were  six  weeks 
coming  from  Bombay  by  train  and  by  ox-cart.  It 
seems  like  a  fresh  breeze  from  home  to  see  and  open 
them.  My  trunk,  which  a  gentleman  mistook  for 
his,  was  sent  off  to  some  place  in  the  Punjab,  but  it 
has  been  returned  to  Bareilly,  so  I  have  now  all  my 
belongings  and  shall  soon  begin  my  class  work. 

There  are  fourteen  girls  in  the  Orphanage  whom 
Mrs.  Thomas  has  taken  great  pains  to  teach  both  in 
English  and  Hindustani  with  a  view  to  their  studying 
medicine  should  the  mission  succeed  in  securing  some 
one  from  America  to  instruct  them.  There  are  three 
married  women  who  were  taught  in  the  Orphanage 
who  wish  to  join  the  class,  so  I  shall  have  seventeen 
pupils. 

[34] 


A  Favorable  Introduction 

Twenty -fifth, 
I  have  had  a  number  of  patients  from  the  city  and 
a  few  from  the  Christian  village  across  the  way  this 
morning,  and  I  was  asked  to  go  over  to  the  village 
to  see  a  woman  who  was  not  able  to  come  to  the 
bungalow.  I  found  her  lying  upon  her  cot — a  string  bed 
— without  either  mat  or  sheet  under  her.  On  the  mud 
floor  beneath  the  bed  were  some  coals  and  hot  ashes  to 
keep  her  warm.  Not  a  bad  idea  for  such  a  chilly  morn- 
ing, especially  when  one  is  suffering  from  a  malarial  chill. 
It  is  interesting  to  see  how  these  people  make  the 
best  of  their  limited  means  and  yet  are  compara- 
tively comfortable.  A  string  bed,  a  drinking  vessel, 
a  large  brass  plate,  an  iron  plate  on  which  they 
bake  their  unleavened  cakes  and  a  vessel  in  which 
they  cook  their  rice  or  vegetables  often  comprise  the 
whole  of  their  earthly  possessions.  You  can  see  how 
much  less  trouble  it  is  to  them  to  move  from  one 
place  to  another  than  for  us.  They  bundle  their 
goods  together,  put  them  on  the  bed,  and  a  man  or 
woman  carries  the  load  off  on  his  or  her  head  while 
the  family  follow  on  behind.  I  often  meet  such  a 
procession  when  I  am  on  my  way  to  the  city. 

I  am  learning  a  little  every  day  of  the  language  and 
customs  of  the  people  and  the  more  I  learn  and  min- 
gle with  them  the  more  I  see  of  the  difficulties  I  have 
to  cope  with. 

[35] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

March  6th. 

On  the  first  of  this  month  I  began  my  medical 
class  with  fourteen  girls  from  the  Orphanage  and  three 
married  women.  Two  or  three  of  the  girls  under- 
stand English  very  well  so  that  one  interprets  for  me 
as  I  give  the  lessons  in  my  own  language.  At  present 
we  take  anatomy,  physiology  and  materia  medica. 
We  meet  every  morning  at  six  o'clock  in  one  of  the 
class-rooms  of  the  Orphanage  school  building  and 
spend  from  one  to  two  hours  on  the  lesson.  The 
skeleton  which,  you  remember,  astonished  the  Liver- 
pool custom-house  officer  so  much  when  he  opened 
the  box,  hangs  near  me.  One  of  the  girls  when  she 
first  saw  the  skeleton,  exclaimed,  "  Oh,  Miss  Sahiba, 
how  will  this  woman  rise  in  the  resurrection  with  her 
flesh  in  America  and  her  bones  in  India  ?  "  I  leave 
you  to  answer  this  question  in  your  next  letter. 

Two  of  the  class  are  appointed  each  week  to  look 
after  the  sick  girls  in  the  Orphanage  and  to  accom- 
pany me  when  I  go  to  the  city  and  to  the  Christian 
village.  Some  of  them  are  very  capable  and  will,  I 
trust,  in  time  make  very  clever  doctors ;  others  will 
make  good  nurses  and  more  careful  mothers  for  hav- 
ing the  knowledge  gained  here. 

Tenth, 

Just  in  front  of  the  mission  bungalow  is  a  pretty 
little  summer-house,   in   shape   like   the   Temple   of 

[36] 


o 


G 


^ 
^ 


A  Favorable  Introduction 

Jupiter  in  Rome,  but  of  more  perishable  material, 
covered  with  trailing  vines.  We  take  our  early 
breakfast — a  cup  of  tea  and  slice  of  toast — here  every 
morning  before  going  to  our  work.  This  is  a  ne- 
cessity as  we  have  a  late  breakfast  after  the  morning 
work  is  over. 

It  was  cool  and  pleasant  this  morning  and  after 
teaching  my  class  and  attending  to  the  patients  who 
had  come  to  the  bungalow  I  drove  to  the  city  to  visit 
some  patients  in  their  homes.  Mrs.  Thomas  and  one 
of  my  class  girls  went  with  me.  After  driving  quite 
a  distance  through  the  main  bazar  we  turned  into  a 
narrow  crooked  street  and  came  to  the  house  where 
my  patient  lives.  It  is  not  to  be  wondered  at  that 
there  should  be  sickness  in  such  unsanitary  surround- 
ings !  The  woman  is  very  ill  and  I  fear  will  not  re- 
cover. She  is  young  and  has  one  child,  a  boy  about 
three  years  old.  Her  willingness  to  submit  to  treat- 
ment and  take  the  medicines  prescribed  for  her  makes 
her  case  a  more  hopeful  one  than  many  that  come 
under  my  care.  Although  a  "  shut-in  "  she  appears 
to  be  more  intelligent  than  many  of  her  class. 

Our  next  visit  was  to  a  high-caste  Hindu  family 
consisting  of  a  man  and  his  wife  and  five  married 
sons.  The  mother  is  a  chronic  invalid.  I  fancy  she 
has  enough  to  do  in  trying  to  keep  her  five  daughters- 
in-law  in  submission  for  they  all  seem  to  have  ideas  of 

[37] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

their  own.  Each  of  them  has  her  separate  apartments 
and  cooks  for  herself  and  husband.  There  are  no 
children  in  either  of  these  young  families. 

We  have  made  several  visits  to  this  house  and  the 
mother  has  taken  quite  a  fancy  to  me,  so  much  so 
that  her  sympathies  are  really  touched  because  I  have 
no  husband.  To-day  she  asked  me  if  I  would  marry 
a  Hindu  gentleman,  and  said  if  I  would  she  would 
find  a  husband  for  me.  She  says  that  I  am  not  bad- 
looking  and  she  cannot  see  why  I  did  not  marry  in 
my  own  country.  My  answer  was  not  a  satisfactory 
one  to  her  and  she  continued  to  wonder. 

Some  of  the  young  women  are  learning  to  read  and 
to  sing  our  hymns,  but  the  mother  is  not  willing  that 
we  should  teach  anything  that  would  disturb  their  faith 
or  hers.  She  is  a  very  bigoted  Hindu,  and  her  rule  is 
paramount  in  the  home ;  notwithstanding  her  severity 
she  has  some  admirable  qualities  and  her  sons  show 
her  much  respect. 

On  our  way  home  we  were  called  into  a  house  to 
see  a  young  Mohammedan  woman  who  had  been  grow- 
ing deaf  gradually  for  some  time.  On  questioning 
her  I  found  that  she  had  a  very  severe  attack  of  ear- 
ache about  a  year  ago  and  that  she  had,  at  that  time, 
applied  some  medicine  on  cotton  to  both  ears.  Ex- 
amination of  the  ears  showed  a  little  ball  of  cotton 
encrusted  with  wax  against  the  drum  of  each  ear  so 

[38] 


A  Favorable  Introduction 

that  sound  was  perfectly  obstructed.  These  were 
soon  removed  and  a  more  grateful  woman  it  would  be 
difficult  to  find.  She  insisted  on  our  taking  pan  and 
sweetmeats,  this  being  all  she  could  offer  as  she  is  a 
poor  woman. 

We  reached  home  quite  ready  for  our  eleven  o'clock 
breakfast. 

A  great  sorrow  has  come  to  us.  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Scott  and  their  two  little  girls  were  camping  out  in  the 
district  when  Elma,  the  eldest,  about  four  years  old, 
was  taken  suddenly  ill  with  diphtheria.  They  brought 
her  in  to  Bareilly  at  once  and  everything  possible  was 
done  to  relieve  her  but  medicines  seemed  to  have  no 
effect  and  she  passed  away  after  a  few  hours. 

Her  death  is  a  great  grief  to  the  parents  and  to  us 
all.  Little  Allie  is  scarcely  old  enough  to  realize  her 
loss  only  as  she  misses  her  playmate.  This  is  the 
first  one  among  my  patients  whom  I  have  not  been 
able  to  benefit. 

April  1 8th. 
Since  I  wrote  you  last  Bareilly  has  been  honored 
with  a  visit  from  the  Lieutenant-Governor  of  the 
Northwest  Provinces,  Sir  William  Muir  who,  with 
Lady  Muir,  was  on  his  way  to  Naini  Tal,  which  is 
the  seat  of  government  for  these  provinces  during  the 
hot  season.     The  governor  held  a  durbar  or  reception 

[39] 


A   Gli?npse  of  India 

for  the  native  chiefs  of  the  Rohilkund  district  and 
Lady  Muir  invited  Mrs.  Thomas  and  me  to  be  pres- 
ent and  sit  with  her  on  the  dais,  thinking  that  it  would 
be  a  fine  opportunity  for  me  to  be  made  known  to  the 
elite  of  the  district,  as  all  the  government  officials, 
native  as  well  as  European,  were  present. 

It  was  a  pretty  sight  to  look  upon.  The  fine-look- 
ing Mohammedan  and  Hindu  gentlemen  were  attired 
in  gold  embroidered  robes  of  satin  or  velvet,  royal 
purple,  bright  blue,  green  and  even  scarlet  making  a 
brilliant  display,  while  the  delicate  colors  of  their  tur- 
bans added  a  touch  of  daintiness  to  the  costumes. 

Each  was  presented  in  turn  to  the  governor  who 
made  a  pleasant  remark  as  he  received  their  salutation, 
and  then  followed  his  official  address,  in  the  course  of 
which  he  said  that  the  women  of  Bareilly  and  the  ad- 
joining towns  in  their  time  of  need  would  now  have 
the  advantage  of  a  physician  who  could  enter  their 
homes  which  up  to  this  time  had  been  closed  to  the 
medical  profession  of  the  other  sex  ;  then  turning  to- 
ward me  he  mentioned  my  name  and  said  that  he 
hoped  that  when  the  women  and  children  in  the  fami- 
lies of  the  gentlemen  now  before  him  needed  medical 
attention  they  would  not  fail  to  call  in  the  lady  doc- 
tor. 

The  Nawab  of  Rampore — a  Mohammedan — had 
come    to    Bareilly    to  meet  the  lieutenant-governor. 

[40] 


A  Favorable  Introduction 

He  arrived  in  a  golden  carriage  drawn  by  fine  horses, 
with  outriders,  followed  by  a  retinue  of  horsemen, 
state  officials  and  servants,  the  whole  making  a  bril- 
liant royal  procession. 

The  next  day  Sir  William  visited  the  native  college 
and  addressed  the  students,  and  we  were  also  invited 
to  attend  on  this  occasion.  The  address  was  in  Hin- 
dustani, and  I  did  not  understand  it  only  as  Mrs. 
Thomas  occasionally  interpreted  a  sentence  to  me. 
In  the  afternoon  Sir  William  and  the  Nawab  of  Ram- 
pore  with  his  staff,  visited  the  Girls'  Orphanage. 
The  Nawab  seemed  pleased  with  what  he  saw  and 
heard,  especially  with  the  intelligent  replies  of  the 
medical  class  as  I  questioned  them  on  the  bones  and 
muscles  of  the  human  body.  He  said  he  did  not  know 
that  girls  could  learn  so  much. 

When  he  returned  to  his  tent  he  sent  a  thousand 
rupees  as  a  present  for  the  Orphanage. 

Lady  Muir  called  on  us  at  the  bungalow  and  invited 
Mrs.  Thomas  and  me  to  accompany  her  to  the  city  to 
visit  a  widowed  Rani.  The  Rani  told  us  that  she 
had  just  returned  from  a  pilgrimage  to  Benares,  the 
sacred  city  of  the  Hindus.  She  is  very  devout  in  her 
way.  She  treated  us  with  much  respect  and  as  we 
were  leaving  a  large  brass  tray  of  gold  and  silver  coin 
was  presented  to  us,  which  offering  we  were  expected 
simply  to  touch  as  we  made  our  salam. 

[41] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

On  the  floor  near  by  where  we  sat  were  trays  of 
fresh  fruit,  peaches,  figs,  melons  and  other  fruits  and 
at  evening  these  were  sent  to  our  bungalow  as  a  mark 
of  respect. 

We  afterward  visited  the  house  of  a  wealthy  Mo- 
hammedan gentleman  where  we  found  two  hundred  and 
fifty  women  and  children,  fifty  of  whom  belonged  to 
his  household  ;  the  rest  were  pupils  of  the  Moham- 
medan schools  of  the  city  who  had  been  gathered  here  to 
be  examined  by  Lady  Muir.  We  heard  some  of  them 
read  and  Lady  Muir  questioned  them  a  little  and  then 
distributed  some  gifts,  and  gave  them  a  nice  little  talk. 
Both  Sir  William  and  Lady  Muir  are  so  thoroughly 
good  and  just  toward  all  classes  that  their  words  are 
considered  almost  sacred.  It  will  be  a  great  help  to 
my  work  among  native  families  to  have  been  intro- 
duced by  them  in  this  way. 

I  must  not  omit  to  say  that  these  schools  in  the 
city  were  all  organized  by  this  Mohammedan  gentle- 
man, who  is  deputy  commissioner  of  the  Bareilly  Dis- 
trict. 

Twenty-first. 

The  heat  is  intense  and  we  can  only  go  out  morn- 
ing and  evening  unless  really  obliged  to.  This  has 
been  my  lot  a  few  times  of  late.  I  have  had  a  serious 
case  which  has  caused  me  great  anxiety  for  several 
days.       The    patient    is    the    wife    of    our    Bengali 

[42] 


A  Favorable  Ijitroaluction 

preacher,  who  also  teaches  in  the  mission  school. 
She  is  only  eighteen  years  of  age — one  of  the  loveliest 
women  I  have  ever  met.  The  day  after  the  birth 
of  her  child  she  was  taken  with  fever  which  con- 
tinued for  five  days  and  seemed  beyond  control.  I 
worked  over  her  faithfully  and  to-day  she  is  more 
comfortable  and  I  think  she  will  recover.  I  dare  not 
leave  her  to  a  native  nurse  so  I  take  the  whole  care  of 
her  myself,  except  such  little  attention  as  her  husband 
can  give  while  I  am  visiting  other  patients. 

Calls  for  medical  attention  increase  in  number 
daily  and  nearly  every  day  I  go  to  the  city  both 
morning  and  evening.  I  visit  regularly  in  fifteen  dif- 
ferent zananas.  It  is  a  trial  to  me  not  to  be  able  to 
talk  with  the  women  instead  of  speaking  through  an 
interpreter.  I  suppose,  in  a  way,  this  first  year  will 
be  my  hardest  year  in  India.  I  have  to  study  the 
diseases  peculiar  to  the  climate  and  country  and  their 
treatment,  keeping  in  mind  the  mode  of  life  of  the 
people,  which  is  not  always  favorable  to  the  recovery 
of  a  patient. 


[43] 


IV 
First  Hot  Season 


Bareilly,  April  2$,  1870. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

The  hot  season  began  about  the  first  of  this 
month  and  is  now  well  upon  us.  The  hot  winds 
blow  from  about  ten  o'clock  in  the  forenoon  till  four 
or  five  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  and  it  is  very  un- 
pleasant to  be  out  of  doors  during  this  time,  but  with 
the  arrangements  we  have  for  cooling  the  house  the 
wind  proves  a  wonderful  help.  Fragrant  grass  mats 
are  fitted  into  the  open  doors  on  the  side  from  which 
the  wind  comes,  and  these  are  kept  wet,  so  that  the 
wind  blowing  through  them  cools  the  atmosphere  and 
seems  like  a  fresh  mountain  breeze,  and  with  the 
punkhas  or  fans  swinging  over  us  from  the  ceiling  we 
are  made  quite  comfortable. 

All  our  work  is  done  in  the  early  morning,  of 
course,  and  after  breakfast  we  slip  on  our  dressing- 
gowns  and  rest  for  an  hour,  then  write  letters  and  I 
take  this  time  to  prepare  my  lesson  for  the  medical 
class  which  I  organized  soon  after  my  boxes  arrived. 

Even  these  hot  days  are  not  quite  long  enough  for 
all  that  I  plan  to  accomplish ;  interruptions  come 
frequently,  for  the  native  people  do  not  mind  the  heat 

[44] 


First  Hot  Season 

as  we  do,  and  they  think  of  something  they  wish  to 
consult  us  about  or  some  one  is  taken  sick  suddenly 
and  our  quiet  is  broken  in  upon. 

Yesterday  a  woman  was  led  into  my  room  by  her 
Ayah  ;  she  had  ophthalmia  and  both  her  eyes  were  so 
badly  swollen  that  she  could  not  open  them.  After 
two  hours'  treatment  I  sent  her  home  rejoicing,  both 
eyes  open  and  the  pain  nearly  gone. 

This  is  the  month  for  cholera,  smallpox,  ophthalmia 
and  other  eye  troubles  occasioned  by  dust  and  the 
heat  and  glare,  and  I  have  many  patients  to  attend  to. 
In  the  evening  I  go  to  the  city  when  needed,  or  take 
a  drive  with  Mrs.  Thomas  through  cantonments  and 
out  into  the  country.  These  drives  are  very  refresh- 
ing and  just  what  we  need  after  being  shut  in  for  so 
many  hours.  In  America  we  would  prefer  a  brisk 
walk  but  in  this  climate  one  cannot  walk  far  without 
getting  very  tired.  My  walking  is  done  in  the  early 
morning  as  I  go  among  the  sick  in  the  compound  and 
the  Christian  village. 

A  number  of  patients  came  to  the  bungalow  this 
morning,  and  it  was  very  late  before  I  got  through 
with  them  all  and  with  my  class,  which  takes  nearly 
two  hours  as  I  teach  the  lesson  through  an  interpreter. 

The  doubt  entertained  by  some  whether  native 
women  would  come  to  the  mission  house  for  medical 
aid  is  entirely  removed.     They  seem  glad  to  come  ; 

[45] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

not  only  those  of  the  poorer  and  middle  classes  but  some 
from  the  most  respectable  and  high  caste  families  have 
come  to  us. 

We  greatly  need  a  hospital  and  I  scarcely  know 
how  to  get  along  without  one.  If  our  work  con- 
tinues to  increase  we  could  care  for  many  more  if  we 
had  a  suitable  place  for  patients  to  remain  with  us, 
and  it  would  also  save  much  of  our  time  and  strength. 
Hospitals,  especially  for  women  and  children,  are  much 
needed  in  India,  and  if  properly  conducted  might  do 
much  for  their  social  and  religious  improvement  as 
well  as  for  the  relief  of  their  physical  suffering.  In 
talking  with  a  native  gentleman  a  few  days  ago,  he 
remarked,  "Such  homes  for  the  sick  are  just  what  we 
need.  Native  ladies  would  not  hesitate  to  go  to  a 
hospital  superintended  by  a  lady  physician,  and  I  am 
anxious  that  the  first  one  should  be  in  Bareilly." 
Was  not  this  encouraging  ? 

May  8th. 

We  have  just  received  the  sad  and  startling  news 
of  Bishop  Kingsley's  death  at  Beirut  of  heart  trouble. 
The  date  of  his  death  was  not  mentioned  but  it  was, 
probably,  more  than  six  weeks  ago.  Dr.  Bannister 
was  with  him.  So  much  news  of  this  kind  has  come 
to  us  of  late  that  we  ask  ourselves,  Who  next  ? 
Bishop  Kingsley's  wise  and  gentle  administration  at 
the  Conference,  and  his  strong  and  earnest  sympathy 

[46] 


First  Hot  Season 

and  valuable  counsel  endeared  him  to  the  missionaries, 
and  his  sudden  translation  has  cast  a  gloom  over  us 
all.  His  great  interest  in  our  work  led  the  mission- 
aries to  expect  much  from  his  report  at  home  of  the 
needs  of  the  mission.  But  God's  ways  are  higher 
than  our  ways,  and  His  thoughts  than  our  thoughts. 

July  20th. 

The  rainy  season  began  about  a  month  ago.  The 
first  few  showers  were  very  refreshing  after  so  many 
weeks  of  intense  heat.  The  scorched  brown  lawns 
are  now  a  beautiful  green  and  all  nature  seems  to 
have  sprung  suddenly  into  new  life.  I  have  never 
seen  it  rain  as  it  does  here ;  it  comes  in  torrents. 
One  day  as  I  was  coming  home  from  the  city  I  was 
caught  in  a  rain-storm  and  the  carriage  box  was  soon 
filled  with  water  and  I  found  myself  in  an  impromptu 
foot-bath,  shoes  and  stockings  as  well.  It  was  a  warm 
day,  still  my  wetting  resulted  in  an  attack  of  rheuma- 
tism which  laid  me  aside  for  a  time. 

The  rain  comes  down  heavily  for  a  few  hours  then 
the  sun  shines  and  it  is  hot  and  steamy,  just  the  kind 
of  weather  which  makes  one  feel  that  even  a  grass- 
hopper is  a  burden.  The  rainy  season  lasts  until  the 
end  of  September,  which  is  considered  the  most  un- 
healthy month  of  the  season  because  of  decaying  vege- 
tation creating  malaria. 

[47] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Bareilly  is  noted  for  malarial  fever.  The  side 
streets  in  the  city  and  many  of  the  native  houses 
are  so  unsanitary  that  it  is  a  marvel  that  any  escape 
fever.  Many  Europeans,  especially  the  families  of 
government  officials,  spend  the  hot  and  rainy  seasons 
in  the  mountains.  The  station  looks  quite  forlorn, 
so  many  houses  are  closed  and  so  few  people  are  out 
for  a  drive  in  the  evening. 

My  work  goes  on  as  usual.  As  my  practice  in- 
creases I  find  my  room  in  the  mission  house  quite  too 
small  and  inconvenient  for  the  morning  clinics,  and 
the  homes  of  the  poor  where  I  am  called  to  attend 
the  sick  are  so  utterly  destitute  of  comforts  of  any 
kind  that  what  little  I  can  do  for  them  seems  of  very 
little  use.  I  long  for  a  clean,  comfortable  place  near 
me  to  offer  them.  Our  need  of  a  hospital  grows  each 
day  more  urgent,  but  where  can  we  purchase  suitable 
grounds  on  which  to  build,  and  will  the  Society  furnish 
the  necessary  means,  are  questions  to  be  considered. 

October  28th. 
My  dear  Dr.  Greene  : 

I  must  write  you  a  few  words  this  morning  to 
tell  you  how  much  I  enjoy  your  letters.  Whenever 
you  want  to  do  a  real  missionary  work  just  write  me  a 
good  long  letter.  I  never  knew  the  value  of  letters 
until  I  came  to  India. 

[48] 


First  Hot  Season 

We  are  seeing  good  results  from  our  visits  in  the 
zananas.  A  Bengali  woman  who  has  been  a  patient 
of  mine  for  some  time  asked  us  to  bring  her  a  Bible 
in  her  own  language,  and  she  is  so  much  interested  in 
reading  it  that  she  says  she  does  not  like  to  do  any- 
thing else.  The  last  time  we  went  to  see  her  she 
whispered  to  Mrs.  Thomas,  "  I  like  that  book  so 
much,  and  I  want  you  to  explain  it  to  me  and  tell 
me  more  about  your  religion."  We  expect  her  and 
her  sister-in-law — a  widow — to  visit  us  this  evening. 
She  sent  me  word  that  they  would  come  in  a  closed 
carriage  at  nine  o'clock.  I  shall  send  all  the  men 
servants  away  from  the  house,  as  these  are  purdah 
women,  and  must  not  be  seen  outside  of  their  home. 
We  hope  and  trust  that  these  women  are  truly  seek- 
ing the  Truth. 

Another  patient  said  to  us :  "I  wish  there  was 
only  one  religion  in  India,  then  we  could  all  eat 
together  without  breaking  our  caste."  The  women 
often  give  us  food  and  sweetmeats,  but  they  would 
not  eat  a  morsel  of  their  own  food  with  us  nor  allow 
us  to  touch  one  of  their  dishes  or  drinking  vessels. 

The  Bengali  woman  who  asked  for  a  Bible  is  in- 
telligent and  if  she  becomes  a  Christian  she  will  be 
capable  of  doing  something  for  others,  but  there  are 
many  who  do  not  quickly  comprehend  our  teaching, 
and  others  are  indifferent. 

[49] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

If  you  were  to  look  into  my  room  you  would  see 
the  tiniest  baby  on  my  lounge,  which  I  have  had  here 
for  a  week.  It  was  so  feeble  and  puny  that  I  had  no 
hope  for  its  life.  The  mother  was  very  ill  and  had 
no  nourishment  for  it,  and  we  have  kept  it  alive  by 
giving  a  few  drops  of  milk  at  a  time  and  now  it  really 
seems  that  it  will  live.  I  promised  the  mother  that  I 
would  adopt  the  baby  if  she  did  not  get  well,  but  both 
she  and  the  baby  are  now  in  a  hopeful  condition. 

I  need  not  tell  you  how  much  I  want  to  see  you 
and  how  many  times  I  wish  for  you  when  I  return 
from  my  sick  patients.  How  it  would  cheer  me  to 
find  you  in  my  room  waiting  to  hear  the  result  of  my 
visits  and  give  me  some  advice.  I  cannot  tell  you 
how  hard  it  is  to  practice  medicine  here  alone. 

December  26,  18 JO. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

As  the  year  draws  to  a  close  I  am  interested  in 
looking  back  over  the  months  of  service  for  the  Master, 
and  I  feel  grateful  to  God  for  what  has  been  accom- 
plished. While  many  have  been  relieved  from  suffer- 
ing we  have  the  hope  that  some  among  our  patients 
have  become  thoughtful  about  their  eternal  interests. 
I  find  that  in  this  my  first  year  in  India  I  have  vis- 
ited seventy  different  families  in  the  city  and  adjacent 
villages,  with  two  hundred  and  fifty  visits  in  the  homes 

[50] 


First  Hot  Season 

of  my  patients,  besides  prescribing  for  twelve  hundred 
and  twenty-five  patients  at  the  mission  house.  In 
many  of  the  families  we  have  read  the  Bible  and  other 
religious  books  and  have  conversed  freely  with  the 
women,  some  of  whom  are  learning  to  read. 

It  has  been  impossible  to  give  regular  instruction  in 
all  the  zananas  where  we  have  been  asked  to  teach  as 
our  number  of  helpers  is  so  limited,  so  we  have  fol- 
lowed the  plan  of  reading  a  portion  of  Scripture  and 
explaining  it  in  the  presence  of  the  family  of  each 
patient  as  we  had  time  and  opportunity.  In  this 
way  we  have  succeeded  in  interesting  the  women  and 
opening  the  way  for  friendly  talk,  and  inducing  some 
to  learn  to  read  and  think  for  themselves. 

Bareilly^  Jan.  <?,  1 8? I. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Your  letter  of  June  8th   reached  me  after  a 

three  months'  journey  and  the  one  dated  August  28th 

has   come   to-day  quite   unexpectedly  as   this   is  not 

home  mail  day.      Home  letters  are  very  welcome  no 

matter  how  often  they  come. 

I  am  trying  to  arrange  my  work  so  that  I  can  go  to 
Lucknow  to  attend  the  Annual  Conference  on  the 
twelfth  of  this  month. 

We  are  having  delightful  weather.  The  roses  and 
other  flowers  are  in  full  bloom  and  the  orange  and 
lemon-trees  are  laden  with  ripe  fruit. 

[51] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

I  have  been  to  the  English  Church  this  evening 
and  heard  an  excellent  sermon.  When  I  get  hungry 
for  a  sermon  I  go  there,  for  our  services  are  all  in 
Hindustani  and  I  do  not  yet  understand  that  language. 
Bareilly  is  a  military  station  with  several  regiments 
quartered  here,  and  there  are  also  many  civilians  so 
the  chaplain  usually  has  a  good  congregation. 

The  Rev.  William  Taylor  is  now  in  Lucknow. 
You  have  heard  of  his  marvellous  success  in  Australia 
and  Ceylon.  He  is  holding  meetings  in  Lucknow 
which  are  well  attended  by  the  natives.  He  preaches 
through  an  interpreter,  and  has  such  a  simple  way  of 
explaining  the  Scriptures  that  the  people  seem  to 
have  little  difficulty  in  comprehending  his  meaning. 
There  have  been  several  conversions. 

Mr.  Taylor  intends  to  remain  in  India  two  years 
preaching  in  the  different  stations,  so  we  shall  have 
him  here  in  Bareilly  some  time. 

Christmas  was  a  very  enjoyable  day.  We  did  not 
have  snow  for  a  sleigh-ride  but  there  was  keen  sharp  air 
and  plenty  of  dust.  There  was  a  morning  service  and 
then  came  the  festivities.  I  had  a  number  of  pres- 
ents from  my  patients,  chiefly  trays  containing  nuts, 
oranges,  raisins,  pomegranates,  native  sweetmeats  and 
trays  with  boxes  of  white  grapes.  The  natives  do  not, 
of  course,  observe  the  day,  but  they  understand  that  it 
is  a  holiday  with   us.     Our  servants  expect  presents 

[52] 


First  Hot  Season 

from  us  as  much  as  do  children  in  America  and  it  is 
the  custom  among  Europeans  in  this  country  to  give 
those  who  serve  them  new  garments  or  money  to  use 
as  they  like. 

There  was  a  Christmas  tree  in  the  Orphanage 
schoolroom  the  evening  before  and  at  eleven  o'clock 
Christmas  morning  we  had  Hindustani  service  for  the 
native  Christians  and  Christmas  cards  and  little  books 
were  given  to  the  Sunday-school  children. 

'January  20th. 

Our  Conference  in  Lucknow  on  the  eighth  was  a 
season  of  much  interest.  Miss  Thoburn  and  I  had 
not  met  during  the  year  and  we  were  glad  to  be  to- 
gether again.  We  had  a  good  visit,  and,  of  course, 
had  an  "  experience  meeting,"  telling  each  other  of 
our  trials  and  troubles  just  as  you  and  I  used  to  do. 
We  had  some  pleasant  things  to  rehearse  as  well. 
Rev.  Mr.  Taylor  was  at  the  Conference  and  gave 
several  very  inspiring  sermons. 

Mrs.  Messmore  writes  me  that  the  work  begun  by 
him  in  Lucknow  continues.  The  conversion  of  a 
leader  of  the  Brahmo  Somaj  has  created  great  excite- 
ment among  his  people.  He  is  an  educated  man  and 
has  great  influence  among  his  sect.  Six  months  ago 
he  secured  the  closing  of  all  the  zananas  in  Lucknow 
against   the   missionaries   and    now  he   is  the  first  to 

[53] 


A   Gli?npse  of  India 

open  his  own  to  them.  The  work  is  chiefly  among 
Eurasians,  many  of  whom  are  educated  and  speak 
both  English  and  Hindustani  which  is  a  great  advan- 
tage as  they  do  not  have  to  wait  to  learn  the  language 
before  they  can  take  up  Christian  work. 

February  22d. 

Mr.  Taylor  has  spent  a  week  with  us  and  held 
meetings  in  the  Orphanage  and  the  Christian  village. 
Several  girls  in  the  Orphanage  were  converted  and 
many  members  of  the  native  church  were  greatly 
blessed  under  his  preaching.  He  also  had  meetings 
in  the  home  of  an  Eurasian  gentleman  who,  with  his 
whole  family,  was  converted.  Mr.  Taylor  is  a  second 
St.  Paul.  He  says  he  fully  believes  in  the  Pauline 
method  of  doing  the  Lord's  work,  going  from  house 
to  house  and  gathering  the  family  together  and  talking 
to  them  about  Jesus,  not  Christianity,  Methodism  or 
any  other  ism  but  just  telling  them  what  they  must  do 
to  be  saved.  I  could  not  help  thinking  as  I  heard  him 
preach  and  explain  the  Scriptures  what  a  glorious  thing 
it  is  to  be  taught  of  the  Spirit  and  to  be  a  child  of 
God.  His  two  years  in  India  will,  no  doubt,  result 
in  the  salvation  of  many  souls. 

March  I  ph. 

My  work  in  the  city  increases  in  interest.  I  notice 
quite   a   desire  for  improvement,  many   more  of  the 

[54] 


First  Hot  Season 

women  being  anxious  to  learn  to  read  and  sew  and 
some  earnestly  inquiring  about  our  religion  and  ask- 
ing me  to  explain  it  to  them. 

We  had  a  very  interesting  visit  yesterday  in  one  of 
the  zananas  where  there  was  a  young  married  woman, 
a  girl  about  ten  years  old,  and  two  quite  old  women. 
The  young  woman  had  been  ill  for  some  time  and 
two  weeks  ago  she  sent  for  me ;  we  have  become 
quite  well  acquainted  by  this  time  and  I  ventured  to 
ask  her  about  her  idols  and  manner  of  worship,  then 
I  told  them  about  the  God  we  worship.  It  was  good 
to  see  how  interested  the  two  old  women  were  as  my 
companion  explained  the  way  of  salvation.  One  of 
them  said,  "  You  speak  good  words,  just  what  I  have 
been  longing  to  hear." 

They  seemed  quite  disappointed  when  I  said  to 
them  that  I  should  be  away  for  a  short  time,  but  I 
told  them  that  Mrs.  Sheahy  who  was  with  me  would 
come  to  see  them  and  would  bring  books  to  read  to 
them  and  would  tell  them  more  about  our  religion. 
Nearly  every  day  we  have  some  interesting  visits. 
Mrs.  Sheahy  who  now  accompanies  me  in  my  visits  to 
the  city  is  a  European  woman  who  was  born  and 
educated  in  India  and  she  understands  the  language 
and  customs  of  the  natives  ;  she  is  an  earnest  Christian 
and  a  true  missionary  at  heart,  so  my  work  is  much 
more  satisfactory  to  me  since  she  has  been  with  me. 

[55] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

April  jotb. 

It  is  the  custom  here  for  native  gentlemen  to  call  on 
foreigners  to  pay  their  respects  and  I  have  had  a 
number  of  such  callers.  They  do  not  allow  their 
wives  to  come  to  see  us  for  they  live  in  seclusion,  but 
when  we  go  to  their  houses  the  gentleman  receives  us 
and  does  the  honors.  At  first  the  woman  sits  on  a 
mat  in  a  corner  while  her  husband  is  with  us ;  she 
keeps  her  face  covered  and  seems  more  like  a  shy 
kitten  than  a  human  being,  but  after  a  few  visits  she 
loses  some  of  her  shyness  and  when  we  are  alone  sits 
on  a  chair  or  stool  and  uncovers  her  face  and  talks 
freely  with  us. 

I  take  special  pains  to  tell  the  husbands  about  our 
customs,  and  that  I  think  it  a  great  pity  that  they  keep 
their  wives  and  daughters  in  such  ignorance,  always 
shut  up  in  their  houses  and  never  allowed  to  see  the 
beauties  of  nature.  I  can  see  a  change  in  the  feelings 
of  some  of  these  men,  and  have  persuaded  two  of 
them  whose  wives  have  been  my  patients  to  allow 
their  wives  to  visit  me.  The  poor  things  were  very 
uneasy,  everything  was  so  new  to  them  and  they  were 
so  much  afraid  that  some  man  would  make  his  appear- 
ance. The  husbands  walked  the  veranda  all  the 
while  the  women  were  within  lest  some  one  should 
come  or  get  a  glimpse  of  the  women  through  the 
blinds,  though  they  were  tightly  closed. 

[56] 


First  Hot  Season 

The  women  went  from  one  room  to  another  and 
asked  questions  like  little  children  about  everything 
they  saw.  We  took  great  pains  to  show  them  our 
needlework  and  to  explain  the  pictures  and  books  to 
them.  It  is  quite  an  accomplishment  to  be  able  to 
entertain  native  ladies  nicely.  Some  of  them  are 
very  simple-hearted  and  lovely  and  one  feels  like 
taking  them  to  one's  heart  as  one  would  a  little  child. 
While  they  have  the  stature  of  an  adult  they  really 
seem  like  children. 

June  ioth. 

You  will  be  glad  to  know  that  I  have  an  arrange- 
ment which  makes  my  work  a  little  easier  because  I 
can  have  some  of  my  cases  which  need  special  super- 
vision near  me. 

There  is  a  small  house  in  the  compound  which  was 
built  some  years  ago  for  the  native  pastor  but  which 
has  not  been  occupied  of  late,  and  Mr.  Thomas  has 
had  it  put  in  good  order  and  has  placed  it  at  my  dis- 
posal to  use  for  patients  who  are  brought  to  me  from 
out-stations.  There  are  three  rooms  in  it  which  will 
serve  our  purpose  nicely,  and  who  should  come  this 
morning  to  occupy  the  first  room  but  "  Abraham  and 
Sarah  !  "  Abraham  is  a  converted  Jew — a  merchant 
who  on  one  of  his  trips  from  Damascus  heard  the 
Gospel  preached  in  India  and  accepted  Christianity. 
Sarah,  his  wife,  is  the  daughter  of  a  native   minister 

[57] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

who  was  formerly  a  Hindu  idolater.  She  is  ill  with 
fever  and  her  husband  will  remain  here  with  her  until 
she  recovers.  She  is  a  bright  young  woman  and  has 
a  fairly  good  education  and  is  doing  good  work  as  a 
Bible  woman  in  the  village  where  they  live,  twelve 
miles  from  Bareilly. 

I  have  had  several  new  patients  at  the  mission  house 
this  morning,  some  of  them  interesting  cases.  This 
is  a  busy  time  with  us  all,  and  every  moment  of  my 
time  seems  occupied. 


[58] 


V 

A  Visit  to  the  Hills 


Altnora,  September  gth. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  left  Bareilly  on  the  loth  of  August  for 
Almora  and  was  nearly  a  week  in  getting  here 
although  the  distance  is  only  ninety-six  miles.  I 
came  to  help  care  for  one  of  our  missionaries  who 
came  to  the  mountains  in  search  of  health.  For  a 
time  he  seemed  to  improve  but  about  the  last  of  July 
he  began  to  fail  and  he  begged  Mrs.  Thomas  with 
whom  he  was  boarding  to  send  for  me  thinking  that  I 
might  help  him. 

I  took  one  of  my  servants  with  me  about  thirty 
miles  then  sent  him  back  with  my  conveyance  and 
trusted  myself  completely  to  the  natives,  travelling  all 
night  in  a  doli  carried  by  four  men  at  a  time,  changing 
the  men  every  eight  miles.  It  took  three  horses  and 
thirty-five  men  to  carry  me  sixty  miles.  We  were 
thirty-one  hours  getting  to  the  foot  of  the  mountains. 
There  I  found  fresh  men  sent  down  from  Naini  Tal 
by  the  missionaries  with  a  letter  directing  me  how  to 
proceed  on  my  journey.     I  reached  Naini  Tal  all  right 

[59] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  received  a  hearty  welcome  from  some  of  our  mis- 
sionary ladies  who  are  spending  the  season  there. 

Naini  Tal  is  8,500  feet  above  sea  level ;  it  derives 
its  name  from  the  goddess  of  the  lake — Naini — and  is 
a  favorite  summer  resort.  The  scenery  is  fine.  The 
trees  are  covered  with  ferns  and  mosses  of  every  shade 
of  green.  It  is  said  that  there  are  one  hundred  and 
twenty  varieties  of  ferns  growing  in  the  station.  I 
was  detained  two  days  by  the  heavy  rain  but  was  at 
last  able  to  move  on,  this  time  in  quite  another  style 
of  conveyance.  It  resembles  a  chair  with  a  canopy 
and  has  a  pole  on  each  side  with  a  sort  of  harness  at 
each  end  which  goes  across  the  shoulders  of  the  men 
who  carry  it.  Four  men  carry  it  at  a  time,  and  be- 
sides these  carriers  I  had  a  man  to  carry  my  trunk  on 
his  back,  another  with  my  roll  of  bedding  on  his  head, 
and  a  third  carrying  a  satchel,  while  a  servant  whom 
Mrs.  Thomas  had  sent  to  escort  me  walked  beside  my 
conveyance. 

I  could  not  help  laughing  as  I  looked  at  my  caravan 
though  it  was  no  laughing  matter  to  set  off  in  this  way 
for  a  journey  of  twenty-four  miles  through  the  moun- 
tains. Some  of  the  ladies  thought  it  very  brave  of 
me  to  start  off  alone  but  I  had  no  particular  fear  as  I 
knew  that  other  ladies  had  taken  the  journey  alone 
with  perfect  safety. 

The  first  day  we  marched  twelve  miles  and  reached 

[60] 


A   Visit  to  the  Hills 

the  Government  Rest-House  just  at  evening.  It  is  a 
lone  bungalow  standing  on  a  hill  with  a  dozen  native 
huts  near  it.  The  men  had  arrived  before  me  and  had 
made  a  fire  in  one  of  the  rooms  and  spread  my  bedding 
out  to  dry,  and  presently  the  cook  came  in  with  a  roasted 
chicken  and  hot  potatoes,  so  with  the  lunch  which 
one   of  the  ladies  had  given  me  I  fared  sumptuously. 

I  tried  to  shake  off  all  fear  and  enjoy  the  mountain 
scenery  around  me  but  I  could  not  forget  how  power- 
less I  was  with  not  a  white  person  within  miles  and 
not  even  a  Christian  native  near  me  so  far  as  I  knew. 
After  dismissing  the  servants  for  the  night  I  commit- 
ted myself  to  the  tender  Shepherd  who  watches  His 
flock  by  day  and  by  night  and  lay  down,  not  to  sleep 
but  to  think.  Such  a  feeling  of  desolation  I  never  be- 
fore experienced.  The  first  dawn  of  the  morning 
was  heartily  welcomed  and  I  was  not  long  in  making 
myself  ready  for  another  day's  journey.  At  seven 
o'clock  we  started  on  our  way  travelling  through  such 
beautiful  mountain  scenery  that  my  delight  quite  over- 
came my  fear. 

We  did  not  meet  with  any  adventures,  except  that 
a  cow  which  had  travelled  some  distance  just  ahead  of 
us  fell  over  the  precipice  and  went  rolling  and  tum- 
bling down  until  she  reached  the  bottom.  We  were 
some  distance  from  her  when  she  fell  and  supposed 
she  would   be   killed  but  to  our  surprise  she  got  upon 

[6.] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

her  feet  and  looked  up  at  us  most  wistfully.  The 
men  were  greatly  pleased  and  said  much  in  her  praise. 
They  consider  the  cow  a  sacred  animal  and  pay  her 
great  respect. 

We  reached  the  second  rest-house  at  noon  and 
found  that  two  of  Mrs.  Thomas'  servants  had  been 
sent  to  meet  me  with  a  lunch.  They  said  that  fresh 
men  would  meet  me  at  different  points  and  that  if  we 
hurried  we  could  reach  Almora  before  night,  so  after 
a  short  rest  we  again  set  out. 

I  found  Mr.  Elliot  prostrated  and  too  far  gone  to 
need  much  medical  assistance.  He  lived  only  two 
weeks  after  I  came.  He  was  a  young  man  of  consid- 
erable talent  and  was  beloved  by  all  the  missionaries. 
Two  years  ago  he  came  out  to  India  for  his  health 
and  was  so  much  benefited  by  the  sea  voyage  that 
when  he  reached  Calcutta  he  was,  to  all  appearance, 
well.  In  Lucknow  he  met  our  missionaries  and  be- 
came interested  in  the  work  and  joined  the  mission, 
doing  good  service  until  the  beginning  of  the  hot 
season  when  he  began  to  lose  his  appetite  and  grew 
weak  every  day.  Later  he  was  out  in  a  heavy  rain 
and  took  cold  which  settled  on  his  lungs  and  ended 
in  quick  consumption.  He  is  buried  in  a  quiet  little 
cemetery  near  the  mission  houses. 

Almora  is  entirely  surrounded  by  mountains,  not  a 
spot  of  level  ground  in  sight  only  as  it  has  been  made 

[62] 


A    Visit  to  the  Hills 

so.  Most  of  the  mountains  are  treeless  and  are  ter- 
raced from  summit  to  base.  These  narrow  terraces 
are  cultivated  and  wheat,  rice  and  other  grains  and 
some  vegetables  are  grown.  The  mountains  look  like 
great  walled  staircases  with  here  and  there  a  little  hut 
nestling  upon  them. 

We  get  a  fine  view  of  the  Snowy  Range  from  here 
which  looks  near  but  is  a  hundred  or  more  miles  away. 
I  wish  I  could  give  you  a  description  that  would 
cause  you  to  see  them.  Imagine,  if  you  can,  a  dozen 
or  more  mountains  of  silver  reaching  nearly  to  the 
heavens,  piercing  the  gold  and  crimson  clouds  of  an 
Eastern  sky,  and  glistening  in  the  rays  of  the  sun  ; 
some  are  cone-shaped  and  some  pyramidal  in  shape. 
The  Hindus  bow  down  and  worship  them  when  they 
come  in  sight  of  them,  and  indeed  I  do  not  wonder  at 
it.  The  first  good  view  I  had  of  them  my  admiration 
amounted  almost  to  worship. 

The  hill  people  are  much  stronger  and  more  active 
than  the  people  of  the  plains,  and  they  live  more  com- 
fortably. Their  houses  are  built  of  stone  and  many 
have  little  gardens  which  gives  them  a  homelike  ap- 
pearance. The  women  do  not  live  in  seclusion.  The 
state  of  society  in  India  is  such  that  zanana  life 
seems  preferable  for  respectable  native  women.  It  is 
really  not  safe  for  them  to  go  out  alone. 

The  London  Mission  occupies  Almora  as  a  mis- 

[63] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

sion  station.  Their  missionary,  the  Rev.  Mr.  Budden, 
has  been  here  thirty  years.  He  has  a  small  native 
church,  a  boys'  school  and  a  M  Leper  Asylum,"  and 
his  eldest  daughter  has  an  orphanage  for  girls,  a 
number  of  whom  are  children  of  lepers.  Many  of 
them  are  bright  children  but  they  bear  the  marks  of  the 
disease. 

From  the  doorway  where  I  am  writing  I  see  men 
and  women  coming  to  the  little  temple  below  us  to 
worship.  It  is  the  temple  of  the  god  Siva,  the 
Destroyer.  The  poor  creatures  seem  very  earnest  in 
their  devotions.  I  will  enclose  a  silver  fern  which  I 
picked  from  the  walls  of  this  ancient  temple. 

We  have  had  many  pleasant  rambles  over  these 
mountains,  have  been  to  the  top  of  Simtola,  Haridunga 
and  Kala  Mitti.  This  last  name  means  "black 
earth,"  and  Haridunga  means  "  the  diamond  moun- 
tain." We  had  a  search  for  diamonds  there  and  on 
Simtola  and  found  some  fine  specimens  of  clear 
crystal  quartz  but  are  not  so  sure  about  the  dia- 
monds. 

We  leave  here  on  the  twelfth  for  Naini  Tal  on  our 
way  to  the  plains.  There  are  five  of  us  and  we  shall 
need  sixty  men  to  carry  us  and  our  luggage.  We 
will  march  five  miles  and  then  camp  for  the  night. 
We  are  anticipating  a  pleasant  journey,  travelling 
slowly  and  gathering  ferns  and  flowers  and  picnicking 

[64] 


A    Visit  to  the  Hills 

by  the  way.     We  have  each  a  large   book  made  of 
blotting-paper  for  pressing  our  ferns. 

I  feel  anxious  to  get  back  to  Bareilly  for  I  did  not 
expect  to  be  away  more  than  three  weeks.  My  girls 
write  me  that  they  are  doing  well  and  everything  goes 
on  nicely.  They  visit  my  patients  with  my  inter- 
preter, who  is  a  woman  sixty  years  of  age,  and  she 
takes  great  care  of  them. 

Bareilly,  Sept.  20th. 

Home  again  in  Bareilly  and  busy  as  usual.  As  our 
work  increases  our  needs  increase  also,  and  I  feel 
that  I  must  have  a  hospital  and  dispensary.  The 
most  convenient  and  suitable  place  adjoins  our  mis- 
sion premises  and  is  owned  by  the  Nawab  of  Ram- 
pore,  a  Mohammedan  prince,  but  it  will  hardly  be 
possible  to  purchase  this  property  as,  I  am  told,  a 
Mohammedan  ruler  never  sells  landed  property  that 
belongs  to  his  inheritance. 

Mr.  Drummond,  the  Commissioner  of  Bareilly,  is 
much  interested  in  our  medical  work  and  has  been 
looking  around  to  see  if  a  suitable  place  is  available 
and  has  finally  suggested  that  we  make  a  personal  re- 
quest to  the  Nawab  respecting  this  property  which 
adjoins  ours. 

Mr.  Drummond  has  learned  that  the  prime  minister 
of  the  Nawab  will  soon  come  to  Bareilly  on  business 

[65] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

and  he  says  he  will  speak  to  him  about  the  property 
and  find  out  from  him  if  he  thinks  we  might  present 
a  request  for  the  purchase  of  the  property.  If  we 
could  secure  one  acre  of  this  land  it  would  meet  our 
need. 

Twenty-seventh. 

We  are  informed  to-day  through  the  prime  minister 
that  the  Nawab  invites  us  to  visit  his  city  and  that  he 
will  arrange  for  our  journey  to  Rampore  if  we  will 
notify  him  what  day  we  would  like  to  come.  This 
looks  favorable,  for  the  Nawab  knows  our  object  in 
wishing  to  see  him. 

October  8th. 

On  the  morning  of  October  3d  our  party,  con- 
sisting of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas,  myself,  and  a  native 
Christian  gentleman,  a  convert  from  Mohammedanism, 
who  understands  royal  etiquette,  set  out  on  this  impor- 
tant business,  having  previously  notified  the  prime  min- 
ister of  our  intention.  He  had  made  all  arrangements 
for  us.  A  fine  carriage,  with  coachman,  two  grooms 
and  outriders  and  twenty-four  horses  were  supposed  to 
be  necessarv  to  convev  us  into  the  domains  of  Eastern 
royalty.  The  horses  were  changed  every  six  miles, 
four  doing  duty  at  once,  and  as  we  approached  the 
city  three  cavalrymen  met  us  to  escort  us  to  our  stop- 
ping-place which  was  a  house  just  outside  the  city 
kept  by  the   Nawab  for  European  visitors  and  travel- 

[66] 


A   Visit  to  the  Hills 

lers.  Breakfast  was  awaiting  us  and  servants  stood 
ready  to  give  any  needed  assistance. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Parker  of  our  mission  had  come  from 
Moradabad  to  meet  us,  arriving  some  time  before  we 
did.  Our  breakfast  consisted  of  twenty-four  differ- 
ent dishes  to  which  we  did  ample  justice,  our  long 
drive  having  given  us  good  appetites.  Our  surround- 
ings, the  expression  of  our  hopes  and  fears,  and  above 
all,  our  faith  and  confidence  in  Him  who  has  assured 
us  that  He  will  withhold  no  good  thing  from  those 
who  trust  in  Him  made  the  hour  at  table  one  long  to 
be  remembered.  After  breakfast  we  knelt  in  prayer, 
asking  our  Father  who  had  opened  our  way  thus  far 
to  still  be  our  Leader,  and  not  only  grant  what 
seemed  so  necessary  for  our  work  but  to  remember 
this  earthly  prince  and  his  people  who  were  at  that 
hour  engaged  in  the  worship  of  their  own  faith. 

When  the  Nawab  received  news  of  our  arrival  he 
sent  a  messenger  to  say  that  he  would  not  be  able  to  see 
us  that  day  as  he  was  specially  engaged  in  his  prayers. 
For  our  entertainment  he  sent  two  music-boxes,  and 
some  trained  athletes  who  performed  some  wonderful 
feats.  Then  came  a  play,  a  burlesque  on  English 
officials,  which  not  only  showed  their  power  of 
imitation  but  their  keen  appreciation  of  the  foibles  and 
defects  of  others. 

After  dinner  two  carriages  were  sent  to  take  us  For 

[67] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

an  evening  drive  to  a  country  palace  where  the 
Nawab  spends  a  part  of  his  time  during  the  hot 
months.  Just  in  front  of  the  palace  is  a  beautiful 
tank  of  clear,  fresh  water.  This  to  me,  with  the  fine 
trees  and  beautiful  garden  was  more  attractive  than 
the  palace  itself. 

The  next  morning  early  the  carriages  were  sent 
for  us  and  we  were  driven  to  several  palaces  and 
gardens  before  reaching  the  royal  palace.  As  we 
entered  the  gates  five  royal  elephants,  gaily  capari- 
soned, saluted  by  lifting  their  trunks  and  touching 
their  foreheads.  We  were  escorted  into  the  presence 
of  the  Nawab,  who  arose  and  greeted  us  cordially  and 
assigning  us  seats  entered  into  friendly  conversation. 
After  a  few  minutes  the  prime  minister  advanced  to 
His  Highness  and  spoke  in  a  low  tone  and  he  signi- 
fied his  assent  to  the  words,  upon  which  the  prime 
minister  turned  to  Mr.  Thomas,  saying  that  the 
Nawab  would  listen  to  his  request. 

Mr.  Thomas  said  that  he  wished  to  procure,  on 
some  terms,  a  portion  of  the  estate  belonging  to  His 
Highness  which  adjoined  our  mission  premises  in 
Bareilly,  for  the  purpose  of  establishing  a  hospital  for 
women  and  children.  Before  he  had  time  to  finish 
his  speech  the  Nawab  said,  "  Take  it,  take  it.  I  give 
it  with  pleasure  for  such  a  purpose." 

We  were  unprepared   for  so  generous  a  gift — forty 

[68] 


A   Visit  to  the  Hills 

acres  and  a  house — and  were  not  a  little  surprised  at 
the  Nawab's  immediate  and  hearty  reception  of  our 
request,  and  we  accepted  the  gift  with  gratitude  not 
to  this  prince  alone,  but  to  the  King  of  the  Universe, 
who,  we  believe,  put  it  into  his  heart  to  give  it  to  us. 

Our  interview  with  the  Nawab  was  a  short  one. 
Soon  after  the  matter  of  business  was  over  he  arose, 
bowed  to  us,  and  left  the  room.  The  prime  minister 
showed  us  some  of  the  apartments  of  the  palace, 
which  were  beautifully  and  tastefully  furnished  and 
arranged,  but  to  our  regret  we  were  not  invited  into 
the  women's  apartments. 

December  22d. 

You  can,  perhaps,  imagine  the  joy  and  gratitude  of 
our  missionaries  when  they  heard  of  the  generous  gift 
of  the  Nawab,  forty  acres  when  we  had  hardly  dared 
hope  to  be  able  to  purchase  one.  Some  of  the  native 
gentlemen  of  the  city  were  very  much  pleased,  too, 
and  promised  assistance,  so  I  resolved  to  circulate  a 
paper  stating  our  plans  and  asking  for  contributions, 
and  I  shall  be  able  to  report  to  Conference  that  I  have 
seven  hundred  rupees  subscribed  from  native  people. 

The  house  on  the  estate  is  old  but  well  built  and 
needed  some  repairs  to  make  it  suitable  to  live  in. 
The  Nawab  expected  us  to  use  this  for  a  hospital, 
but  the  style  is  unsuitable  for  native  ladies  with  their 
ideas  of  seclusion,  so  we  have  decided  to  use  it  as  a 

[69] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

home  for  single  missionary  ladies  and  their  assistants 
and  to  build  a  hospital  more  on  the  plan  of  a  native 
house.  Our  repairs  are  nearly  completed  and  we 
hope  to  take  possession  of  our  new  home  soon. 

^January  22,  1872. 
My  report  of  the  work  of  the  year  past  and  the 
good  news  of  the  success  of  our  undertaking  in  the 
matter  of  the  hospital  encouraged  the  ladies  of  our 
Conference  to  estimate  for  the  amount  necessary  to 
begin  our  buildings,  feeling  sure  that  the  Society  in 
America  would  respond  to  our  request  for  the  money. 
The  Building  Committee  sanctioned  the  plan  which  I 
laid  before  them — a  plan  which,  with  the  assistance 
of  a  native  architect,  I  had  worked  out  as  suitable  for 
the  use  intended.  Materials  for  the  dispensary  are 
being  negotiated  for,  and  we  shall  begin  to  build  as 
soon  as  possible.  It  will  contain  six  rooms — a  clinic 
room  where  patients  will  be  received  and  prescribed 
for,  an  operating  room  back  of  it,  an  office  in  the 
right  wing,  a  room  on  the  opposite  wing  designed  for 
a  lecture  room  when  I  have  another  medical  class, 
and  two  small  bath  rooms.  This  plan  seems  to  me 
quite  complete  and  suitable  for  the  purpose  for  which 
it  is  designed. 


[70] 


VI 
Busy  Days 


Bareilfy,  India ,  March  j,  1 8  J 2, 
My  dear  Dr.  Greene  : 

I  am  writing  in  our  new  house,  "  The  King's 
Palace,"  as  Dr.  Butler  calls  it.  Miss  Sparkes  and  I 
moved  in  on  the  1st  of  January  and  were  nicely 
settled  before  Conference,  which  was  held  this  year 
at  Moradabad. 

Mrs.  H — — ,  one  of  our  missionaries,  came  here 
on  the  15th  of  January  from  Budaon,  and  her  baby,  a 
nice  plump  boy,  arrived  on  the  thirtieth  of  the  same 
month.  The  dear  little  baby  was  baptized  in  our 
drawing-room  this  evening.  The  missionaries  living 
here  in  the  station,  and  a  few  native  Christians  were 
present  and  it  was  a  deeply  interesting  occasion.  After 
the  baptism  we  had  tea  together,  then  Mr.  Judd  gave 
a  short  exhortation  and  prayed  for  each  one  of  us  and 
for  the  great  work  in  which  we  are  engaged.  Mr. 
Judd  and  his  wife  take  the  charge  of  the  Orphanage 
this  year  and  Miss  Sparkes  conducts  the  educational 
department. 

The  Lord  was  with  us  at  the  Conference.  All  the 
missionaries  seemed  thirsting  for  a  deeper  experience 

[71] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  many  were  blessed  and  returned  to  their  work 
with  greater  love  for  it  and  for  the  salvation  of  souls. 
We  are  having  good  meetings  here  and  a  few  have 
professed  conversion. 

I  have  received  such  a  good  letter  from  a  Bengali 
gentleman  whose  home  is  in  Bareilly.  He  went  to 
Calcutta  on  sick  leave  for  a  few  weeks  and  left  his 
family  in  my  care  during  his  absence.  He  had  twice 
come  to  us  in  great  distress  of  mind  and  asked  us  to 
pray  for  him,  but  he  was  not  willing  to  acknowledge 
Christ  as  the  Son  of  God  and  Saviour  of  the  world. 
Just  before  he  went  away  he  called  and  asked  me  for 
a  history  of  the  Christian  Church.  He  said  he  would 
take  with  him  the  Bible  that  I  had  previously  given 
him  and  would  read  it  daily.  He  writes  that  he  is 
now  reconciled  to  God,  that  the  society  of  Brahmans 
and  Hindus  and  his  conversations  brought  him  no  re- 
lief and  he  turned  to  the  Word  of  God. 

His  wife  has  been  convinced  of  the  truth  for  many 
months.  I  carried  her  husband's  letter  to  her  and  ex- 
plained it  and  asked  her  if  she  was  willing  to  follow 
her  husband.  The  tears  filled  her  eyes  as  she  said, 
"  I  do  not  like  to  leave  my  mother,  I  am  her  only 
child."  Turning  to  the  mother,  who  is  a  widow,  I 
asked,  "  Are  you  not  willing  to  become  a  Christian, 
too,  and  all  walk  together  ?  You  believe  that  your  idol- 
worship  will  save  you,  but  the  religion  of  Christ  will 

[72] 


Busy  Days 

certainly  be  sufficient  for  you."  She  has  been  a  very 
devout  Hindu,  fasting,  worshipping,  and  denying  her- 
self as  is  required  of  widows.  Her  remarkable  faith 
and  earnestness  have  led  me  to  respect  and  admire  her, 
and  I  have  often  felt  that  both  she  and  her  daughter 
would  make  excellent  Christians.  The  mother  waited 
a  moment,  then  said,  u  If  Christianity  is  good  for  my 
daughter  and  her  husband  it  is  good  for  me  and  where 
they  go,  I  will  go."  The  women  have  promised  to 
come  to  us  to-day  for  instruction. 

How  this  pays  for  coming  to  India  !  It  is  better 
than  the  world  or  friends  can  give. 

March  $th. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  spend  two  to  three  hours  every  day  with  my 
class  which  I  intend  to  present  for  examination  as 
fourth  grade  doctors.  I  hope  to  keep  them,  or  some 
of  them,  at  least,  after  they  graduate,  as  I  feel  that  they 
should  have  some  experience  of  hospital  practice  be- 
fore they  go  out  to  take  up  work  by  themselves. 

A  theological  school  for  native  students  is  to  be 
opened  here  the  1st  of  April  and  several  of  my  girls 
will  marry  native  preachers  who  will  come  here  to 
study,  so  I  shall  still  have  them  under  my  supervision. 

We  expect  to  have  an  artist  here  this  month  and  I 
will  have   a  picture  taken  of  our  house  and  grounds. 

[73] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

As  you  cannot  come  here  I  will  send  you  a  copy,  i 
must  not  forget  to  tell  you  that  I  met  Miss  Thoburn 
at  Conference  in  January  and  had  a  good  visit  with  her. 
She  is  one  of  the  choice  spirits. 

May  6  th. 

Thirteen  of  my  medical  class  passed  their  final  ex- 
amination on  the  ioth  of  April  in  the  presence  of  two 
civil  surgeons  of  the  station  and  Rev.  Dr.  Johnson  of 
our  mission.  They  were  granted  certificates  for  prac- 
tice in  all  ordinary  diseases.  Eleven  of  them  have 
since  married  and  left  the  Orphanage.  One  has  gone 
to  Moradabad  to  practice  medicine  and  one  to  Almora 
where  her  husband  has  charge  of  the  commissariat  de- 
partment in  the  leper  colony  ;  five  of  them  remain  here 
as  their  husbands  are  students  in  the  theological  school. 

Rebecca,  one  of  Dr.  Humphrey's  medical  class  who 
came  to  me  at  the  close  of  the  rainy  season  last  year, 
is  now  my  assistant  in  the  dispensary. 

I  enclose  photos  of  my  home  and  of  my  class.  I 
am  sure  you  will  like  the  house  ;  it  is  a  real  Oriental 
house  such  as  the  Rajahs  and  Nawabs  live  in  but 
quite  unlike  the  houses  of  natives  in  general  which  are 
generally  enclosed  by  high  walls.  The  people  stand- 
ing in  front  of  the  house  and  on  the  veranda  are  the 
members  of  my  class,  and  the  servants  of  the  house- 
hold.    If  you  look   very   closely  you  will  see  the  old 

[74] 


me* 


Q 
■ft. 


(^ 


S3 


9  t 


Busy  Days 

water-carrier  with  his  great  leather  bag.  All  the 
water  that  we  use  is  brought  in  this  goatskin  bag. 
How  would  you  like  to  drink  water  from  it  ?  I  was 
quite  disgusted  at  first  but  do  not  stop  to  think  about 
it  now. 

Miss  Sparkes  and  I  occupy  the  upper  part  of  the 
house  and  at  present  I  am  using  one  of  the  rooms  as  a 
dispensary.  Some  of  our  native  helpers  live  in  the 
basement  rooms  which  are  very  comfortable. 

Now  that  our  dispensary  building  is  actually  under 
way  I  feel  quite  content  to  put  up  with  inconve- 
niences for  I  have  the  assurance  of  better  things  in  the 
future.  The  Rev.  Mr.  Judd  is  overseeing  the  work- 
men and  as  he  is  a  good  manager  the  work  is  going 
on  well.  There  is  quite  a  little  army  of  men,  women 
and  children,  all  very  busy,  in  their  own  estimation, 
though  I  can  see  from  my  window  that  now  and  then 
some  of  them  linger  over  their  loads  or  sit  down  be- 
hind a  pile  of  boards  to  take  a  whiff"  from  the  huqqa. 
They  call  their  huqqa-smokmg  taking  a  drink  from 
the  pipe. 

June  10,  l8j2. 

My  dear  M : 

Do  you  realize  that  I  am  on  my  third  year  in 
India?     How  quickly  the  time  has  passed  ! 

The  weather  has  been  very  hot  for  six  weeks  past, 
hotter  than  I  have  known  it  since  I  have  been  here. 

[75] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

We  shall  welcome  the  rainy  season  and  are  looking 
longingly  for  it.  The  rains  usually  begin  about  the 
middle  of  June,  but  are  sometimes  delayed. 

My  patients  sometimes  send  me  food  and  sweet- 
meats such  as  they  like  themselves,  and  a  native  lady 
has  just  sent  me  a  jar  of  mangoes  pickled  in  mustard 
oil,  some  mango  preserves  and  a  variety  of  food  and 
sweets.  Another  native  friend  lately  sent  me  a  milch 
buffalo,  which  are  very  common  here,  the  milk  used 
the  same  as  cow's  milk.  I  already  had  a  cow  which 
had  been  sent  me  by  an  old  patient,  and  I  had  also 
bought  one  so  we  have  quite  a  dairy.  The  cream  is 
churned  in  a  bottle  and  worked  over  with  a  spoon  and 
we  get  very  good  butter. 

We  continue  our  social  visits  at  the  homes  of  many 
of  our  former  patients  who,  though  not  needing  medical 
aid,  are  still  anxious  to  see  us  occasionally.  These 
visits  are  always  pleasant  to  us  and  we  trust  are  profit- 
able to  them.  They  ask  many  questions  about  our 
mode  of  living  and  we  listen  to  their  talk  about  their 
family  affairs,  then  we  read  to  them  from  the  Bible  or 
some  religious  book  and  sing  and  explain  the  hymns. 
They  listen  attentively,  though  we  are  sometimes  in- 
clined to  feel  impatient  at  their  slowness  in  receiving 
the  truth.  But  when  we  stop  to  think  how  deeply 
enshrouded  their  minds  are  in  darkness  and  supersti- 
tion we  are  led  to  work  and  pray  more  earnestly  for 

[76] 


Btisy  Days 

their  salvation,  asking  our  Father  that  in  His  own 
good  time  many  of  these  people  may  be  brought  into 
His  marvellous  light  and  be  witnesses  for  Him. 

December  2  2d. 

Miss  Sparkes  and  I  give  the  Christmas  dinner  this 
year.  You  know  that  there  are  three  missionary 
families  here,  the  Scotts,  the  Judds  and  ourselves, 
and  it  has  been  the  custom  to  have  the  Christmas 
dinner  together  and  to  have  it  as  homelike  as  possible. 

One  of  my  native  patients  has  sent  me  two  fine 
turkeys  and  a  Mohammedan  friend  has  sent  three 
chickens  for  our  Bara  Din  (Great  Day)  as  they  call 
our  Christmas.  In  addition  to  our  poultry  there  will 
be  for  our  dinner,  peas,  lettuce,  cauliflower  and  other 
vegetables  from  our  garden,  and  plenty  of  delicious 
golden  oranges ;  our  trees  are  loaded  with  them. 

The  garden  is  at  its  best  or  approaching  it.  There 
are  three  men  at  work  in  it  all  the  time.  The  Mali  or 
head  gardener  gets  two  dollars  and  a  half,  and  the  other 
two  one  dollar  and  seventy-five  cents  each  a  month. 
Of  course  they  take  fruit  and  vegetables  for  their  own 
use  and  probably  some  to  sell  but  we  cannot  help  that. 
There  were  some  fine  fruit  trees  on  the  estate  and  we 
are  getting  custard  apples,  and  guavas,  too,  this  season. 

This  is  a  most  delightful  country  to  live  in  after  one 
gets    used   to   it.     For   six    months    after   the    rainy 

177] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

season  is  over  the  weather  is  all  that  could  be  desired. 
We  are  just  beginning  to  have  a  fire  in  the  grate  in 
the  drawing-room  as  the  evenings  are  chilly,  but  it  is 
warm  enough  without  fires  during  the  day,  and  the 
sunshine  is  so  brilliant  that  it  is  positively  painful  to  the 
eyes. 

My  dispensary  building  is  going  up  gradually. 
Mr.  Judd  has  made  over  the  whole  business  to  me  and 
I  enjoy  directing  about  the  work.  The  building  will 
be  convenient  and  a  real  blessing,  I  am  sure.  Three 
native  ladies  are  anxious  to  come  to  me  as  patients  as 
soon  as  there  is  a  place  ready  for  them.  The  hospital 
buildings  will  be  begun  soon  after  Conference,  which 
will  meet  here  in  Bareilly  on  the  sixteenth  of  next 
month.  We  shall  entertain  all  the  ladies  of  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society  and  two  mis- 
sionary families  besides,  if  they  would  rather  be  in  our 
house  than  to  live  in  tents.  We  all  look  forward  to 
the  Conference  with  great  pleasure ;  it  is  usually  the 
only  time  during  the  year  that  we  meet  the  mission- 
aries from  other  stations. 

June  8,  1873. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

The  dispensary  building  was  completed  early 
last  month  and  formally  opened  on  the  tenth  of  the 
month.     The   friends  who   have  visited   it   are  much 

[78] 


Busy  Days 

pleased  with  the  arrangements  and  congratulate  me  on 
having  so  desirable  a  place  to  receive  patients. 

The  dispensary  opens  for  work  at  six  o'clock  every 
morning  except  Sunday,  and  some  mornings  we  have 
as  many  as  sixty  patients.  We  have  cards  on  which 
the  prescriptions  are  written  and  numbered  and  these 
cards  are  printed  in  three  different  characters,  Hindi, 
Persian  and  Roman-Urdu,  and  on  the  back  of  each  is 
a  text  of  Scripture  so  that  every  new  patient  receives 
with  her  prescription  a  portion  of  the  Word  of  Life. 
She  may  not  be  able  to  read  it  but  possibly  some  one 
of  her  family  can  read  it  for  her.  This  is  one  of  the 
very  simple  methods  of  circulating  the  Word  of  God 
in  the  families  of  those  who  come  to  us,  and  by  His 
blessing  it  may  be  the  means  of  bringing  someone  into 
the  truth.  A  passage  of  Scripture  on  a  card  given  to 
a  patient  is  often  the  subject  of  our  morning  lesson  for 
all  who  come  and  are  willing  to  listen  a  while  until 
their  prescriptions  are  ready  for  them. 

Two  of  my  medical  class  are  valuable  assistants  in 
the  dispensary,  Emma,  who  married  one  of  the 
students  in  the  theological  school,  and  Jane  Paul,  so 
with  my  faithful  Rebecca  at  the  head  everything  goes 
smoothly. 

The  hospital  buildings  will  probably  be  completed 
this  year.  Much  care  has  been  taken  in  the  arrange- 
ment of  them  that  the  taste  and  convenience  of  native 

1791 


Arrival  in  India 

ladies  may  be  suited  and  their  seclusion,  according  to 
their  custom,  be  ensured.  Our  plan  was  to  build  just 
what  we  needed  and  no  more  and  we  have  followed 
native  ideas  as  far  as  possible,  so  that  patients  may  feel 
perfectly  at  home  and  be  enabled  to  carry  on  their 
plan  of  cooking  and  living  the  same  as  in  their  own 
houses.  The  plan  is  much  like  that  of  an  Eastern 
Sarai  or  inn  only  with  more  of  a  view  to  home  com- 
fort. A  piece  of  ground  two  hundred  and  fifty  feet 
by  one  hundred  and  seventy-five  is  enclosed  by  a  wall 
eight  feet  high  ;  at  the  front  of  this  stands  the 
dispensary  buildings.  The  front  entrance  is  from  the 
general  compound  and  the  back  veranda  opens  into 
the  hospital  grounds,  thus  making  the  dispensary  a 
part  of  the  general  plan.  At  the  right  of  the  dispen- 
sary within  the  enclosure  is  a  row  of  dormitories  one 
story  high,  extending  nearly  the  whole  length  of  the 
wall,  and  across  the  end,  opposite  the  dispensary  is 
another  row,  more  commodious,  designed  for  patients 
requiring  larger  rooms.  Dormitories  will  be  built  on 
the  other  side  of  the  enclosure  when  needed.  A  front 
veranda  extends  the  whole  length  of  the  dormitories, 
and  another  at  the  back  will  serve  as  kitchens  as  there 
are  partitions  arranged  so  that  the  occupants  of  each 
room  can  cook  their  food  outside  their  living  room. 
The  rooms  are  twelve  by  fourteen  feet.  In  the  centre 
of  the    enclosure    is    a    fine    large  well  where    each 

[80] 


Busy  Days 

modern  Rebecca  who  comes  to  us  can  draw  water 
for  herself,  with  her  own  bucket  and  rope  as  is  the 
custom  of  people  of  caste  in  India.  The  grounds  are 
tastefully  laid  out  and  in  due  time  will  be  beautified 
with  some  of  India's  lovely  roses,  flowers  and  shrub- 
bery. 

December  23,  1873- 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Perhaps  I  told  you  that,  at  the  beginning  of 
the  year,  I  had  employed  two  native  Christian  women 
as  Bible  women  and  teachers.  They  have  each  taught 
regularly  in  nine  different  families  visiting  them  three 
times  a  week  and  teaching  them  to  read,  sew  and  knit. 
It  is  not  always  an  easy  matter  to  persuade  a  Hindu 
woman  to  learn  to  read ;  they  say  that  their  religious 
books  forbid  it,  teaching  them  that  some  great  calam- 
ity will  come  upon  them  if  they  learn  to  read.  We 
tried  to  persuade  one  of  my  patients  after  her  recovery 
to  allow  us  to  teach  her  to  read,  but  she  was  unwilling, 
saying,  "  When  I  was  quite  young  I  began  to  learn  to 
read  and  after  a  few  days  my  brother  died.  Our  priest 
and  all  our  friends  said  that  it  was  because  I  was  learn- 
ing to  read,  so  I  stopped  and  have  never  dared  to  be- 
gin again."  We  told  her  of  several  Hindu  families 
where  the  women  are  reading-  and  no  harm  came  to 
them,  but  she  still  hesitated  though  she  begged  us  to 
continue  our  visits  and  to  "  come  very  often."     I  told 

[81] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

her  that  would  not  be  possible  as  we  wished  to  go  to 
those  who  wish  to  learn  and  improve  themselves ;  that 
we  come  to  this  country  to  do  her  people  good  and 
that  I  want,  as  far  as  I  can  when  not  attending  the 
sick,  to  teach  them  about  our  religion  which  is  a  relig- 
ion of  love.  I  told  her  that  one  of  our  teachers  would 
come  to  her  three  times  a  week  if  she  wished  to  learn 
and  that  Mrs.  Sheahy  and  I  would  come  to  see  her  as 
often  as  we  could.  She  thought  a  moment  and  said 
she  would  see  about  it. 

A  few  days  later  as  I  was  passing  her  house  on  my 
way  to  a  patient  I  called  in  to  see  her  and  was  warmly 
welcomed.  She  said  she  was  intending  to  send  for  us 
that  very  day,  as  she  was  in  great  trouble  and  wanted 
me  to  do  something  for  her.  She  had  been  crying 
and  was  verv  sad.  When  I  asked  her  about  her 
trouble  she  said,  "  I  am  ashamed  to  tell  you  that  my 
husband  is  making  arrangements  to  take  another  wife. 
I  thought  if  you  knew  about  it  you  could  go  to  the 
magistrate  and  ask  him  to  forbid  my  husband  to  take 
another  wife,  for  we  are  very  poor." 

I  explained  that  I  could  not  do  that,  but  I  promised 
to  talk  with  her  husband  and  ask  him  to  wait  a  while 
before  bringing  another  woman  into  the  home,  and  I 
said,  u  If  you  will  consent  to  learn  we  will  come 
often  to  see  you  and  bring  you  books  to  read,  and  you 
will  learn  to  keep  your  house  more  tidy ;  when  your 

[82] 


Busy  Days 

husband  finds  that  you  know  something  and  can  talk 
with  him  when  he  comes  home  about  what  you  have 
learned  I  am  sure  he  will  be  pleased  and  perhaps  he 
will  care  more  for  you  and  will  give  up  taking  another 
wife." 

With  more  spirit  than  I  had  ever  seen  her  manifest 
she  exclaimed,  "  I  will  learn.  When  will  you  send 
Eliza  to  teach  me  ?  "  She  nevermore  needed  urging 
but  was  always  ready  with  her  book  and  quite  astonished 
us  by  her  quickness  in  learning  to  read  and  in  her 
efforts  to  improve  the  appearance  of  her  house.  Her 
husband  also  became  quite  interested  and  assisted  her 
in  having  the  walls  of  the  house  and  court  white- 
washed and  the  floor  laid  with  brick.  He  gave  up 
the  idea  of  taking  another  wife  and  seems  quite  con- 
tent with  his  present  family. 

Mrs.  Sheahy  has  had  the  supervision  of  the  Bible 
women  during  the  year  and  every  month  she  visits 
each  family  under  instruction  and  directs  the  Bible 
women  in  regard  to  their  teaching  and  their  course  of 
reading  among  the  women.  She  also  holds  meetings 
with  the  women  on  the  Sabbath  and  finds  some  inter- 
ested hearers.     And  so  the  work  goes  on. 


[83] 


VII 

General  Work 


Bareilly^  Jan.  <?p,  ^^74- 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  have  three  of  my  medical  class  with  me  as 
Bible  women  this  year,  Nellie  Bain,  who  married 
William  Peters,  Libbie  Husk,  now  Libbie  Joel,  and 
Harriet  Richardson,  the  wife  of  Joshua  Soule.  The 
courtship  of  the  latter  was  unique.  Mr.  Soule  in- 
formed Miss  Sparkes,  who  has  charge  of  the  Orphan- 
age, that  he  wanted  an  educated  wife  but  he  did  not 
want  a  dark  woman.  It  happened  that  a  few  of  the 
older  girls  were  together  in  the  compound  and  Miss 
Sparkes  indicated  to  him  one  or  two  whose  marriage 
arrangement  had  not  been  made,  but  none  of  them 
seemed  attractive  to  him.  Just  then  Harriet  came 
across  the  compound  and  joined  the  group.  "  There," 
exclaimed  Soule,  "that  is  the  girl  that  I  will  marry." 
Miss  Sparkes  told  him  the  girl's  name  and  her  attain- 
ments which  was  quite  satisfactory  to  the  suitor,  and 
he  left  after  being  told  that  he  could  come  in  the  after- 
noon for  his  answer.  Harriet  was  informed  that  Mr. 
Soule  wished  to  marry  her  and  she  consented  to  meet 
him  and  that  afternoon   the  two  were  introduced  to 

[34] 


General  Work 

each  other  in  Miss  Sparkes'  office  and  an  engagement 
was  effected. 

As  the  husbands  of  these  three  young  women  are 
students  in  the  theological  school  they  will  probably 
remain  with  me  for  a  year  or  two  and  I  shall  be  able 
to  give  them  needed  help  in  their  medical  work  and 
arrange  for  them  a  course  of  instruction  in  books 
calculated  to  give  them  more  enlarged  views  and  ideas 
in  regard  to  their  work  and  influence  among  their 
hearers. 

Another  of  my  girls,  Jane  Paul,  was  lately  married 
to  the  son  of  one  of  our  oldest  preachers,  William 
Plomer.  Jane's  husband  is  a  clerk  in  a  government 
office  and  is  an  active  Christian,  and  Jane  is  assisting 
in  the  medical  work  in  Moradabad  where  they  now 
live. 

Sarah  Mead,  too,  married  and  is  now  Sarah  Odell ; 
she  has  been  appointed  medical  Bible  woman  in  Pauri 
where  her  husband  is  the  native  doctor.  They  have 
a  small  dispensary  and  Sarah  is  using  her  medical 
knowledge  to  advantage.  Almira  Blake,  who  was 
the  first  girl  received  into  the  Bareilly  Orphanage,  was 
appointed  to  the  Orphanage  in  Pauri,  and  as  matron 
will  have  just  the  work  her  heart  delights  in,  the  care 
of  little  ones. 

In  one  of  my  letters  I  told  you  of  a  woman  who 
consented  to  learn   to   read   in  order  to  make  herself 

[85] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

more  agreeable  to  her  husband  who  was  planning  to 
take  a  second  wife.  She  has  improved  very  much  in 
her  reading  and  is  now  studying  the  Old  Testament 
in  Hindu.  She  reads  a  chapter  over  several  times  and 
when  the  Bible  woman  visits  her  she  asks  her  to 
explain  anything  that  she  does  not  understand.  She 
said  to  me  one  day,  "  Before  I  began  to  learn  I  used 
to  go  from  house  to  house  to  hear  my  neighbors  talk 
and  tell  stories,  and  see  their  jewels,  but  now  I  have 
no  time  for  that.  I  hurry  to  get  my  work  done,  and 
if  any  of  the  neighbors  come  in  to  talk  and  tell  stories 
I  feel  impatient  for  them  to  go.  The  stories  in  my 
book  are  better  than  any  they  can  tell." 

At  our  request  she  invites  the  women  and  children 
of  the  neighborhood  once  a  week  to  her  house  and  we 
have  a  meeting  with  them.  She  and  her  daughter  had 
learned  to  sing  many  of  our  hymns  and  to  repeat  the 
Lord's  Prayer  in  Hindustani  and  they  are  quite  a  help 
in  these  little  gatherings. 

Her  home  shows  the  change  in  her  mental  condi- 
tion. Formerly  it  was  very  untidy,  deplorably  so,  but 
now  everything  is  clean  and  in  order  and  it  is  a  pleas- 
ure to  visit  her.  Her  husband  is  an  educated  man, 
but  he  had  never  thought  his  wife  capable  of  anything 
beyond  cooking  and  attending  to  his  wants,  but  now 
that  he  sees  the  improvement  in  her  he  seems  quite 
proud  and  fond  of  her. 

[86] 


General  Work 

'June  ioth. 


My  dear  M : 

You  have  been  so  much  interested  in  my  work 
and  my  plans  for  the  hospital  that  I  am  sure  you  will 
rejoice  with  me  over  its  completion.  It  was  ready  for 
occupancy  on  the  ist  of  January,  and  it  was  with  glad 
hearts  that  we  received  our  first  indoor  patients,  some 
of  whom  had  been  waiting  for  us  to  let  them  know 
that  we  could  accommodate  them.  Soon  we  had  many 
of  our  rooms  occupied  by  Hindus,  Mohammedans 
and  native  Christians,  all  having  their  own  separate 
apartments.  It  would  amuse  you  to  look  in  upon  us. 
A  patient  seldom  comes  alone  to  the  hospital.  A 
poor  woman  brings  her  children  and  sometimes  her 
mother-in-law  or  a  widowed  sister  who  may  be  living 
with  her.  It  would  be  considered  a  disgrace  for  a 
high-caste  woman  to  come  alone  so  her  husband 
accompanies  her,  and  oftentimes  they  bring  not  only 
their  family  and  several  servants,  but  a  yoke  of  oxen, 
a  horse  and  conveyance,  a  goat,  their  food  and  cook- 
ing utensils  and  their  furniture.  We  are  not  always 
particular  to  limit  the  number  of  persons  who  accom- 
pany the  patient,  providing  there  is  room,  and  that  they 
are  willing  to  abide  by  our  rules,  for  we  hope  to  do 
them  good  in  a  social  and  friendly  way.  They  are  no 
expense  to  us  in  the  way  of  food,  for  their  caste 
would  not  allow  them  to  take  food  from  our  hands. 

[87] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  benefit  of  a  zanana  dispensary  and  hospital  is 
readily  apparent.  Women  who  would  suffer  in  silence 
rather  than  have  a  native  doctor  called  to  them,  even 
though  he  did  not  look  upon  their  face,  are  glad  to 
come  to  be  treated  by  a  lady  doctor.  A  motley  col- 
lection of  conveyances  may  be  seen  in  front  of  the 
dispensary  almost  any  morning.  Bullock  carts  in 
which  a  whole  family  has  come  ;  ekkas  or  pony  carts, 
carefully  covered  with  a  cotton  covering  ;  a  more  pre- 
tentious rath  with  beautiful  white  oxen,  from  some 
one  of  the  better  homes  of  the  city ;  a  palanquin  or 
two,  and  the  little  dolies,  which  are  simple  string  cots 
so  small  that  it  is  a  puzzle  to  imagine  how  a  woman 
can  sit  in  it  though,  truth  to  tell,  I  have  seen  not  only 
a  woman  emerge  from  one  but  two  or  three  children 
besides.  There  are  other  women  who  come  on  foot, 
sometimes  leading  a  very  old  or  perhaps  a  blind  per- 
son. Such  a  contrast  the  most  of  these  people  are  to 
our  neatly-clad,  white-robed  Christian  women  and  the 
Orphanage  girls  in  their  gingham  skirts  and  white 
chadars.  The  Hindu  and  Mohammedan  women 
wear  the  chadars  or  mantle,  too.  Perhaps  I  have 
told  you  that  it  is  a  sheet  worn  over  the  head  and 
thrown  up  over  one  shoulder.  The  women  pull 
it  closely  over  the  face  and  are  very  particular  not 
to  expose  their  features  to  the  gaze  of  men.  A 
bride  on   going  to   her  husband's  home  does  not  un- 

[88] 


General  Work 

cover  her  face  before  her  mother-in-law  until  she  is 
told  to  do  so. 

At  first  we  find  it  a  little  difficult  to  persuade  the 
women  to  let  us  examine  them,  even  to  get  at  their 
pulse  or  to  see  their  tongue,  but  this  reluctance  soon 
wears  off,  and  some  of  the  women  now  in  the  hospital 
have  lost  a  good  deal  of  their  shyness  and  meet  us 
freely.  It  is  so  also  in  the  zananas  that  we  visit;  old 
and  young  sit  down  together  and  listen  to  the 
teaching  and  ask  questions,  apparently  without  con- 
straint. 

We  still  have  a  great  many  calls  to  patients  in  the 
city  and  adjacent  villages,  and  my  medical  Bible  women 
have  many  opportunities  to  practice  what  they  have 
learned.  They  appreciate  this,  as  it  is  giving  them 
excellent  preparation  for  the  work  which  will  come 
to  them  when  they  go  with  their  husbands  to  their 
appointed  fields  of  labor. 

People  in  moderate  circumstances  sometimes  offer 
me  a  fee  for  each  visit, — a  dollar  or  half  a  dollar — but 
many  are  not  really  able  to  give  money ;  they  would, 
I  think,  if  their  means  would  allow.  It  is  sometimes 
pathetic  to  see  how  desirous  they  are  to  show  their 
gratitude,  sometimes  offering  a  few  native  sweets  on 
a  leaf,  probably  costing  less  than  a  cent,  sometimes  a 
few  oranges  or  guavas  which  really  cost  them  next  to 
nothing.     A  few  times  I  have  received  an  adequate 

[89] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

fee  for  one  visit  but  nothing  for  subsequent  visits, 
though  the  patient  may  require  medical  services  for 
weeks,  the  husband  evidently  thinking  that  one  gold 
mohur,  equal  to  eight  dollars,  ought  to  bring  his  wife 
back  to  health.  All  fees  received  are  used  to  buy 
medicines  and  defray  expenses  for  medical  work. 

Natives  are  very  fond  of  their  money  and  do  not 
part  with  it  easily,  but  I  have  heard  that  native  princes 
have  given  large  sums  for  a  surgical  operation  or  when 
a  favorite  member  of  the  household  has  recovered  from 
an  illness. 

The  Hakims  or  native  doctors  are  shrewd  enough 
to  get  pay  for  their  services.  A  hakim  will  agree 
to  cure  a  patient  for  a  certain  sum ;  if  he  is  a  little 
doubtful  as  to  the  result  he  requires  payment  in  ad- 
vance, but  if  the  patient  does  not  recover  he  will  not 
refund  the  money ;  of  course  his  reputation  suffers 
somewhat,  for  the  injured  family  are  eloquent  in  pro- 
claiming their  wrongs. 

September  nth. 

I  have  a  visit  of  several  days  in  Lucknow  every 
month  lately.  Miss  Monelle,  M.  D.,  who  was  ap- 
pointed to  Lucknow,  received  a  call  to  Hyderabad, 
which  she  accepted,  and  as  there  was  no  one  to  carry 
on  the  medical  work  which  she  had  begun  I  was  re- 
quested to  take  the  supervision,  so  I  go  to  the  zananas 
and  visit   the   sick   and   prescribe   for  those  who  are 

[90] 


General  Work 

brought  to  me  at  the  mission  house.  I  find  many 
who  need,  my  services  and  am  glad  to  do  what  I  can 
for  them.  One  of  my  medical  students  lives  in  Luck- 
now  and  she  looks  after  my  patients  in  my  absence. 
How  my  heart  rejoices  over  these  young  women  who 
are  taking  up  this  work  !  Nearly  all  of  my  class  are 
active  workers,  combining  their  medical  knowledge 
with  their  Christian  work  among  the  homes  of  the 
people  they  visit. 

Susan  Hamilton,  one  of  the  class,  has  written  of 
her  experience  in  the  first  place  she  went  to  after  her 
marriage.  She  was  a  good  student,  quick  to  learn 
and  so  thorough  that  she  would  never  leave  any  point 
until  she  thoroughly  understood  it.  Overflowing  with 
good  nature,  she  was  one  to  make  her  way  anywhere, 
and  we  were  interested  to  know  what  her  experience 
of  life  would  be. 

Her  husband  was  appointed  to  Khera  Bajhera  and 
Susan  began  at  once  to  visit  in  the  zananas  where 
work  had  already  been  opened,  and  she  found  her 
medical  knowledge  and  skill  a  great  help  in  opening 
other  homes.  A  great  many  came  to  her,  also,  and 
she  had  many  opportunities  to  give  physical  relief  and 
spiritual  comfort.  But  poor  Susan  had  her  trial.  A 
leading  Hindu,  who  had  been  loyal  to  the  government 
during  the  mutiny,  received  many  favors  from  indi- 
viduals as  well  as  the  government  and  this  aroused  a 

[9i] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

feeling  of  jealousy  and  he  had  many  enemies  among 
the  people  of  the  place,  so  when  he  fell  ill  he  dis- 
trusted every  one  and  would  take  no  medicine,  fear- 
ing that  the  native  doctor  might  be  bribed  to  give  him 
poison.  Charms  and  enchantments  failed  and  in  de- 
spair of  saving  his  life  his  friends  sent  to  Susan  for 
medicine.  She  sent  him  a  dose  of  quinine,  but  it  was 
too  late  to  help  him  and  he  died.  Of  course  the  ene- 
mies of  the  mission  took  advantage  of  this  to  cry  out 
that  the  Christian  woman  had  poisoned  him,  and  they 
succeeded  in  turning  the  poor  widow  against  Susan, 
who  had  been  quite  a  favorite  with  her,  and  so  bitter 
were  her  feelings  that  she  ordered  the  girls'  school 
which  her  husband  had  supported,  and  which  Susan 
visited,  closed  against  her,  so  that  for  a  time  the  work 
was  stopped.  The  widow's  rancor  subsided  after  a 
time  and  the  school  was  opened,  and  the  native  pastor's 
wife  gained  an  entrance  to  the  home  but  she  declined 
to  see  Susan,  saying  that  she  had  not  been  careful  to 
give  the  proper  medicine.  This  was  discouraging  for 
the  unoffending  woman,  but  she  is  hopeful  that  the 
way  will  yet  open  for  successful  work. 

December  2ptb. 
Looking  back  over  the  year's  work  I  find  that  I 
have  fifty  new  families  on  my  list,  some  of  whom  had 
never   been   visited   by   a   Christian   woman.     There 

[92] 


General  Work 

were  some  among  them  who  were  willing  to  be  taught 
and  my  four  Bible  women  and  Mrs.  Sheahy  have  had 
a  busy  year.  The  work  is  among  all  castes,  rich  and 
poor.  Sometimes  the  young  women  meet  with  great 
opposition  from  their  mothers-in-law  who  fear  the 
result  of  Christian  teaching,  but  the  Bible  women 
usually  succeed  in  overcoming  all  prejudice  and  retain 
their  pupils.  In  some  instances  the  older  women  who 
opposed  the  introduction  of  new  ideas  into  the  home 
become  the  most  interested  listeners  to  the  reading  and 
exposition  of  the  Scriptures. 

We  have  held  meetings  on  the  Sabbath  in  the  home 
of.  one  of  our  pupils  for  all  in  the  neighborhood  who 
were  willing  to  come  and  have  sometimes  had  a  good 
audience.  They  were  generally  respectful  and  at- 
tentive during  the  Bible  reading  and  prayer,  but  oc- 
casionally some  old  woman  would  steal  quietly  away 
while  we  were  praying,  fearing  that  if  she  listened  she 
might  in  some  way  be  made  a  Christian  against  her 
will. 

A  few  of  the  families  pay  for  the  books  which  we 
furnish  them  and  also  pay  a  small  sum  toward  the 
teacher's  salary.  We  require  all  who  are  able  to  pay 
for  their  books  for  then  they  are  taken  care  of. 

There  is  not  much  variety  in  our  work  from  year 
to  year,  as  you  see,  yet  after  all  we  do  see  some  im- 
provement and  are  encouraged  to  believe  that  some  of 

[93] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

the  good  seed  sown  is  taking  root.  We  cannot  won- 
der that  the  work  is  slow  when  we  reflect  that  for 
two  thousand  years  and  more  this  people  has  been 
following  in  the  footsteps  of  their  ancestors  without 
improvement  either  in  art  or  science.  It  is  a  matter 
of  rejoicing  that  some  men  are  becoming  enlightened 
enough  to  really  wish  to  have  their  households  taught, 
though  certainly  the  most  of  them  would  prefer  to 
have  the  religious  part  of  the  teaching  left  out.  But 
that,  of  course,  cannot  be. 

February  10,  18J5. 

My  dear  M : 

Since  receiving  your  letter  I  have  visited  the 
famous  Taj  Mahal  in  Agra.  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Hum- 
phrey spent  a  few  weeks  with  us  here  in  Bareilly  be- 
fore leaving  for  America  and  as  they  were  intending 
to  visit  Agra  on  their  way  to  Bombay  they  urged  me 
to  accompany  them  which  I  was  very  glad  to  do. 

We  arrived  in  Agra  in  the  early  morning  and  after  a 
rest  and  breakfast  at  a  hotel  went  directly  to  the  Taj. 
The  gateway  at  the  entrance  to  the  grounds  is  a 
beautiful  structure  but  we  were  anxious  to  see  the 
"  Dream  in  Marble  "  as  it  has  been  called,  and  what 
a  beautiful  sight  greeted  us  as  we  passed  through  the 
gateway  !  We  stood  entranced  for  several  minutes. 
Opposite  the  entrance  was  the  Taj,  a  pure  white  mar- 

[94] 


53 


C3 

hi 

►si 
hi 


General  Work 

ble  tomb  inlaid  with  mosaics  of  different  colored  mar- 
bles. You  have  probably  read  a  description  of  this 
lovely  tomb  built  by  Shah  Jahan  for  his  beloved  wife's 
last  resting-place.  It  is  said  that  the  building  covers 
an  acre  of  ground  and  that  twenty-two  thousand  men 
were  twenty  years  in  building  it.  The  cost  was 
twenty  millions  of  dollars.  I  cannot  vouch  for  the 
truth  of  this  but  it  is  the  current  statement  here,  and 
does  not  seem  impossible  as  one  notes  the  fine  and 
delicate  carvings  of  the  marble  screens,  the  exquisite 
bas-reliefs  and  other  sculptured  designs  which  must 
have  required  years  of  careful  workmanship  to  ac- 
complish. We  tested  the  echo  by  singing  one  line 
of  the  Doxology  at  a  time  waiting  for  the  whispering 
return  of  what  seemed  like  sweet  voices  from  unseen 
ones  hovering  over  us  in  the  great  dome. 

This  beautiful  structure  stands  in  a  garden  of  thir- 
teen acres  on  the  banks  of  the  River  Jamna.  The 
garden  itself  is  a  beautiful  sight  with  its  fine  trees,  lux- 
uriant shrubbery,  flowers  of  every  hue  and  roses  of 
every  variety  and  color.  There  are  marble  walks  and 
fountains  in  which  the  lovely  pink  lotus  grows,  and 
though  the  fountain  jets  were  not  in  action  the  placid 
waters  added  beauty  to  the  scene. 

One  cannot  wonder  that  this  quiet  spot  was  a  fa- 
vorite resort  of  the  beautiful  queen  and  that  she  often 
came  here  from  her  royal  home  in  Delhi ;  it  was  for 

[95] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

this  reason,  probably,  that  Shah  Jahan  built  here  the 
tomb  which  embodies  her  dying  request,  "  Build  for 
me  a  monument  whose  beauty  shall  command  the 
admiration  of  the  world." 

The  next  day  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Humphrey  resumed 
their  journey  to  Bombay  and  I  returned  to  Bareilly 
rejoicing  that  my  eyes  had  beheld  this  "  perfection  of 
beauty." 

The  day  in  Agra  amid  new  scenes  and  with  change 
of  thought  was  refreshing  and  I  returned  to  take  up 
my  work  with  renewed  zeal  and  courage.  We  have 
had  a  very  interesting  Bible  reading  with  the  dispen- 
sary patients  this  morning  -,  some  of  them  were 
unusually  attentive.  "  The  entrance  of  Thy  Word 
giveth  Light."  How  this  encourages  us  to  pray  that 
the  Word  given  so  faithfully  by  our  dispensary  Bible 
woman  may  find  a  place  in  the  heart  of  some  hungry 
soul.  How  it  would  comfort  these  poor  women  if 
they  could  only  believe  that  God  is  a  loving  Father 
ready  to  help  them  at  all  times  instead  of  always  hav- 
ing the  fear  that  they  may  do  something  to  displease 
their  deities  and  incur  their  wrath. 

God  has  said  that  His  Word  shall  not  return  unto 
Him  void,  so  we  may  hope  that  the  good  seed  of  the 
Word  which  has  been  sown  this  morning  may  spring 
up  and  bring  forth  fruit  in  His  good  time.  These 
people  come  to  us  with  the  utmost  confidence  believ- 

[96] 


General  Work 

ing  that  our  medicines  will  cure  their  ailments  what- 
ever they  may  be  or  of  how  long  standing,  and  while 
we  endeavor  to  heal  their  bodies  we  are  trying  just  as 
earnestly  to  minister  to  their  souls. 


[97] 


VIII 

As  M Saw  It 


Bareilly,  Feb.  12,  18J5. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Our  Conference  last  month  was,  as  usual,  a 
season  of  spiritual  refreshing  as  well  as  of  pleasant 
social  intercourse.  You  can  imagine  how  delightful 
these  annual  gatherings  must  be  for  those  of  our  mis- 
sionaries who  are  in  isolated  stations  where  they  hardly 
see  people  of  their  own  color  half  a  dozen  times 
through  the  year.  Constant  intercourse  with  the  na- 
tives must  have  more  or  less  of  a  depressing  effect  no 
matter  how  much  one  may  be  interested  in  her  work, 
and  these  days  of  social  and  religious  intercourse  are 
the  source  of  pleasant  anticipation  for  weeks  before 
we  come  together  and  of  renewed  interest  in  the  work 
as  different  phases  of  it  are  discussed  by  different  mis- 
sionaries. 

I  find  something  of  this  same  feeling  among  some 
of  the  higher  class  of  women  who  come  to  the  dispen- 
sary. They  get  tired  of  the  seclusion  of  their  homes 
and  are  glad  of  any  pretext  to  come  out  among  others 
if  their   friends   do   not  absolutely    forbid   it.     Their 

[98] 


As  M — —  Saw  It 

motive  is  not,  like  that  of  the  missionaries,  a  desire 
for  spiritual  refreshment,  but  a  longing  for  a  change  of 
some  kind  to  relieve  the  monotony  of  their  lives,  and 
these  visits  to  the  dispensary  certainly  give  them  food 
for  thought  and  they  carry  away  with  them  ideas 
which  may  develop  into  broader  views  of  life. 

A  few  days  ago  a  bright  little  woman  came  to  the 
dispensary  closely  concealed  in  her  covered  convey- 
ance, and  after  receiving  her  medicine  anxiously  in- 
quired which  road  led  to  the  railroad  station.  This 
was  rather  startling  and  we  asked  why  she  wished  to 
know.  She  laughingly  replied,  "  It  will  be  a  long 
time,  perhaps,  before  my  husband  will  let  me  come 
out  again,  and  I  am  determined  to  see  the  railway 
carriages  and  the  engines  and  things  that  the  English 
people  talk  about.  I  will  bribe  my  servants  and  my 
husband  will  never  know  about  it." 

One  of  my  Bengali  patients  in  the  hospital  said  to 
me  before  she  left,  "  May  I  not  come  here  and  stay  a 
while  every  year,  even  if  I  am  not  sick?  I  like  to 
walk  out  in  the  garden  and  go  to  your  bungalow.  I 
am  not  afraid  to  go  out  here,  but  if  I  should  walk  out 
at  home  my  neighbors  and  friends  would  think  badly 
of  me.  I  do  not  care  to  see  fine  houses  or  anything 
that  man  has  made.  I  love  the  trees  and  flowers  and 
the  pretty  green  fields."  I  afterward  visited  this  na- 
tive lady   in  her  home  and  found  everything;  clean  and 

[99] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

orderly.  There  were  pots  of  rare  geraniums  in  the 
courtyard  which  she  cherished  equally  with  her  jewels. 
While  she  was  with  me  her  husband  came  to  see 
her  and  spent  two  or  three  days  with  her  in  her  rooms 
in  the  hospital.  He  belongs  to  the  Brahmo  Somaj- — 
an  organization  among  the  Hindus  who  have  given  up 
idol-worship  and  profess  to  worship  God  only,  but 
they  do  not  believe  in  Christ  or  in  a  spiritual  change. 
We  talked  with  him  about  his  religious  views.  He 
said  he  loved  to  pray ;  his  idea  seemed  to  be  that  one 
should  spend  as  much  time  in  prayer  as  could  be 
spared  from  daily  business.  While  here  he  used  to 
arise  early  in  the  morning  and  drive  out  to  a  mango 
grove  some  distance  away  and  spend  some  time  in 
prayer.  He  said  he  got  an  inspiration  from  his  sur- 
roundings and  he  could  better  fix  his  mind  on  God 
when  alone  under  the  trees  or  out  in  the  open  field. 
Others  of  his  faith  have  given  a  similar  testimony. 

Bareilly,  March  77,  1875. 

My  dear  M : 

Your  letter  asking  me  to  give  you  some  ac- 
count of  my  daily  life  and  work  is  at  hand  and  I  will 
ask  you  to  imagine  that  you  are  with  me  for  a  day, 
accompanying  me  on  my  visits  here  and  in  the  city. 
We  will  first  visit  the  hospital  patients.  In  the  first 
room  at  the  right  as  we  enter  we  find  a  Mohammedan 

[  IO°] 


As  M Saw  It 

woman  who  has  been  here  for  some  weeks.  Ask  her 
a  few  questions.  She  will  tell  you  that  she  has  been 
very  ill,  but  Allah  (God)  has  heard  her  prayers  and 
now  she  is  almost  well  enough  to  go  to  her  home.  In 
the  next  room  is  a  poor  woman  from  a  village  brought 
in  from  the  country  in  a  very  low  condition.  She  is 
a  native  Christian  and,  as  you  see,  too  ill  to  be  much 
benefited  by  medicine,  but  we  are  glad  to  have  her  here 
where  we  can  give  her  nourishing  food  and  the  care 
she  needs  to  make  her  comfortable.  Our  next  pa- 
tient is  a  young  Eurasian  girl  who  has  been  deceived 
by  the  brother  of  the  woman  with  whom  she  lived. 
Her  mistress  brought  her  here  to  await  her  confine- 
ment and  has  come  several  times  to  see  her,  and 
seems  very  kind  to  her.  Although  this  woman  is  a 
leper  she  goes  about  where  she  will  and  seems  to  get 
some  enjoyment  out  of  life. 

Here  are  two  Hindu  women  in  this  next  room. 
They  have  come  from  the  country.  One  of  them  is 
a  very  bright  young  woman — a  widow — who  has  come 
with  her  sister-in-law  to  remain  while  she  is  under 
treatment ;  it  will  appear  more  respectable  to  their 
Hindu  friends  to  have  her  here  as  companion  than 
for  her  sister  to  remain  in  a  strange  place  alone.  This 
woman's  fingers  on  both  hands  are  covered  with  jewels, 
which  is  remarkable  for  a  Hindu  widow,  but  they  may 
have    been  put   on   for   the  occasion.     You   will  be 

[  >oi] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

pleased  to  see  this  next  patient  who  is  a  lovely  native 
Christian  woman  from  Cawnpore,  the  daughter  of  a 
native  minister.  She  is  a  well  educated  woman,  and, 
as  you  see,  has  charming  manners,  but  she  is  very 
delicate.  We  hope  the  change  will  do  her  as  much 
good  as  medicine. 

Now  we  will  visit  the  European  ward.  In  one 
room  is  a  woman  from  Burma,  in  the  next  one  from 
Naini  Tal — such  a  distance  apart  have  they  lived, 
and  here  they  meet  on  the  same  errand,  the  pursuit  of 
health.  The  next  room  is  occupied  by  a  lady  from 
Allahabad,  the  wife  of  a  civil  engineer.  She  spends 
some  time  with  her  husband  on  his  district  work  and, 
though  she  enjoys  camp  life,  she  has  found  it  neces- 
sary to  come  here  for  rest  and  light  treatment. 

And  now  I  must  take  you  in  to  see  Mrs.  Sheahy,  who 
has  been  a  valuable  assistant  to  me  for  so  long.  It  was 
a  trial  to  me  as  well  as  to  her  when  her  eyesight  began 
to  fail  and  she  was  obliged  to  give  up  her  work,  but 
she  is  a  true  Christian  and  has  borne  her  affliction 
patiently.  I  have  had  her  eyes  treated  by  a  surgeon 
from  the  Bengal  Infantry,  and  he  has  just  performed 
a  most  successful  operation,  removing  a  cataract  from 
one  of  her  eyes.  He  watches  her  case  carefully  and 
feels  sure  that  she  will  quite  recover  her  sight.  It  is 
pleasant  to  see  how  he  appreciates  our  hospital  and 
grounds.     He  says  it  is  quite  a  relief  to  come  here 

[  I02] 


As  M Saw  It 

where  everything  is  so  clean  and  orderly,  and  the 
compound  so  beautiful  with  its  shrubbery  and  lovely 
flowers. 

But  now  we  must  go  into  the  dispensary.  You  see 
we  have  this  clinic  room  and  here  back  of  it  is  the 
operating  room ;  this  is  the  office  and  the  room  cor- 
responding to  it  in  the  opposite  wing  is  the  lecture 
room,  then  there  are  the  two  bath-rooms. 

We  have  quite  a  crowd  of  people  here  this  morn- 
ing ;  most  of  them  are  from  the  city,  but  a  few,  I  see, 
are  village  people.  Do  you  notice  how  patiently 
they  wait,  and  how  attentive  they  are  to  the  reading  of 
the  Word  by  the  dispensary  Bible  woman  who  is  so 
faithfully  trying  to  interest  them  ?  Some  of  their 
questions  show  that  they  are  really  trying  to  compre- 
hend what  they  hear.  Some  of  them  enjoy  the  hymns 
and  prayer. 

I  have  told  you  before  of  Rebecca.  Her  training 
under  Dr.  Humphrey  has  fitted  her  to  be  of  great 
service  here.  She  will  prescribe  for  the  more  simple 
cases  and  the  more  serious  ones  will  wait  to  be 
examined  and  prescribed  for  on  my  return  from  the 
city.  These  people  are  never  in  a  hurry.  They  al- 
ways have  time  for  all  they  want  to  do  while  we 
Americans  worry  because  we  have  not  time  to  ac- 
complish all  that  we  want  to  do  in  a  day. 

But  our  carriage  is  at  the  door  and  we  will  con- 

[  103] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

tinue  our  morning's  work.  The  half  mile  drive 
through  the  bazar  will  interest  you  for  it  is  a  phase 
of  life  that  is  quite  unique.  Here  you  see  truly  "  all 
sorts  and  conditions  of  men,"  and  conveyances  of 
every  description.  We  pass  through  this  large  gate- 
way and  turn  to  the  right  through  this  lane  which  is 
hardly  wide  enough  for  our  carriage.  Our  first  call  is 
on  a  Mohammedan  woman  who  comes  to  the  dispen- 
sary when  she  is  able,  but  now  she  is  too  ill  to  come. 
They  are  poor  people  but  they  seem  to  make  an  ef- 
fort to  make  the  best  of  what  they  have,  and  the 
house  is  more  tidy  and  comfortable  than  many  of  the 
places  we  visit.  As  a  rule  the  Mohammedans  are 
not  as  neat  as  the  Hindus.  This  woman's  husband  is 
a  mechanic  earning  four  or  five  anas a  day,  equal  to 
eight  or  ten  cents  of  our  money.  Let  us  see  what 
we  can  do  for  this  poor  woman.  "  Have  you  taken 
the  medicine  as  I  directed  ?  "  I  ask.  "  Yes,  Miss 
Sahiba,"  she  replies,  "  I  took  the  powders  as  you  told 
me,  and  I  ate  the  papers  too."  We  must  not  let  her 
see  us  smile  though  you  are  inclined  to  do  so,  I  see. 
"  I  am  glad  you  took  the  powders,  but  it  is  not  neces- 
sary for  you  to  eat  the  papers.  How  about  the 
fever  ?  "  I  ask.  "  My  fever  came  on.  as  usual,  but  not 
so  strong,"  was  her  answer.  So  I  will  leave  more 
powders  with  the  injunction  to  throw  away  the  papers 
they  are  wrapped  in. 


As  M Saw  It 

Across  the  street  is  another  of  my  patients,  the  wife 
of  a  wealthy  Hindu  banker.  This  woman  has  been  ill 
for  several  months  with  an  incurable  disease  from 
which  she  cannot  recover.  She  is  resigned  to  her  fate 
but  begs  that  I  will  visit  her  often,  "  as,"  she  says,  "  it 
is  a  comfort  to  talk  with  some  one  who  knows  how  I 
suffer."  Her  husband  is  very  kind  to  her  although 
she  has  never  had  any  children  and  he  has  taken  a 
second  wife,  but  his  first  wife  is  the  one  he  loves. 
You  can  see  that  she  is  of  a  more  refined  nature  than 
the  other  who  just  now  passed  through  the  room. 

Now  I  must  take  you  into  another  part  of  the  city, 
a  region  where  low-caste  people  reside.  My  patient 
here  is  a  boy  who  is  recovering  from  smallpox.  I 
was  not  called  to  attend  him  until  he  began  to  re- 
cover, then  I  found  his  case  to  be  a  serious  one.  I 
fear  he  will  never  be  strong  enough  to  wait  upon  him- 
self, even.  It  hardly  seems  possible  that  human 
beings  can  exist  in  such  a  place  as  this,  so  many  peo- 
ple crowded  into  so  small  a  space,  yet  this  is  common 
in  the  cities  and  is  often  the  case  in  the  villages,  also. 

One  of  my  Bible  women  visits  several  families  in 
this  mohalla  or  ward  and  a  number  of  people  come  to- 
gether to  hear  her  give  the  Bible  lesson.  Some  of  the 
women  and  girls  are  learning  to  read.  The  medicine 
case  is  useful  in  opening  the  way  for  the  Gospel ;  the 
neighborhood  gets  interested    and  when  we   suggest 

[105] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

that  the  children  be  taught  there  is  frequently  a  ready 
assent,  then  where  we  have  the  girls  the  mothers  are 
almost  sure  to  come  in,  and  this  leads  to  an  invitation 
to  their  homes. 

We  will  walk  back  to  the  entrance  to  the  lane 
where  we  left  the  carriage  and  I  will  stop  to  see  a  lit- 
tle Mohammedan  girl  who  has  been  very  ill  with 
typhoid  fever.  She  is  a  mere  skeleton  but  she  is 
determined  to  live.  I  fancy  that  she  is  well  married 
and  that  may  be  the  reason  that  her  people  are  so 
anxious  for  her  recovery.  She  needs  better  care  and 
better  air  than  she  can  get  here  but  the  family  are  not 
willing  to  bring  her  to  the  hospital. 

There  is  another  case  near  by  that  I  must  look 
after.  This  is  a  young  married  woman  who  is  seri- 
ously ill,  but  I  trust  she  will  recover  for  the  sake  of 
her  child  who  is  such  a  treasure  to  both  mother  and 
father.  A  son  is  always  warmly  welcomed  in  a  Hindu 
family,  and  this  is  the  first  born.  The  little  woman  is 
well-inclined  and  has  a  desire  for  improvement,  but 
she  belongs  to  a  caste  that  is  not  considered  respectable 
and  she  can  never  associate  with  any  one  of  higher 
caste  than  her  own  unless  she  becomes  a  Christian.  I 
love  to  tell  these  people  that  God  loves  them  just  as 
much  as  He  does  a  Brahman  and  their  souls  are  pre- 
cious in  His  sight ;  that  He  needs  them  and  has  a  place 
for  them  in  His  service. 

[106] 


Cq 


-si 


As  M Saw  It 

One  more  visit  we  must  make  before  we  turn  home- 
ward. There  are  several  in  this  family  suffering  from 
an  epidemic  and  I  will  take  a  look  at  each  of  them  and 
perhaps  change  the  medicine,  but  we  must  not  stop  to 
answer  the  many  questions  that  they  will  surely  ask 
on  seeing  a  stranger.  All  are  doing  well  I  am  glad  to 
see,  and  now  for  home  and  breakfast.  It  is  half-past 
ten  o'clock. 

A  busy  forenoon,  do  you  say  ?  Yes,  but  not  out  of 
the  ordinary,  and  there  are  dispensary  patients  yet  to 
be  attended  to  after  our  breakfast,  you  know.  They 
will  have   enjoyed  a  comfortable  rest  in  our  absence. 

September  2Jth. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

You  would  be  amused  over  some  of  the 
arrivals  this  morning.  A  woman  came  to  the  hospital 
with  the  evident  intention  of  remaining  some  time  as 
she  was  accompanied  by  her  husband,  three  children,  a 
widowed  sister  and  twelve  servants.  There  was  an 
ox-cart  with  their  furniture  and  they  had  brought  food 
— cooked  and  uncooked — to  last  some  time,  and  there 
were  the  three  conveyances  in  which  the  family  came. 
The  woman  needed  treatment  and  of  course  we  were 
glad  to  have  her  here,  and  I  could  appreciate  her  wish 
to  have  her  children  with  her,  but  I  asked  her  why  her 
husband  came.     She  made  several  excuses  ;  she  would 

[  107] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

be  afraid  to  stay  here  without  him ;  their  friends  would 
give  her  a  bad  name  if  she  were  separated  from  him  ; 
it  would  not  be  respectable  for  her  to  remain  in  a 
strange  place  without  him  ;  and  so  he  stays. 

The  poorer  classes  seldom  come  to  stay  without 
bringing  some  member  of  their  families  with  them,  and 
it  sometimes  happens  that  the  number  of  the  attend- 
ants or  companions  is  greater  than  the  number  of 
patients  in  the  hospital.  By  putting  up  some  tempo- 
rary arrangements  each  family  lives  quite  separate  and 
their  seclusion  is  assured.  We  are  glad  to  have  the 
opportunity  to  give  them  all  some  new  ideas  and  they 
seem  to  appreciate  our  sanitary  system,  and  some  really 
take  pride  in  keeping  their  rooms  clean  and  orderly. 
For  nearly  three  months  we  have  had  families  of 
Christians,  Hindus,  Bengalis  and  Mohammedans  stay- 
ing in  the  hospital  and  often  the  women  from  each 
family  would  be  present  in  our  prayer-meetings.  We 
did  not  require  them  to  come  but  always  invited  them 
and  the  Hindu  women  seemed  to  enjoy  the  meeting. 
The  Mohammedan  women  always  appeared  to  be 
afraid  lest  we  should  make  Christians  of  them  against 
their  will. 

December  2gth. 

Another  year  nearly  gone  !  As  I  look  back  over 
the  twelve  months  of  service  I  think  I  can  truly  say 
that  it  has  been  my  best  year  in  India,  although  I  have 

[108] 


As  M Saw  It 

at  times  been  so  physically  unfit  for  work.  The  dis- 
pensary work  is  very  absorbing  both  of  time  and 
strength  but  it  has  nevertheless  been  very  satisfactory. 
We  have  had  more  high-caste  patients  than  heretofore, 
probably  because  we  are  better  known  in  the  city,  so 
that  they  have  less  reluctance  in  coming  to  us.  We 
have  had  abundant  opportunities  to  do  good  both  to 
the  bodies  and  souls  of  the  people  and  we  have  reason 
to  believe  that  our  efforts  have  not  been  entirely  vain. 
Of  course  some  neither  comprehend  nor  seem  to  care 
for  the  truth  presented,  while  others  really  seem  deeply 
interested  and  really  anxious  to  learn  something  of  our 
religion.  We  have  had  six  high-caste  women  in  the 
hospital,  also,  during  the  year,  shy  and  modest  and 
gentle-mannered  the  most  of  them,  and  very  appreci- 
ative of  our  care  and  attention. 

When  Mrs.  Sheahy  was  laid  aside  from  work  I  was 
fortunate  in  securing  the  services  of  a  very  capable 
young  woman  to  oversee  my  Bible  women  and  go  with 
them  to  examine  their  work  in  the  schools  and  zananas. 
She  says  she  finds  the  women  are  generally  attentive 
and  take  an  interest  in  what  is  being  taught  them. 
Those  who  can  read  the  Urdu  or  Hindi  character  are 
reading  the  Bible  in  those  languages  and  others  are 
being  taught  to  read  and  write  and  also  to  do  some 
kinds  of  needlework.  There  are  about  forty  houses 
which  are  visited  twice  every  week. 

[  109] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

I  have  been  interested  to  notice  that  we  have  treated 
nineteen  hundred  and  twenty-nine  patients  this  year 
and  have  given  out  just  a  few  less  than  five  thousand 
prescriptions.  There  have  been  more  paying  patients 
than  in  any  former  year,  the  fees  amounting  to  five 
hundred  and  sixty-six  dollars,  a  sum  which  materially 
helps  out  our  medical  work. 

February  5,  18 j6. 
Although  my  five  years  of  service  had  expired  I 
did  not  feel  at  liberty  at  our  Conference  session  to  ask 
leave  for  a  change  to  America  even  though  convinced 
that  I  really  need  a  rest.  There  is  much  anxiety  as 
well  as  responsibility  connected  with  medical  work 
resulting  in  weariness  of  body  and  mind,  and  it  was 
with  a  feeling  of  relief  that  I  heard  that  the  Society  is 
sending  out  a  medical  lady  who  will  probably  reach 
here  early  in  March.  This  makes  it  possible  for  me 
to  take  the  much  needed  rest  and  change  and  I  have 
decided,  by  the  strongly  emphasized  advice  of  the 
surgeon  who  has  sometimes  given  his  assistance  in 
some  of  my  cases,  to  leave  for  America  as  soon  as  I 
can  make  it  convenient  to  do  so.  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Cherington  with  their  little  one  will  sail  about  the  1st 
of  March  and  I  shall  be  glad  to  go  in  their  company. 
You  will  probably  hear  from  me  again  before  I  reach 
America. 

[no] 


IX 

Second  yourney  to  India 

Liverpool,  England,  Oct.  10,  i8jq. 

My  dear  H : 

There  were  so  many  things  to  attend  to  during 
the  last  few  weeks  before  leaving  home  that  I  did  not 
find  time  to  write  to  you  so  I  take  this  opportunity 
while  waiting  for  a  steamer  to  let  you  know  that  I  am 
well  and  glad  to  be  on  my  way  back  to  India. 

I  left  Castile  on  the  25th  of  September  and  sailed 
from  New  York  two  days  later  on  the  steamer  Celtic 
arriving  in  Liverpool  on  the  seventh  of  this  month. 
The  weather  was  fine  and  the  voyage  delightful.  I 
am  travelling  alone  as  our  Society  is  not  sending  out 
missionaries  this  year,  but  I  find  some  friendly  people 
among  strangers  and  get  along  nicely. 

The  agents  of  our  mission  board  attend  to  my  lug- 
gage and  engage  my  passage  so  I  have  only  to  go 
to  the  steamer  when  it  is  ready  to  sail.  One  of  our 
missionaries  will  meet  me  at  Bombay  and  attend  to 
getting  me  through  the  custom-house  and  I  shall  be 
well  taken  care  of  there. 

Our  steamer  sails  to-morrow.  If  we  have  a  pros- 
perous voyage  we  shall  be  nearing  the  Suez  Canal  by 
the  time  this  reaches  you. 

I  know  you  are  disappointed  that  I  decided  to  return 

[in] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

to  India,  but  knowing  so  well  the  need  of  workers 
among  the  poor  and  destitute  women  of  India  I  can- 
not but  feel  that  my  work  is  among  them  while  I  have 
strength  to  work  anywhere,  and  I  would  much  rather 
go  back  and  die  on  the  field  than  stay  at  home  from  a 
selfish  motive.  My  greatest  trial  in  leaving  home  is 
the  separation  from  you  all. 

Bombay,  November  8  th. 

I  am  sure  that  you  will  rejoice  with  me  that  I  have 
reached  India  safely  in  spite  of  the  winds  and  waves 
and  the  many  dangers  of  the  sea.  After  we  left  Malta 
we  had  one  very  stormy  day,  the  waves  washing  over 
the  main  deck  and  the  great  ship  rocking  like  a  cradle. 
No  one  can  appreciate  the  "  rocking  in  the  cradle  of 
the  deep"  who  has  not  experienced  it. 

We  reached  Port  Said  at  the  entrance  of  the  Suez 
Canal  the  fourth  day  from  Malta  and  the  twelfth  from 
Liverpool.  The  canal  is  ninety  miles  long  and  we 
were  two  days  passing  through  as  we  could  sail  only 
six  miles  an  hour  and  always  stopped  at  the  "sidings  " 
from  sunset  until  daylight.  One  beautiful  moonlight 
night  we  anchored  in  the  lake  not  far  from  the  spot 
where  the  children  of  Israel  crossed,  it  is  said. 

We  arrived  at  Suez  Sunday  morning  and  who 
should  come  on  board  but  the  colored  evangelist, 
Amanda  Smith,  of  Philadelphia,  and  Miss  Drake,  of 
Boston,  sent  out  by  Dr.  Cullis.     I   had   never  seen 

[112] 


<3 


Co 


E-i 


Second  Journey  to  India 

her  but  had  met  Amanda  Smith  at  the  depot  in  Canan- 
daigua,  so  I  went  to  them  at  once  and  introduced  my- 
self and  for  the  rest  of  the  way  found  them  most  de- 
lightful companions.  Our  eleven  days'  sail  from 
Suez  to  Bombay  was  very  pleasant  as  the  sea  was 
calm  the  most  of  the  way,  but  it  was  very  hot  in  the 
Red  Sea. 

Lucknoiv,  November  iyth. 

I  intended  to  finish  this  letter  while  in  Bombay  and 
send  it  by  the  first  home  mail  but  the  days  were  too 
short  for  all  that  I  had  to  do.  I  was  there  five  days 
staying  with  one  of  our  missionaries.  There  were 
meetings  every  morning  and  calls  during  the  day,  and 
two  days  I  had  to  go  to  the  custom-house  as  my  lug- 
gage was  not  all  brought  off"  the  steamer  at  once.  We 
arrived  in  Bombay  on  the  6th  of  November,  just 
thirty-nine  days  after  leaving  New  York,  but  four 
days  and  a  half  of  that  time  were  spent  in  Liverpool. 
On  the  eleventh  I  started  for  Cawnpore  alone,  arriv- 
ing there  on  the  afternoon  of  the  thirteenth.  Dr. 
Waugh  and  Mr.  Messmore  met  me  at  the  railway 
station  and  after  spending  two  days  with  the  Waughs 
I  came  here  on  Saturday  to  have  a  little  visit  with 
Miss  Thoburn  before  going  on  to  Bareilly. 

Miss  Thoburn  sent  a  telegram  of  welcome  to  me 
at  Bombay  and  met  me  on  my  arrival  here  and  I  am 
sitting   with    her   in   her  room   enjoying  myself  and 

[113] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

happy  in  the  thought  that  I  can  rest  here  until  next 
Thursday.  I  found  several  letters  of  welcome  await- 
ing me  from  the  good  friends  in  Bareilly.  Mrs. 
Thomas  wrote  that  she  would  come  to  Lucknow  to 
accompany  me  to  Bareilly,  not  because  I  "  cannot 
be  trusted  to  travel  alone  (!)  "  but  because  she  wants 
to  have  the  first  visit  with  me,  she  says,  so  we  expect 
her  this  evening. 

I  have  met  several  of  my  old  Lucknow  patients  and 
all  seem  glad  to  see  me.  A  native  woman  who  has 
been  associated  with  Miss  Thoburn  since  we  came  to 
India  ten  years  ago  came  in  this  morning  to  give  me  a 
word  of  welcome.  She  did  not  speak  but  embraced 
me  and  passed  into  the  next  room.  After  a  while 
Miss  Thoburn  went  into  the  room  and  found  the 
woman  crying  and  asked  what  was  the  matter.  "  Oh, 
Miss  Sahiba,"  she  replied,  "  do  you  not  see  how  Miss 
Swain  has  changed  ?  If  you  go  to  America  I  am 
afraid  you  will  come  back  looking  as  she  does."  The 
great  cry  is,  "  How  thin  you  have  grown  !  "  I  never 
dreamed  that  there  were  so  many  people  interested  in 
the  amount  of  flesh  that  covers  my  bones.  I  tell  them 
that  I  am  the  same ;  it  is  only  the  house  I  live  in  that 
has  grown  smaller  and  taken  on  a  look  of  age  and  di- 
lapidation, but  the  tenant  within  is  stronger  and  wiser 
and  better  fitted  to  work  among  them  than  when  the 
outside  had  a  better  and  stronger  appearance. 

["4] 


Second  Journey  to  India 

I  can  never  tell  any  one  how  good  it  seems  to  me 
to  get  back  here ;  I  feel  now  that  I  can  never  leave 
India  again.  I  have  such  a  home  feeling,  and  such  a 
love  for  the  people  fills  my  soul  that  I  cannot  refrain 
from  saying,  This  is  my  country,  the  land  to  which 
my  Father  has  called  me,  these  are  my  people,  these 
simple-hearted  people  living  in  their  mud  huts,  with 
clothing  hardly  sufficient  to  cover  their  nakedness, 
with  the  spark  of  immortality  imparted  to  them  by 
the  Divine  Being  buried  so  deep  under  their  wicked- 
ness and  idolatry,  I  must,  I  must  help  them  ! 

December  iyth. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Since  my  return  to  Bareilly  I  begin  to  realize 
the  weariness  of  my  long  journey.  I  am  staying  with 
Miss  Sparkes  who,  with  her  assistants,  occupies  a 
bungalow  across  the  road  from  the  Orphanage. 

Mrs.  McGrew  has  charge  of  the  medical  work  and 
she  and  her  husband  are  living  in  my  old  home,  as  it 
was  necessary  that  she  should  be  near  the  hospital. 

I  have  nothing  to  do  these  (ew  days  before  Confer- 
ence but  just  rest  and  I  feel  the  need  of  it,  I  assure 
you. 

I  appreciate  the  beautiful  winter  weather  we  have  in 
this  part  of  India,  such  days  of  sunshine  and  such  a 
cool  and  refreshing  atmosphere.     I  am  sure  the  patients 

["5] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

in  the  Castile  Sanitarium  would  not  need  to  be  urged 
to  "  sit  out  "  after  meals  if  the  climate  there  were  like 
this. 

I  am  longing  for  the  time  to  come  when  I  shall  be 
settled  in  work  again.  I  do  not  know  where  I  may 
be  appointed  by  the  Conference  ;  Miss  Thoburn  hopes 
it  may  be  Lucknow  but  I  think  I  can  do  better  work 
in  Bareilly,  and  it  would  be  my  choice  to  return  to  my 
old  home  and  work.  I  have  only  to  wait  a  few  days 
longer  to  know  the  decision  of  the  Conference,  which 
will  meet  on  January  7th. 

Cawnpore,  Jan.  <£,  1S80. 

We  left  Bareilly  on  the  sixth,  the  missionaries  from 
Budaon  having  come  in  the  night  before  to  accompany 
us.  At  Shahjahanpore  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Johnson  joined 
us  and  at  Lucknow  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Badley  and  other 
missionaries  were  added  to  our  company.  We  had  one 
of  the  intermediate  railway  carriages  to  ourselves  and 
we  had  quite  a  social  time,  enlivening  the  hours  with 
singing  and  recitations.  Other  missionaries  had  ar- 
rived at  Cawnpore  before  us. 

Conference  opened  yesterday  morning  with  most  of 
the  missionaries  present  and  in  the  afternoon  the 
Woman's  Missionary  Society  convened  in  the  parson- 
age drawing-room  with  seventeen  lady  missionaries 
and  a  few  visitors  present.     After   singing  a  hymn 

[n6] 


Second  Journey  to  India 

Mrs.  Amanda  Smith  led  the  devotions.  Then  the 
officers  for  the  ensuing  year  were  elected,  and  the 
hours  for  the  daily  meetings  fixed.  Each  of  the  ladies 
present  reported  the  amount  of  missionary  money 
raised  by  the  native  auxiliary  of  her  station ;  the 
largest  amount  given  by  any  one  auxiliary  was 
eighteen  rupees  and  the  total  amount  from  the  nine 
auxiliaries  was  eighty-four  rupees. 

Each  auxiliary  has  the  privilege  of  deciding  for 
what  purpose  their  money  shall  be  used  and  I  noticed 
that  one  auxiliary  had  assumed,  in  part,  the  support  or 
a  teacher  for  a  low-caste  school  in  their  own  city. 
Another  devoted  a  part  of  the  money  to  the  purchase 
of  books  and  Scripture  texts  for  the  city  Sunday- 
schools.  A  portion  of  the  Bareilly  money  provided 
conveyances  for  the  Bible  women  who  have  Sunday- 
schools  and  prayer-meetings  among  native  Christians 
in  different  parts  of  the  city. 

An  Estimating  Committee  of  six  ladies  was  ap- 
pointed to  consider  what  amount  of  money  would  be 
needed  for  the  work  of  the  ensuing  year,  and  when 
this  is  settled  the  estimates  will  be  presented  to  the 
Finance  Committee  of  the  men's  Conference  which 
will  pass  upon  them  and  return  them  to  the  ladies  ; 
then  the  corresponding  secretary  will  forward  them  to 
the  secretary  of  the  General  Executive  Committee  in 
America.     Great    care    is    taken    in    preparing  these 

[»7] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

estimates,  each  lady  having  previously  considered  what 

amount  will  be  needed  for  her  current  work  and  any 

new  work  which  she  proposes  to  open.     A  Committee 

on  Special  Business  was  appointed,  also,  which  will 

report  to-day. 

Ninth. 

After  the  devotional    exercises    this  afternoon  the 

time   was   occupied  by  the   discussion   of  the   report 

of  the  Special  Committee,  which  related  chiefly  to  the 

arrangement   of  a   revised   course  of  study  for  Bible 

women,  their  salary,  and  the  time  they  should  give  to 

their  work ;  there  were  also  suggestions  regarding  the 

assistants  ;  and  several  of  the  ladies  then  gave  a  report 

of  their  work   for  the  year.     These  reports  will  be 

continued  until  each  station  has  been  heard  from. 

Fourteenth. 

Our  Conference  closed  on  the  twelfth  and  the 
most  of  the  missionaries  left  as  soon  as  possible 
after  receiving  their  appointments.  Every  day  was 
filled  with  business,  discussions  of  plans  of  work,  and 
of  further  expansion  ;  and  every  evening  after  dinner 
we  had  an  hour  or  more  of  spiritual  intercourse. 
Mrs.  Amanda  Smith  gave  a  fresh  inspiration  by  her 
most  excellent  talks,  her  singing  and  her  soul-uplifting 
prayers. 

I  received  my  appointment  to  Bareilly  and  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  McGrew  go  to  Cawnpore.     As  soon  as  our  house 

[118] 


Second  Journey  to  India 

is  vacated  Miss  Sparkes  and  I  will  move  back  into  our 
old  home  and  I  will  take  up  my  work  again.  As  you 
are  so  much  interested  in  mission  work  and  the  meet- 
ings of  your  Society  at  home  I  thought  you  would  be 
interested  in  these  details  of  our  work  here. 

It  was  quite  a  pleasure  to  meet  Amanda  Smith 
again,  and  you  will  be  interested  to  know  that  Miss 
Drake,  who  was  our  travelling  companion,  has 
married  W.  B.  Osborne,  an  American  missionary  who 
came  to  India  to  take  up  English  work.  He  met  us 
at  the  steamer  and  gave  all  needed  assistance. 

Bareilly,  April  6th. 

.  .  .  I  took  over  the  hospital  from  Mrs. 
McGrew  as  soon  as  I  returned  from  Conference, 
leaving  opportunity  for  her  to  make  the  preparations 
for  moving  to  Cawnpore.  During  my  absence  from 
India,  Bareilly  for  nearly  two  years  had  the  services  of 
Dr.  Green,  who  arrived  from  America  soon  after  I 
left  in  1876,  and  after  her  marriage  to  Mr.  Cheney 
and  departure  for  Naini  Tal,  Mrs.  McGrew,  who  was 
in  charge  of  the  medical  work  in  Moradabad,  came 
here  and  has  had  two  busy  years  in  hospital  and  city 
work. 

It  has  not  been  an  easy  matter  to  find  time  to  write 
since  my  return.  After  getting  settled  in  our  home  I 
had  some  needed  repairs  to  attend  to,  and  there  was  a 

["9] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

great  increase  of  patients  because  of  the  terrible  fever 
scourge  following  the  famine.  Rebecca,  my  faithful 
assistant  of  other  days;  Miss  Yerbury,  a  young  Eng- 
lish lady  who  was  at  one  time  a  patient  of  mine,  and 
is  now  studying  with  me ;  and  Loraine  and  Matilda, 
two  of  Mrs.  McGrew's  medical  students,  have  all 
been  overcrowded  with  dispensary  work,  filling  pre- 
scriptions for  those  who  come  and  to  send  to  those 
who  are  not  able  to  come,  so  that  to  them  the  days 
are  more  busy  than  ever,  while  my  calls  to  the  city 
are  continuous,  and  I  am  frequently  called  to  out- 
stations.  It  has  all  been  a  great  tax  on  my  strength 
and  just  now  I  am  suffering  from  a  severe  attack  of 
neuralgia,  which  it  seems  impossible  to  conquer. 

I  am  advised  to  go  to  the  hills  for  a  time  and  am 
making  preparations  to  leave  my  work  and  take  a 
short  rest. 

Bareilly,  Oct.  j,  1SS0. 
My  dear  Dr.  Greene  : 

The  hot  weather  came  on  so  early  that  my 
strength  was  soon  exhausted,  especially  as  an  obsti- 
nate attack  of  neuralgia  could  not  be  overcome,  so  I 
was  obliged  to  flee  to  the  hills  for  change  and  rest. 
I  soon  recruited  in  the  delightful  climate  of  Naini  Tal 
and  almost  felt  that  I  might  go  back  to  my  work  on 
the  plains,  though  it  would  hardly  have  been  wise  to 

[  I2°] 


Second  Journey  to  India 

go  from  the  altitude  of  Naini  Tal  to  the  heated  plains, 
and  I  was  strongly  advised  to  remain  until  the  end  of 
the  rainy  season.  There  is  plenty  of  work  for  will- 
ing hearts  wherever  one  may  be,  and  I  soon  began  to 
have  calls  to  attend  the  sick  in  their  homes  and  to 
look  after  the  native  Christians  around  us,  so  I  could 
feel  that  while  enjoying  the  fine  climate  and  regain- 
ing health  I  was  at  the  same  time  making  myself  use- 
ful to  others. 

But  our  pleasant  summer  in  Naini  Tal  ended  in 
sudden  and  terrible  disaster.  Miss  Sparkes  had  come 
up  to  the  sanitarium  for  a  rest  and  we  went  out  to- 
gether to  make  a  few  calls,  but  the  rain  soon  drove 
us  home.  This  was  on  the  16th  of  September  and  it 
rained  so  hard  that  I  thought  no  one  would  come  in 
so  I  busied  myself  with  packing  some  things  that  I 
had  bought  for  the  hospital  and  had  the  baskets  placed 
in  the  dining-room  ready  to  be  carried  down  the  hill, 
for  I  had  engaged  conveyances  for  Amanda  Smith 
and  myself  for  the  twenty-first.  I  put  some  extra 
garments  that  would  not  be  needed  into  my  trunk  and 
then  settled  myself  for  the  night.  It  rained  hard  all 
night  and  all  the  next  day,  the  storm  increasing  in 
violence  every  hour,  it  seemed  to  us.  I  went  to  bed 
but  awoke  about  one  o'clock  feeling  troubled  and 
wondering  if  there  was  danger ;  the  uneasiness  in- 
creased and  a  little  later  I  got  up  and  lighted  my  lamp 

[121] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  looked  about  but  saw  nothing  wrong,  so  leaving 
the  lamp  lighted  I  went  back  to  bed.  A  few  minutes 
later  the  window  in  my  room  burst  open  with  a  ter- 
rible crash  letting  in  a  rush  of  water  and  shale.  My 
dressing-table  was  near  the  window  and  was  thrown 
over  and  it  and  the  lamp  buried  under  the  shale.  I 
was  alone  in  the  room  and  got  out  as  quickly  as 
I  could  and  groped  my  way  to  the  door  opening  into 
the  sitting-room  but  found  that  the  jar  from  the  crash 
and  the  rush  of  shale  had  closed  it  so  tightly  that  I 
had  great  difficulty  in  opening  it.  I  finally  succeeded 
and  got  the  front  door  open  and  went  to  the  next 
suite  of  rooms  where  I  found  Mrs.  Mudge  trying  to 
rescue  her  children's  clothes  from  the  rushing  stream. 
She  had  but  one  lamp  so  I  went  to  the  next  room 
where  Miss  Layton  and  Miss  Sparkes  were  trying  to 
rescue  some  of  their  things,  and  found  that  they  could 
not  help  me  as  they  had  but  one  small  lamp.  Mrs. 
Thomas  was  able  to  give  me  a  lamp  and  I  went  back 
to  my  rooms.  The  water  was  running  out  of  the 
front  door  like  a  small  river  and  some  of  my  things 
were  floating  on  the  stream.  I  caught  what  I  could 
and  pressed  in  to  see  what  I  could  rescue.  All  my 
toilet  arrangements  were  in  the  shale  and  under  water. 
Fortunately  I  had  put  my  watch  in  its  case  on  the 
mantelpiece  near  the  head  of  my  bed  so  that  was 
safe. 

[122] 


Seco7id  Journey  to  India 

I  lost  a  number  of  valuables  in  the  way  of  instru- 
ments, my  two  batteries,  a  box  of  medicines,  and  my 
nice  medicine  case  that  I  bought  in  Boston,  but  this 
was  only  the  beginning  of  troubles.  The  men  as- 
sisted us  down  the  hill  to  the  mission  house  where 
the  Bucks  were  living  and  Mrs.  Buck  provided  us 
with  some  dry  garments,  but  just  as  we  began  to  feel 
a  little  comfortable  the  men  who  had  been  working 
hard  to  save  Mr.  Buck's  house  came  in  and  said  we 
must  pack  up  things  there  as  quickly  as  possible  as 
the  water  was  gaining  on  them  so  rapidly  that  there 
was  no  hope,  so  we  all  set  to  work  pulling  up  the 
carpets  and  packing  Mr.  Buck's  library  and  other 
valuable  things,  until  about  one  o'clock  when  the 
water  began  to  pour  into  the  house  and  we  saw  we 
should  have  to  leave  everything  and  fly,  Mr.  Thomas 
said  we  must  leave  at  once  or  the  road  would  soon  be 
gone  and  our  escape  cut  off,  so  we  hurried  down  the 
hill  to  our  mission  chapel  where  we  found  a  number 
of  native  Christians  and  our  servants  who  had  taken 
shelter  there  as  their  houses  were  falling.  We  sat  in 
the  veranda  wondering  what  we  would  do  if  the  water 
came  there,  for  the  chapel  was  not  far  below  the  mis- 
sion house.  I  said  to  Mrs.  Thomas,  "  I  think  the 
assembly  rooms  over  there  near  the  lake  will  be  as  safe 
as  any  place  if  the  water  comes  here.  We  can  go 
down  there."     Just  then  I  looked  up  toward  the  hill 

[  123] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

back  of  the  sanitarium  and  noticed  the  trees  shaking 
and  in  an  instant  down  came  the  hill,  demolishing  a 
large  hotel,  a  large  department  store  which  stood 
below  it,  and  the  assembly  rooms  which  a  moment 
before  had  seemed  to  us  a  place  of  safety.  Not  a 
trace  of  either  building  could  be  seen  two  minutes 
after  the  catastrophe.  Two  hundred  natives  and  fifty 
Europeans  were  buried  beneath  the  ruined  buildings 
and  not  far  from  a  million  dollars'  worth  of  property 
destroyed.  The  mission  property,  consisting  of  three 
houses,  a  church  and  schoolhouse,  a  large  building 
occupied  by  native  Christians,  and  a  number  of  serv- 
ants' houses,  was  in  what  was  considered  about  the 
finest  locality  in  Naini  Tal,  but  to-day  it  is  in  a  ruin- 
ous condition.  The  hill  above  it  is  cracked  and  it  is 
feared  that  another  hard  rain  will  bring  it  down. 

When  it  seemed  no  longer  safe  for  us  to  remain  at 
the  chapel,  and  we  saw  people  rushing  in  all  direc- 
tions to  find  a  place  of  safety,  word  came  to  us  that 
we  must  leave  immediately  and  we  all  started  together 
down  the  road  which  was  so  cut  up  into  deep  gorges 
that  we  were  often  deep  in  water,  but  we  finally 
reached  the  outlet  of  the  lake  but  were  prevented  from 
going  further  as  the  bridge  was  in  danger  of  being 
swept  away  any  minute,  so  we  sought  shelter  in  a 
house  near  the  European  hospital.  It  was  not  a  very 
desirable  place  f jr  they  were  bringing  into  the  yard 

[  I24] 


Second  Journey  to  India 

and  hospital  the  dead  and  wounded  who  had  been  res- 
cued from  the  ruins;  however  we  remained  there  over 
night  and  in  the  morning,  Sir  Henry  Ramsay,  the 
Commissioner  of  the  district,  sent  us  word  that  we 
could  have  a  cottage  of  his  on  the  other  side  of  the 
lake,  where  we  would  be  quite  safe.  We  gladly  took 
possession  and  soon  got  our  native  Christians  over 
and  began  to  send  back  for  our  things,  and  in  due 
time  we  were  able  to  set  up  housekeeping,  but  in  a 
very  primitive  style. 

The  roads  were  so  bad  that  there  was  no  hope  of 
our  leaving  for  Bareilly  on  the  twenty-first  as  we  had 
planned  but  we  were  so  filled  with  gratitude  over  our 
escape  from  the  peril  that  had  threatened  us,  that  we 
were  not  inclined  to  murmur  over  the  derangement  of 
our  plans. 

I  came  down  to  Bareilly  last  Thursday,  glad  to  get 
back  to  the  plains  where  there  are  no  hills  to  fall. 
But  we  found  here  a  disastrous  flood.  The  river 
Ganges  had  risen  and  swept  away  thousands  of  peo- 
ple and  whole  villages  were  destroyed,  and  the  railroad 
was  so  washed  out  that  it  will  be  weeks  before  trains 
can  be  run  over  it. 

Poor  India  has  been  visited  with  one  calamity  after 
another.  Famine  and  the  fever  scourge  carried  off 
thousands,  then  came  cholera  and  now  this  flood. 
God  has  a  purpose  in  it  all  but  the  people  are  slow  to 

[125] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

learn.  So  far  as  we  know  not  a  native  Christian  has 
been  lost  in  the  flood. 

It  is  a  time  of  general  thanksgiving  with  those  of 
us  who  have  been  so  wonderfully  delivered  from  death. 

Mr.  Thomas  remained  in  Naini  Tal  to  see  what 
could  be  done  about  the  mission  buildings,  getting  the 
mud  and  shale  cleared  out  and  saving  as  much  of  the 
materials  as  possible,  and  he  reports  that  the  houses 
are  still  standing.  There  is  such  a  panic  among  the 
people  who  own  property  there  and  those  who  have 
lost  all  that  they  possessed,  but  their  grief  is  as  noth- 
ing compared  to  those  whose  families  were  lost  in  the 
terrible  landslip. 

December  jo^  1880. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

You  have  read  the  account  of  the  "  Landslip  " 
in  the  letter  which  I  sent  to  Dr.  Greene,  and  I  am 
sure  you  will  be  glad  to  know  that,  notwithstanding 
all  the  exposure,  I  have  not  lost  one  day  from  my 
work  since  my  return  to  Bareilly.  We  have  from 
fifty  to  eighty  patients  every  day  in  the  dispensary  be- 
sides the  many  patients  that  I  attend  in  their  homes. 
My  good  assistants  do  all  they  can  to  help  me  though, 
of  course,  the  care  and  responsibility  come  upon  me; 
but  I  have  learned  to  do  the  best  I  can  and  leave  the 
result  with  a  higher  Power,  and  not  spend  any  strength 
in  carrying  my  own  burdens  or  worrying  over  things 

[126] 


Second  Journey  to  India 

that  I  cannot  make  better.  I  believe  we  cannot  do 
this  and  honor  God  in  our  work  as  it  is  our  privilege 
to  do. 

We  have  treated  nearly  twice  as  many  patients  at 
the  dispensary  this  year  than  any  former  year,  and  the 
visits  to  the  out-stations  and  neighboring  villages  have 
been  more  frequent.  Some  of  these  have  been  most 
interesting  to  us  as  we  have  had  the  opportunity  to 
tell  the  story  of  the  Lord  Jesus  to  some  who  have 
heard  it  from  our  lips  for  the  first  time. 

During  my  absence  in  the  hot  weather  Rebecca 
took  charge  of  the  entire  work,  to  the  satisfaction  of 
all ;  some  weeks  she  was  called  to  see  patients  in  the 
city  nearly  every  day.  The  two  medical  students 
have  done  good  service  in  compounding  medicines  and 
looking  after  the  sick  in  the  Orphanage  and  hospital, 
and  Miss  Yerbury,  besides  her  work  in  the  hospital 
and  dispensary,  has  given  the  morning  Bible  lessons 
to  the  patients  while  they  were  waiting  for  their  pre- 
scriptions. I  have  been  looking  over  the  list  of  hos- 
pital patients  and  find  we  have  had  twelve  Christian 
women,  thirty-one  girls  from  the  Orphanage,  nine 
girls  from  the  Lucknow  and  Budaon  schools  and  two 
little  Christian  boys,  besides  a  number  of  Moham- 
medan and  Hindu  women  and  ten  Europeans. 

There  were  six  deaths  among  our  city  patients,  five 
of  them  from  cholera,  but  our  hearts  have  been  cheered 

[  I27] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

by  seeing  some  seemingly  hopeless  cases  restored  to 
health  and  strength. 

I  have  received  six  hundred  and  forty-nine  dollars 
in  fees,  and  have  given  out  eleven  thousand,  eight 
hundred  and  forty  prescriptions,  the  number  of  pa- 
tients treated  being  just  nine  less  than  six  thousand. 


[128] 


X 

Visitors  From  America 


Bareilly,  Feb.  /j,  1881. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Our  Conference  met  this  year  in  Bareilly  and 
we  had  with  us  several  Americans,  who  added  interest 
to  our  meetings.  It  is  always  pleasant  to  have  a  bishop 
from  America  at  our  Conferences  and  Bishop  Merrill 
was  as  warmly  welcomed  as  were  other  bishops  who 
had  come  to  us  in  former  years. 

Besides  Bishop  Merrill  there  were  the  "  Round-the- 
World  Evangelists/'  Reverend  Mr.  Inskip,  Mr.  Mc- 
Donald and  Mr.  Wood  with  their  wives,  and  two 
new  missionaries  of  the  Woman's  Society.  The 
ladies  of  the  Inskip  party  attended  our  Ladies' 
Society,  helped  in  the  devotional  meetings,  and  gave 
us  words  of  cheer  which  were  much  appreciated.  On 
invitation  Bishop  Merrill  conducted  the  devotions  at 
one  of  our  afternoon  meetings  and  made  a  fine 
address  for  which  the  ladies  gave  him  hearty  thanks. 

I  have  had  a  delightful  family  all  winter  and  some 
very  nice  Hindustani  patients  staying  in  the  hospital. 
Several  of  my  English  patients  are  quite  well  now  and 

[  I29] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

have  gone  to  their  homes  and  others  will  go  this 
month.  Native  patients  are  beginning  to  come  in 
again  from  out-stations.  I  am  expecting  a  Bengali 
woman  to-day  from  Shahjahanpore.  She  is  the  wife  of 
the  station-master,  to  whom  I  was  called  last  week  to 
examine  her  case  and  I  had  great  difficulty  in  persuad- 
ing her  to  come  to  the  hospital.  To  a  Hindu  woman 
who  has  never  left  her  secluded  home  or  ever  looked 
outside  her  own  premises  the  distance  between  the 
two  cities  appeared  very  great  and  it  seemed  a  dread- 
ful thing  to  her  to  come  so  far  away  from  her  home 
and  friends. 

I  am  sending  you  a  report  of  the  mission  work  in 
the  charge  of  the  ladies  of  our  society  ;  in  it  you  will 
see  my  medical  report  and  will  notice  that  my  fees 
amounted  to  nearly  my  yearly  salary.  My  health  is 
as  good  as  ever  it  was  and  I  find  myself  just  as  well 
able  to  work.  I  think  I  travel  six  miles  a  day,  on  an 
average,  for  I  have  so  much  running  about  and  so 
many  separate  buildings  to  look  after ;  and  then  if 
any  one  outside  our  grounds  is  sick  that  means  extra 
work.  There  is  nothing  like  having  plenty  to  do  in 
India.  I  am  sure  we  should  all  die  if  we  had  no  defi- 
nite aim  in  life. 

Bishop  Merrill  was  astonished  to  see  the  vastness  of 
our  mission  work  ;  he  had  no  idea  that  we  had  such  a 
Christian   community,  so  many  churches,  schools  and 

[  130] 


Visitors  From  America 

Sunday-schools.  He  was  surprised  to  see  how  well 
versed  the  children  are  in  the  Scriptures  and  says  he 
thinks  them  far  ahead  of  the  children  in  America. 
His  presence  added  much  to  the  interest  of  the  Con- 
ference meetings  \  he  is  such  a  solid  and  wise  man  and 
sees  things  so  correctly. 

You  will  find  quite  a  full  account  of  our  meetings 
in  the  Indian  Witness  which  I  am  sending  you.  I 
will  send  it  every  week  if  it  will  interest  you.  It  may 
perhaps  answer  in  place  of  a  letter  sometimes. 

December  15th. 
We  have  had  some  interesting  and  intelligent 
women  among  our  dispensary  patients  of  late  and  our 
hearts  have  been  gladdened  many  times  as  we  have 
observed  the  interested  faces  as  they  have  listened  to 
the  morning  lesson.  In  no  former  year  have  I 
received  so  many  sincere  expressions  of  gratitude  from 
native  patients,  especially  some  who  were  unable  to 
give  any  pecuniary  compensation  for  their  treatment 
but  have,  nevertheless,  managed  to  bring  some  little 
gift  after  their  recovery.  One  poor  woman  to-day 
brought  an  offering  of  oranges,  almonds  and  raisins — 
a  few  of  each — saying  she  was  poor  but  she  wanted 
to  give  something  in  return  for  the  benefit  she  had 
received.  Another  patient  who  lives  in  a  village  not 
far  from  Naini  Tal  brought  twelve  ears  of  green  corn 

[•31] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  a  bottle  of  honey.  He  said  his  was  a  small  gift 
but  he  wanted  to  offer  something,  as  his  life  had  been 
saved,  he  believed,  by  the  medicine  sent  him.  These 
simple  gifts  indicate  a  spirit  of  gratitude  and  apprecia- 
tion which  is  very  encouraging  to  us  who  work  for 
them. 

I  have  just  had  an  interesting  case  of  a  high-caste 
Hindu  woman  who  has  been  fasting  for  eight  months 
because  of  the  death  of  the  head  of  the  family,  one 
of  the  leading  men  of  his  caste  and  a  man  of  consid- 
erable wealth.  Since  his  death  all  the  women  of  his 
family,  including  distant  relatives,  have  taken  food 
once  in  twenty-four  hours  only.  While  they  have 
been  fasting  themselves  they  have  been  feeding  the 
poor  daily  as  a  work  of  merit  for  the  dead.  When  on 
my  way  at  evening  to  see  my  patient  I  have  noticed 
on  both  sides  of  the  road  leading  to  the  house  quite  a 
company  of  poor  people  receiving  food  from  the 
household  servants. 

The  woman  I  was  called  to  treat  had  been  to  the 
Ganges  to  bathe  and  perform  some  ceremonies  and 
had  taken  cold  and  I  found  her  seriously  ill.  She 
begged  me  to  give  her  something  to  cause  her  death, 
saying  she  was  not  afraid  to  die  but  she  could  not 
endure  such  pain.  I  asked  her  if  she  would  take 
liquid  medicines.  "  Oh,  no,"  she  replied.  "  Will 
you  take  powders  ?  "  I  asked,  and  again  she  answered, 

[  132] 


Visitors  From  America 

"  No."  "  How  can  I  give  you  medicine  then  ?  "  I 
asked.  "  I  will  take  medicine  that  can  be  applied  ex- 
ternally," was  her  answer.  "  But  that  will  not  be 
sufficient,"  I  said.  "  You  are  very  ill  and  if  you  will 
not  take  either  medicine  or  food,  I  do  not  see  that  I 
can  do  much  for  you." 

Her  son,  who  was  standing  by,  said,  "  Do  come  to 
see  her  again,  your  presence  will  be  some  help  to 
her ;"  so  the  next  morning  I  went  again  and  found 
her  still  suffering.  An  old  man,  a  relative  of  the 
family,  sat  by  her,  and  he  said  to  me,  "  I  think  she 
will  take  dry  medicines  this  morning  if  you  can  truth- 
fully say  there  is  neither  wine  nor  beef  in  them."  I 
replied,  "  I  have  treated  Hindu  women  in  Bareilly  for 
several  years  and  I  assure  you  that  I  have  never  put 
either  beef  or  wine  in  the  dry  medicines  I  have  given 
them."  Their  confidence  began  to  increase  and  I  at 
once  prepared  a  powder  and  asked  her  to  take  it  before 
me,  which  she  did  and  from  that  hour  she  never  re- 
fused to  take  any  medicine  which  I  wished  to  give 
her,  but  on  no  account  could  she  take  food  as  the  time 
of  her  fast  had  not  expired.  I  attended  her  for  ten 
days  during  which  time  she  did  not  take  more  than  a 
pint  of  milk.  I  have  never  witnessed  such  self-denial 
as  exists  among  Hindu  women  of  high  caste.  This 
woman  seems  to  have  led  a  very  pure  and  holy  life, 
according  to  her  religion. 

[  133] 


A    Glimpse  of  India 

Bareilly,  Jan,  2$,  1882. 

My  dear  M : 

There  is  a  great  deal  of  cholera  in 
the  city  and  we  have  been  obliged  to  stop  the  work  of 
the  Bible  women  and  teachers  for  a  time.  My  own 
work  goes  on  and  will  increase  if  the  epidemic  breaks 
out  among  the  native  Christians  j  there  has  been  but 
one  case  among  them  so  far. 

To-day  a  woman  was  brought  to  the  dispensary 
who  is  just  recovering  from  smallpox.  I  have  been 
exposed  to  it  many  times  since  I  have  been  in  India 
but  have  never  had  any  symptoms  of  it. 

I  am  living  in  our  house  again  this  winter.  You 
remember  that  I  lived  in  the  hospital  last  cold  season 
and  went  to  Naini  Tal  in  the  hot  weather.  The 
house  has  been  whitewashed  inside  and  out  and  with 
new  mattings  and  floor  cloths  we  are  very  clean  and 
nice.  Miss  Kelly  has  charge  of  the  zanana  work  in 
the  city  and  she  and  her  assistant  are  living  with  me, 
and  I  have  one  assistant  and  one  student  so  we  are  a 
family  of  five. 

In  addition  to  my  medical  work  I  have  been  build- 
ing and  repairing  all  winter  and  at  times  have  had 
fifty  and  sixty  persons  at  work,  masons,  carpenters, 
plasterers  and  coolies.  The  masons  receive  twelve 
and  a  half  cents  a  day  and  the  coolies  three  and  a  half 
cents,  the    others    get    six    cents  a  day.     My  house 

[134] 


13 

§ 

13 
• — a 
13 


o=J 


hi 


Visitors  From  America 

servant  calls  all  the  men,  women  and  children  to- 
gether when  the  day's  work  is  done  and  writes  down 
the  number  of  each  class  of  workers  and  on  Saturday  he 
gives  me  the  account  for  the  week,  receives  the  money 
from  me  and  pays  each  one  according  to  his  or  her 
earnings.  The  last  payment  was  nine  dollars  and  a 
quarter  for  a  week's  work.  You  would  be  surprised 
to  see  how  many  persons  it  took  to  earn  that  amount 
in  a  week.  I  go  out  every  morning  to  direct  the  work 
and  in  the  evening  take  a  look  to  see  what  has  been 
accomplished. 

A  missionary  ought  to  understand  all  trades,  have 
engineering  ability,  be  a  good  financier  and  accountant, 
and  ready  for  anything,  for  we  have  a  little  of  all 
sorts  of  work  to  do.  One  of  our  missionaries  came 
in  the  other  day  and  seeing  the  work  that  was  going 
on,  said,  "  If  you  had  been  a  man,  you  would  have 
made  a  general."  "  No,  indeed,"  I  said,  "  I  would 
have  been  an  engineer."  I  am  having  a  new  well 
dug  and  when  that  is  done  I  hope  to  have  a  little  rest 
from  brick  and  mortar. 

'June  2^.th. 

Rebecca,  who  has  been  so  many  years  with  me  in 
the  dispensary,  left  just  as  the  hot  season  began  and  I 
was  left  alone  with  a  helper  who  knew  almost  nothing 
about  caring  for  the  sick,  but  Mrs.  Parker  has  just 
sent  her  native  doctor,  Shuluk, — who  was  also  trained 

[135] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

by  Dr.  Humphrey — to  assist  me  and  I  am  quite  re- 
lieved. 

The  rains  have  begun  and  everything  looks  fresh 
and  green  and  beautiful.  No  place  is  more  lovely 
than  India  in  the  rainy  season ;  that  is  my  opinion, 
others  may  not  think  so.  The  mangoes  are  just  in 
their  glory,  so  ripe  and  delicious.  I  bought  a  hundred 
this  morning  for  fifty  cents.  I  wish  you  could  help 
me  eat  them.  Peaches,  too,  are  abundant  and  are  very 
fine  this  year. 

We  have  had  some  profitable  meetings  in  the 
hospital;  nearly  every  patient  who  was  able  came  in 
and  all  listened  with  great  attention  to  the  lessons. 
One  old  Hindu  woman  reads  the  Bible  and  finds 
great  comfort  in  believing  its  words  and  when  she 
tells  me  what  it  means  to  her  I  feel  that  she  has  come 
into  the  light. 

Just  now  there  is  a  very  interesting  woman  here, 
who  says  that  when  about  fourteen  years  of  age  she 
was  sold  to  a  Mohammedan  who  has  several  wives. 
She  has  been  ill  for  some  time  but  could  not  get 
treatment  where  she  was  living.  One  day  a  religious 
devotee  came  to  the  place  and  told  her  that  there  was 
a  lady  doctor  in  Bareilly  who  could  cure  her,  so  she 
got  ready  and  has  come  seven  hundred  miles  with  the 
hope  of  regaining  her  health.  She  has  been  trained 
as  a  dancing  girl  and  wears  the  dress  peculiar  to  that 

[■36] 


Visitors  Fro7n  America 

class.  The  skirt  of  her  dress  has  one  hundred  gores 
and  is  thirty  yards  wide.  When  she  whirls  in  the 
dance  the  skirt  stands  straight  out,  yet  some  of  the 
folds  fall  about  her  limbs.  She  seems  inclined  to 
lead  a  different  life,  but  thinks  it  would  be  difficult  as 
she  has  been  taught  to  feel  that  her  present  life  is  the 
one  ordered  for  hen  I  trust  that  while  she  is  with 
us  she  will  learn  that  there  is  a  better  life  for 
her. 

I  wonder  if  I  have  ever  told  you  of  my  leper 
patient.  It  is  the  custom  for  a  crowd  of  beggars  to 
go  to  the  bungalows  occupied  by  Europeans  to  beg 
for  pice  and  every  Sunday  morning  we  find  them  in 
front  of  the  house  waiting  for  the  servant  to  appear  to 
supply  them.  Among  them  is  an  old  man  who  has 
been  coming  for  about  five  years.  He  is  a  leper 
whose  nose,  ears,  fingers  and  toes  have  disappeared 
because  of  this  terrible  disease.  He  is  a  hideous  ob- 
ject but  his  very  helplessness  appeals  to  our  sympathies 
and  we  are  glad  to  bandage  his  sores  and  give  him 
what  help  we  can  for  his  special  need,  at  the  same 
time  giving  him  a  word  of  comfort  and  pointing  him 
to  One  who  is  able  to  cleanse  the  leper.  He  ought 
not  to  be  allowed  to  go  about  among  people,  but 
there  is  no  law  to  hinder  or  restrain  such  people  from 
going  where  they  will.  There  are  mission  asylums 
in   the   hills   for  lepers   if  they  will  go.      One  of  my 

[•37] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

medical  class  developed  leprosy  and  was  sent  to  the 
mission  asylum  in  Almorah  where  she  has  been  well 
cared  for  and  she  is  glad  to  be  doing  something  for 
others  who  are  more  helpless  than  she  is. 

A  few  mornings  ago  a  woman  came  bringing  her 
sick  child,  the  only  surviving  one  of  seven.  The 
Bible  woman  spoke  words  of  comfort,  to  her  telling 
her  of  Jesus  who  when  upon  earth  took  little  chil- 
dren in  His  arms  and  blessed  them,  and  that  now  He 
is  near  to  heal  the  sick  and  comfort  the  broken- 
hearted. She  assured  her  that  the  six  little  ones  that 
she  had  consigned  to  the  "  sacred  river  "  were  safe 
with  Him,  and  she  would  see  them  again  if  she  would 
believe  in  Him  and  trust  in  Him  for  salvation.  We 
prescribed  for  the  little  one,  praying  that  the  dear 
Father  would  spare  this  one,  and  that  the  good  seed 
sown  in  the  mother's  heart  might  spring  up  and  bear 
fruit  unto  eternal  life. 

Many  people  believe  that  these  people  have  little 
natural  affection,  but  some  touching  instances  of  their 
care  and  love  for  each  other  have  come  to  our  notice 
both  among  low  and  high  castes.  A  Hindu  who  has 
a  wife  and  four  children  called  me  to  visit  his  wife 
who  was  very  ill.  He  is  employed  in  one  of  the 
government  schools,  receiving  ten  dollars  a  month 
and  when  I  visited  the  house  he  offered  me  a  dollar 
as  a  fee,  which  I  declined  to  accept  as  his  means  are 

[133] 


Visitors  From  America 

so  limited.     "  I  give  it  gladly,  "  he  said  ;  "  my  wife's 
life  is  more  to  me  than  money." 

Another  man,  with  an  income  of  three  dollars  a 
month,  offered  me  one  dollar  for  my  visit,  which,  of 
course,  I  refused  to  take,  but  when  his  wife's  improve- 
ment was  assured  he  felt  like  giving  all  that  he  had 
and  insisted  on  my  taking  two  dollars  and  a  half,  leav- 
ing them  only  fifty  cents  for  their  food.  I  might  tell 
you  of  similar  instances  which  have  occurred  in  my 
practice,  showing  that  a  heathen  man  is  capable  of 
loving  and  caring  for  his  kindred. 

December  18th. 

Four  of  our  hospital  patients  have  died  this  year. 
One  of  them,  a  village  woman  who  was  converted  to 
Christianity  three  years  ago  and  baptized  by  our  native 
pastor,  the  Rev.  Joel  Janvier,  was  with  us  for  two 
months,  and  during  the  time  bore  her  sufferings  with 
great  patience  and  resignation,  and  in  her  last  hours 
gave  evidence  that  for  her  to  die  was  gain,  for  she 
was  departing  to  be  with  Jesus. 

Last  June,  Mary  Angelo,  a  Christian  widow,  came 
to  me  asking  if  she  could  have  a  room  in  the  hospital 
for  a  time  as  she  had  no  home.  I  was  very  glad  to 
give  her  a  room  on  condition  that  she  would  read  and 
talk  with  the  sick  in  the  hospital  every  day  in  their 
rooms,   and   she   did  this   very   acceptably.     Later   I 

[  139] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

gave  her  a  place  in  the  dispensary  as  compounder  and 
she  has  learned  the  work  so  quickly  and  is  doing  so 
well  that  I  am  now  paying  her  four  rupees  a  month, 
and  expect  to  have  her  as  a  regular  student  next  year. 

The  girls  of  the  medical  class  taught  by  Dr.  Dease 
have  given  good  service  in  putting  up  prescriptions  in 
the  morning  clinics. 

The  second  Decennial  Conference  is  to  meet  in  Cal- 
cutta on  the  twenty-eighth  of  this  month  and  many 
of  our  missionaries  are  planning  to  attend  it.  This 
is  a  conference  of  missionaries  of  all  denominations  in 
India;  the  first  one  was  held  in  Allahabad,  in  1872, 
with  one  hundred  and  thirty-six  members  present, 
representing  nineteen  missionary  societies,  but  it  is 
expected  that  the  number  will  be  much  larger  this 
year. 

I  shall  try  to  tell  you  a  little  about  it  in  my  next 
letter. 


[  HO] 


XI 

Decennial  Conference  at  Calcutta 

Bareilly,  Feb.  17,  1 8 83. 

My  dear  M : 

On  the  25th  of  December  our  party  of  mis- 
sionaries from  the  North  India  Conference  started 
for  Calcutta  to  attend  the  Decennial  Conference. 
By  special  arrangement  the  railway  company  allowed 
members  of  the  Conference  to  travel  in  second-class 
carriages  at  intermediate  class  fares,  and  the  carriages 
put  at  our  disposal  consisted  of  two  compartments 
with  sliding  doors  between  and  five  sleeping  berths  in 
each.  The  two  upper  berths  were  put  up  in  the  day- 
time and  the  doors  opened  between  the  compartments 
giving  us  a  good-sized  room,  so  that  we  could  have 
prayers  together  every  day  and  make  visits  to  each 
other  in  the  different  carriages.  There  were  eight 
married  missionaries  with  their  wives,  ten  missionaries 
without  their  wives,  nine  single  ladies,  besides  Bishop 
Foster,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Reed,  and  Mrs.  Lore,  who  with 
her  daughter,  had  come  out  to  India  to  spend  a  year 
with  her  missionary  daughter,  Mrs.  McGrew. 

The  other  Methodist  Conferences,  too,  were  well 
represented. 

[141] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  Conference  opened  on  Thursday  morning,  the 
twenty-eighth,  the  Hon.  Sir  Henry  Ramsay  as  presi- 
dent giving  an  address  of  welcome  in  a  most  compre- 
hensive speech,  which  contained  allusions  to  the  dif- 
ferent departments  of  mission  work. 

A  prayer-meeting  was  held  every  morning  at  half- 
past  seven  o'clock,  continuing  an  hour,  and  on  Sunday, 
the  thirty-first,  there  was  a  united  communion  service. 
Every  day  there  were  papers,  speeches  and  discussions 
on  various  topics,  participated  in  by  missionaries  of 
the  different  missions,  and  the  morning  session  of  the 
fourth  day  was  given  to  the  ladies  for  the  presentation 
of  their  special  work.  There  were  four  papers  read  ; 
one  of  them  by  Miss  Thoburn,  on  The  Education  of 
Native  Christian  Girls ;  following  the  papers  were 
short  speeches  by  several  ladies  on  their  own  line  of 
work.  Mrs.  McGrew  made  a  neat  little  speech  on 
medical  work,  in  which  she  referred  to  me  as  the 
pioneer  woman  medical  missionary  in  India,  and  said 
that  one  of  my  medical  students  has  been  carrying  on 
in  her  old  station  a  medical  work  larger  than  she  her- 
self had  in  hand.  She  also  mentioned  one  of  them 
who  had  given  valuable  assistance  during  the  cholera 
epidemic  in  Bareilly,  to  whose  obedience,  practical  in- 
sight and  general  efficiency  the  civil  surgeon  gave 
unqualified  testimony. 

Dr.  Thoburn  spoke  several  times  very  effectively 
[  J42] 


Decennial  Conference  at  Calcutta 

on  Preaching  to  the  Heathen,  Development  of  Native 
Agency,  Development  of  Spiritual  Life  and  Enthu- 
siasm in  the  Churches  of  India,  all  of  which  are  sub- 
jects in  which  he  is  deeply  interested. 

Bishop  Foster  was  an  interested  listener,  but  did  not 
speak,  and  Dr.  Reid,  the  senior  missionary  secretary 
of  our  Board  in  America,  spoke  only  at  the  public  mis- 
sionary meeting,  but  they  afterward  expressed  their 
pleasure  in  having  the  privilege  of  seeing  such  a  body 
of  devoted  missionaries  and  hearing  what  had  been  ac- 
complished in  the  past  and  what  was  being  planned 
for  the  future. 

After  so  many  days  of  intense  and  high  intellectual 
enjoyment  it  was  natural  that  the  physical  nature 
should  demand  relaxation,  and  our  Calcutta  friends  ar- 
ranged to  give  us  opportunity  to  see  some  of  the  sights 
of  the  capital  city  of  India. 

One  delightful  day  was  spent  at  Barrackpore,  twelve 
miles  from  Calcutta.  We  went  in  boats,  finding  it 
very  hot  on  the  river,  and  immediately  on  landing 
made  our  way  to  the  great  banian  tree,  the  largest  in 
India,  covering  a  great  space  of  ground  with  its  off- 
shoots which  form  perfect  arches  and  galleries.  It  is 
said  that  sixteen  thousand  people  can  sit  beneath  its 
shade  to  dine.  It  is  very  old  but  continues  to  throw 
out  roots  from  its  numerous  branches.  The  roots  are 
carefully  cared  for,  each  being  placed  in  a  hollow  bam- 

['43] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

boo  as  it  shoots  downward  to  the  ground  upon  which 
a  little  mound  of  earth  is  built  up  to  receive  it, 
when  it  begins  to  grow  rapidly  until  it  forms  a  straight 
trunk  which  in  turn  sends  branches  from  which  other 
roots  shoot  downward.  This  process  may  go  on  for 
centuries  if  care  is  taken.  We  made  our  coffee  and 
partook  of  our  late  breakfast  under  this  tree,  feeling 
that  nature's  dining-room  was  a  most  delightful  one. 

But  this  gigantic  tree  was  not  the  only  attraction  in 
the  gardens  j  there  are  beautiful  lawns  and  shrubs, 
palms,  and  an  endless  variety  of  plants  ;  roses  in  great 
profusion,  heliotrope  and  other  sweet  plants,  fountains 
playing  in  marble  basins,  and  a  great  variety  of  richly 
colored  crotons.  I  brought  home  some  small  croton 
plants  and  have  them  growing  in  pots  in  the  veranda. 

After  the  seven  days  of  the  Conference  and  two 
days  of  sightseeing  the  most  of  us  were  ready  to  re- 
turn to  our  work. 

I  have  not  mentioned  that  Dr.  Thoburn's  church 
in  Dharmtola  Street  was  selected  for  the  Conference 
as  the  most  commodious,  central  and  suitable  place  in 
Calcutta.  Arrangements  for  our  entertainment  among 
the  Methodist  families  of  the  city  had  been  made  pre- 
vious to  our  arrival  and  we  made  some  most  delightful 
acquaintances  and  fast  friends  among  them. 

This  year  there  were  twenty-seven  different  mission- 
ary societies  represented  by  four  hundred  and  seventy- 

[  J44] 


Decennial  Conference  at  Calcutta 

five  members.  Among  them  were  three  veterans,  the 
Rev.  Mr.  Bennett  of  the  Baptist  Mission,  who  came  out 
to  India  in  1829,  Rev.  George  Bowen  of  our  Methodist 
Mission,  and  Dr.  Murray  Mitchell  of  the  Free  Church 
of  Scotland,  who  read  a  farewell  in  verse  of  his  own 
composing,  and  Dr.  Newton  who  came  to  India 
only  five  years  later  than  Mr.  Bennett.  Each  of  these 
veterans  made  speeches  which  brought  tears  to  many 
eyes,  and,  I  am  sure,  inspired  the  younger  mission- 
aries present  to  renewed  interest  in  the  work  of  evan- 
gelizing this  dark  land. 

February  22d. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

We  had  such  a  good  Conference  at  Lucknow 
this  year.  It  opened  on  the  nth  of  January  with 
Bishop  Foster  of  America  presiding.  Dr.  and  Mrs. 
Reid  from  New  York  were  present  and  Mrs.  Lore 
who  has  spent  more  than  a  year  in  India.  She  and 
Mrs.  Reid  added  much  to  the  interest  of  the  meetings 
of  the  Ladies'  Society,  and  they,  in  turn,  were  much 
interested  in  our  business  sessions.  Bishop  Foster  and 
Dr.  Reid  were  invited  to  address  us  on  Monday 
which  they  did  much  to  our  edification. 

Several  of  our  missionaries  go  home  this  year, — 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Parker  who,  you  remember,  were  home 
thirteen  years  ago,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Badley,  Mrs.  Hos- 
kins  with   her  little  Willie,  and  Mrs.  McGrew  with 

[145] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

her  three  children,  her  mother  and  sister,  Mrs.  and 
Miss  Lore.  Mrs.  Hoskins  goes  to  be  for  a  time  with 
her  two  boys  whom  she  left  in  America  over  five  years 
ago.  Mrs.  Johnson  will  probably  go  in  this  company 
and  they  will  have  with  them  Mrs.  Anandabai  Joshi, 
a  cousin  to  Pundita  Ramabai.  Mrs.  Joshi  goes  to 
America  to  study  medicine. 

Bishop  Foster  and  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Reid  are  visiting 
our  most  important  mission  stations  and  are  much 
pleased  with  what  they  see  of  the  work.  We  have 
enjoyed  their  visit  here  very  much.  The  bishop  was 
greatly  touched  and  affected  by  the  sight  of  so  many 
half-clad  and  poorly-fed  people  as  he  sees  everywhere. 
He  says  he  does  not  see  how  we  can  get  used  to  it ;  he 
thinks  our  sympathies  must  be  constantly  wrought 
up  by  the  conditions  around  us.  I  do  not  know  what 
he  would  think  if  he  could  go  with  me  into  some  of 
the  houses  in  the  city. 

There  is  great  need  of  more  missionaries  in  this 
part  of  India.  Every  day  the  way  is  opening  for 
more  schools,  more  zanana  visiting,  more  of  all  kinds 
of  mission  work.  Nearly  every  one  in  our  mission  is 
really  overworked.  We  are  training  some  good 
helpers  from  among  the  Anglo-Indian  population  who 
will  be  able  to  relieve  us  in  some  parts  of  our  work  in 
the  future.  The  third  young  woman  has  come  to-day 
to  join  our  medical  work. 

[i46] 


Decennial  Conference  at  Calcutta 

You  will  remember  that  I  mentioned  in  some  of 
my  earlier  letters  a  Miss  Jore,  who  was  a  teacher  in 
the  Orphanage.  She  was  with  us  seven  years,  living 
a  part  of  the  time  in  our  family.  Two  years  ago  she 
married  and  went  to  Simla  to  live  and  last  June  she 
came  to  me  as  a  patient.  She  died  here  before  I 
went  to  Calcutta.  I  called  three  physicians  for  con- 
sultation and  they  declared  it  a  very  critical  case  and 
there  was  no  hope  for  her  recovery.  When  I  told 
her  this  she  said,  "  It  is  all  right.  I  have  trusted  the 
Lord  for  many  years  and  I  can  still  trust  Him,"  and 
she  passed  away  perfectly  resigned  to  the  Lord's  will. 

We  are  having  the  coldest  weather  that  was  ever 
known  in  Bareilly,  so  people  say.  There  has  been 
very  heavy  snow  on  the  mountains ;  in  Naini  Tal  the 
snow  is  five  feet  deep.  From  our  veranda  we  can  see 
the  snowy  mountain  tops  quite  plainly  on  a  clear  day. 

March  15th. 
We  have  just  been  through  the  process  of  house- 
cleaning  and  shall  be  nice  and  clean  for  about  two 
weeks ;  at  the  end  of  that  time  spider-webs,  dust,  and 
insects  innumerable  will  accumulate,  and  the  doors, 
windows  and  curtains  will  be  so  soiled  that  a  stranger 
might  wonder  if  there  were  a  housekeeper  on  the 
premises.  I  take  a  glance  into  all  the  rooms  occa- 
sionally to  see  if  the  bearer  does  his  work  properly,  and 

L'47] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

when  things  get  too  bad  we  turn  everything  out  and 
have  another  cleaning  day.  We  all  go  out  to  our 
work  early  in  the  morning  and  come  back  to  break- 
fast at  eleven  o'clock ;  by  that  time  we  are  too  tired 
to  care  very  much  how  things  look.  Our  drawing- 
room  is  usually  beautified  with  flowers  which  makes  it 
look  fresh  and  pretty,  and  the  gardener  generally  has 
flowers  for  the  dining-table,  and  we  have  some  lovely 
ferns  on  the  veranda. 

October  1st. 

The  Dasahra  meetings  begin  on  the  seventh  of  this 
month  and  we  are  all  planning  to  attend.  The  Rev. 
Dr.  Phillips  will  have  charge  of  the  meetings.  You 
may  have  met  him  when  he  has  been  in  America  on 
furlough.  He  is  a  grand  Christian  man,  beloved  by 
all  who  know  him.  The  Phillips  family  are  among 
the  oldest  of  the  missionary  families,  and  Dr.  Phillips 
and  his  sisters  are  of  the  second  generation. 

We  expect  that  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Butler  will  be  at  the 
meetings.  What  a  pleasure  it  will  be  to  them  to  visit 
their  old  mission  field  and  see  the  wonderful  progress 
that  has  been  made  since  they  left  India  fifteen  years 
ago. 

December  28th. 

During  the  last  six  months  it  has  been  our  lot  to 
care  often  for  the  dying  and  to  point  the  bereaved 
to  Him  who  is  able  to  make  sorrow  a  blessing.     We 

[148] 


Decennial  Conference  at  Calcutta 

have  had  some  changes  in  our  corps  of  workers,  one 
leaving  to  engage  in  other  work,  and  another  coming 
to  take  her  place,  also  a  young  woman  to  join  Dr. 
Dease's  class  in  the  dispensary  and  give  what  help 
she  can  wherever  needed.  Many  of  our  patients  have 
come  from  villages  twenty  and  thirty  miles  distant. 
We  are  always  glad  to  give  them  something  to  think 
about  as  well  as  to  prescribe  for  their  physical  ail- 
ments. During  the  year  we  have  had  opportunity  to 
give  the  Gospel  to  thousands,  some  of  whom  have 
listened  gladly.  Only  He  who  knows  all  hearts  can 
tell  the  results  of  the  year's  work. 

In  some  instances  we  have  visited  in  their  own 
homes  those  who  have  been  patients  in  the  hospital 
and  spoken  words  of  comfort  to  them.  One  of  these 
visits  we  can  never  forget.  A  little  boy  of  two  years, 
who  had  been  a  patient  of  mine  since  he  was  a  few 
months  old,  was  brought  to  the  hospital  one  morning 
and  after  a  few  hours  he  died.  He  was  the  last  of 
five  children  and  the  grief  of  his  parents  was  terrible. 
No  language  can  describe  the  hopeless  lamentations 
of  his  mother  or  the  look  of  desolation  on  her  face ; 
we  tried  to  comfort  her  but  our  efforts  were  vain. 
After  she  had  gone  to  her  home  I  went  to  see  her, 
taking  with  me  one  who  knew  the  woman  and  her 
sad  history.  When  we  sat  down  she  began  to  talk 
about  her  boy,  and  we  said,  "  Let  us  tell  you  where 

[  H9] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

he  is  now,"  and  we  began  to  talk  about  heaven  and 
its  inhabitants,  where  her  little  ones  are  now  safe.  A 
look  of  intense  eagerness  came  into  her  face  and  she 
said,  "  How  do  you  know  this  ?  What  proof  have 
you  that  this  is  true  ?  "  We  replied,  "  God  has  told 
us  and  we  will  read  about  it  from  the  book  He  has 
given."  Then  she  said,  "  Let  me  call  my  mother- 
in-law  that  she  may  hear  also."  So  the  mother  and 
father  and  grandmother  and  some  of  the  neighbors 
listened  eagerly  while  we  read  and  talked  to  them  of 
the  place  where  their  treasures  had  been  gathered. 
The  description  of  the  New  Jerusalem  caught  their 
attention.  The  twelve  gates,  each  gate  one  single 
pearl  !  it  seemed  incredible.  They  thought  of  the 
large  gates  in  their  own  city  and  wondered  how  there 
could  be  a  pearl  large  enough  to  be  one  gate,  and  then 
twelve  of  such  gates  !  Natives  are  very  fond  of  pearls 
and  this  description  pleased  them. 

It  was  worth  the  journey  to  India  to  witness  that 
poor  mother's  interest  in  what  we  read  and  the  comfort 
which  we  could  give  her.  We  are  praying  earnestly 
that  the  light  which  has  begun  to  dawn  in  her  heart 
may  grow  brighter  and  brighter  unto  the  perfect  day. 

Bareilly,  Jan.  18,  1884. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  have  just  returned  from  our  Conference  at 
Cawnpore,  and    have  come  back  disappointed  that  I 

['50] 


Decennial  Coiiference  at  Calcutta 

could  not  get  Miss  Hyde  to  help  me  in  my  work  here 
this  year.  We  need  two  doctors  here  in  Bareilly  ;  the 
work  has  become  so  large  and  there  are  so  many  outside 
calls  that  it  is  really  beyond  one  person's  ability  to  care 
for  it  properly.  But  I  shall  have  to  work  alone  for 
another  year. 

It  was  a  great  pleasure  to  have  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Butler 
with  us  at  Conference.  We  all  enjoyed  Dr.  Butler's 
sermons  very  much,  also  Mrs.  Butler's  presence  in  our 
woman's  meetings. 

We  are  having  a  very  cold  winter,  so  cold  that  the 
flowers  do  not  blossom  as  usual.  Everything  has  been 
touched  with  frost ;  even  our  vegetable  garden  does  not 
yield  us  the  usual  supply  for  our  table.  The  days  are 
much  like  late  autumn  days  in  America  just  before  the 
snow  comes,  but  they  are  very  bright  and  clear.  There 
has  been  no  rain  since  early  in  September  and  our 
vegetables  and  flowers  have  to  be  well  watered  to 
make  them  grow  at  all. 

I  suppose  you  have  had  this  beautiful  evening  glow 
in  America.  We  read  of  its  being  seen  in  all  parts 
of  the  world.  Some  nights  it  is  very  red  and  the  sky 
is  so  clear  that  the  effect  of  the  glow  is  beautiful. 

February  Ijth. 
Last  month  I  came  very  near  being  killed.     I  was 
called   out   in    the  country,  about  one  hundred  miles 

[151] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

away,  to  visit  the  family  of  a  Nawab  and  went  part 
of  the  way  by  train  and  then  across  country  for  thirty 
miles  in  a  native  conveyance.  I  got  out  there  very 
well  but  coming  back  I  rode  an  elephant.  One  of  the 
men  of  the  family  was  celebrating  the  marriage  of  his 
son  and  had  invited  five  thousand  guests,  so  every  con- 
veyance was  in  use  for  the  marriage  procession,  and 
the  best  they  could  do  for  me  was  to  give  me  an 
elephant.  My  native  assistant  and  I  mounted  the 
elephant  and  just  as  we  were  passing  out  of  the  yard 
the  driver  said  we  must  lower  our  heads  or  we  would 
get  hurt.  The  yard  was  enclosed  by  a  high  wall  and 
had  a  gate  fifteen  feet  high  with  a  beam  across  the 
top.  I  thought  my  head  was  as  low  as  I  could  get  it 
but  the  beam  caught  me  under  the  chin  and  at  the  side 
of  my  head.  My  assistant  screamed  and  the  driver 
backed  the  elephant  at  once  thus  saving  my  head,  but 
it  was  black  and  sore  for  some  days.  One  of  the 
governors  of  North  India  was  killed  in  this  way. 

December  2<pth. 
Many  times  during  the  past  year  when  very  poor 
and  suffering  women  and  children  have  been  brought 
to  us  we  have  rejoiced  that  we  have  so  comfortable  a 
place  in  which  to  receive  them.  I  am  quite  sure  if 
those  who  twelve  years  ago  gave  so  liberally  toward 
the  building  of  the  hospital  were  to  see  how  much 

[152] 


Decennial  Conference  at  Calcutta 

comfort  it  has  brought  to  hundreds  of  women  who  in 
their  own  homes  have  known  only  hardship  and  priva- 
tion, they  would  realize  that  their  investment  has 
yielded  a  valuable  dividend. 

At  present  the  patients  in  the  hospital  are  of  the 
most  needy  class  \  one  is  a  beggar  whose  only  home 
is  a  little  hut  on  the  shore  of  the  Ganges;  others, 
from  villages,  whose  chief  characteristics  are  poverty 
and  disease ;  and  others  are  some  of  the  most 
wretched  poor  of  our  own  city.  Sufficient  food  to 
satisfy  their  hunger  would  in  itself  be  a  luxury,  but 
when  to  this  is  added  clean  rooms,  comfortable  beds, 
and  kindly  ministrations  it  must  seem  to  them  as  if 
they  had  entered  into  a  new  world. 

My  Ganges  beggar  and  her  husband  were  profes- 
sional beggars.  The  man  died  and  since  his  death  the 
woman,  who  is  blind,  has  been  going  on  her  rounds 
led  by  a  boy  apparently  eight  years  of  age.  One 
morning  she  appeared  before  me  with  twin  babies  in 
her  arms,  saying  she  had  come  to  give  me  her  babies. 
I  saw  that  she  was  blind  and  examined  her  eyes,  then 
I  said,  "  If  I  take  your  babies  you  must  stay  and 
nurse  them  for  me.  I  will  treat  your  eyes  and  give 
you  your  food  for  taking  care  of  them  for  me."  I 
asked  her  if  she  would  give  me  the  other  boy. 
"Oh,  no,"  she  said,  "  he  has  to  lead  me  about."  "  But 
if  I  cure  your  eyes  you  will  not   need  him   to   lead 

['S3] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

you/'  I  answered.  She  consented  to  be  treated  and  1 
gave  her  a  room  in  the  hospital.  At  first  she  would 
disappear  for  a  few  days  to  visit  her  old  friends  by  the 
river,  but  she  became  more  contented  to  stay  as  time 
went  on  and  now  the  sight  of  one  eye  is  partially 
restored.  I  told  her  of  the  Boys'  Orphanage  at  Shah- 
jahanpore  and  of  the  Widows'  Home  there  where  she 
could  care  for  her  baby  boys  till  they  were  old  enough 
to  go  into  the  Orphanage  and  she  consented  to  go 
there,  so  we  are  arranging  to  send  her  soon. 

There  have  been  four  deaths  in  the  hospital  this 
year.  Rebecca  Gowan,  who  had  served  so  faithfully 
in  the  dispensary  for  ten  years,  came  back  to  us  very 
ill,  but  we  hoped,  by  change  from  the  hills  and  good 
care,  she  might  regain  her  health.  But  it  was  too  late, 
and  after  suffering  patiently  for  three  months  she 
passed  away  quietly,  trusting  in  Him  whom  she  had 
loved  and  served  nearly  all  her  life.  In  her  death  the 
mission  has  lost  an  exemplary  Christian  and  a  faithful 
worker. 

We  are  just  beginning  to  build  a  little  church  at 
Aonla,  twenty  miles  from  Bareilly,  with  the  one  hun- 
dred dollars  which  our  cousin,  Mrs.  Day,  and  her 
Sunday-school  class  have  sent  me.  Dr.  Dease  and  I 
went  out  there  to  purchase  the  land  and  he  has  ar- 
ranged to  have  the  church  built  of  unbaked  brick, 
with  windows  and  two  doors,  and  a  grass  mat  for  the 

t'54] 


Decennial  Conference  at  Calcutta 

people  to  sit  on.  It  will  cost  perhaps  fifty  dollars  more 
besides  the  price  of  the  land,  but  this  is  already  prom- 
ised, if  needed,  and  the  building  will  meet  the  need  of 
the  congregation  for  a  long  time. 

There  has  been  a  good  number  of  converts  in  this 
place  during  the  past  year  and  it  seems  necessary  to  or- 
ganize a  church  and  send  a  native  pastor  to  teach  them 
and  keep  them  together. 

.  .  .  I  can  hardly  realize  that  I  have  been  so  long 
in  India  as  this  date  indicates. 


['55] 


Part   II 

Khetrij  Rajputana 

1885-18Q6 


XII 

Call  to  Raj  put  ana 


Khetri,  Raj  put  ana,  May  8,  1885. 

My  dear  M : 

Last  February  a  native  gentleman,  secretary  to 
the  Rajah  of  Khetri,  Rajputana,  called  on  me  in 
Bareilly  and  asked  me  if  I  would  go  to  Khetri  to  visit 
the  wife  of  the  Rajah  if  I  should  be  sent  for  officially. 
He  said  he  had  visited  two  lady  physicians  before  com- 
ing to  me  and  had  learned  of  their  ability  and  success 
and  was  taking  his  report  to  the  Rajah.  He  could 
not  tell  who  would  be  chosen. 

I  did  not  suppose  that  I  should  ever  hear  from  him 
again ;  however  I  told  him  that  if  I  should  be  sent  for 
I  could  arrange  my  work  so  that  I  could  spend  a  month 
with  the  Rani  as  was  desired. 

About  the  first  of  March  I  received  a  telegram  from 
the  secretary  asking  me  to  be  ready  to  leave  for  Khetri 
in  ten  days.  I  arranged  my  work  as  I  had  promised 
and  on  the  ninth  day  the  secretary  arrived  to  escort 
me.  He  wished  me  to  take  an  English  nurse,  my 
cook  and  any  other  servants  necessary  to  my  comfort, 
saying  that  I  was  not  to  regard  the  expense,  so  I 
thought  I  was  justified  in  taking  a  native  Christian 

[159] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

teacher,  and  a  young  lady  friend  as  companion,  for  the 
secretary  told  me  that  there  were  no  Europeans  nearer 
than  the  railway  station,  seventy-two  miles  away. 
There  were  seven  in  our  company  beside  the  escort. 

When  we  reached  the  end  of  our  railway  journey 
we  found  very  elaborate  arrangements  for  our  trans- 
port across  the  country.  There  was  a  camel  chariot 
drawn  by  four  camels,  two  palanquins  carried  by 
seventeen  men  each,  two  riding  horses,  and  a  few 
miles  out  from  Khetri  we  were  joined  by  two  huge 
elephants.  There  was  also  a  unique  conveyance 
called  a  rath  drawn  by  two  beautiful  white  oxen  ;  this 
was  for  the  native  women.  There  were  more  than 
one  hundred  men  servants  sent  for  our  service. 

I  need  not  tell  you  that  this  was  a  very  novel  and 
enjoyable  journey  though  it  was  slow  and  rather 
wearisome,  for  with  all  our  different  conveyances  and 
the  changing  from  one  to  another  there  was  not  much 
bodily  comfort.  Our  chariot  had  not  easy,  pliable 
springs  like  a  home  carriage ;  the  elephant  shook  us 
up  and  down  and  when  we  were  in  the  palanquins  we 
were  swung  as  in  a  hammock  and  fearfully  shaken. 
The  first  twenty  miles  in  chariot  and  palanquins  were 
quite  long  enough  to  make  us  hail  with  pleasure  our 
camp,  where  we  found  a  tent  ready  for  us,  and  a  most 
enjoyable  breakfast  prepared  by  my  cook  who,  with 
the   other   servants,  had   gone   on   in  advance.     We 

[160] 


Call  to  Rajpntana 

rested  through  the  day  and  about  four  o'clock  started 
on  the  next  stage  of  our  journey,  arriving  in  the  early 
morning  at  Koth,  a  large  Mohammedan  city  in  the 
Khetri  state,  where  the  Rajah  had  a  rest-house. 

Before  we  resumed  our  journey  in  the  afternoon 
we  mounted  one  of  the  elephants  and  rode  through 
the  city.  The  elephant  was  told  to  kneel  and  a  ladder 
was  placed  against  his  side  for  us  to  mount.  When 
we  were  seated  in  the  howdah  the  elephant  raised  him- 
self on  his  front  legs  and  we  held  on  tightly  to  the 
sides  of  our  little  carriage  while  with  a  mighty  heave 
the  animal  gained  an  upright  position.  The  mahout 
or  driver  sat  on  the  elephant's  neck  and  guided  him 
with  his  feet  and  an  occasional  endearing  word. 

It  soon  became  known  that  one  of  the  ladies  was  a 
doctor  and  when  we  returned  to  the  house  we  found 
quite  a  number  of  people  who  had  come  to  make 
their  salams  and  ask  for  medicine. 

It  was  quite  three  o'clock  when  we  started  for 
Khetri,  the  longest  stage  of  our  journey.  It  was  as 
tiresome  to  the  men  as  to  us  and  my  cook  fell  asleep 
on  his  horse  and  slipped  off  without  awaking. 
After  a  while  it  was  noticed  that  his  horse  was  rider- 
less and  one  of  the  men  went  back  and  found  him 
asleep  in  the  sand.  We  ladies  several  times  during 
the  forty  miles  changed  from  palanquin  to  chariot 
and   to  elephant  to  rest  our  weary  limbs,  but  like  all 

[161] 


A   Gli?npse  of  India 

things  our  journey  had  an  end  and  in  due  time  we 
were  housed  in  a  tent  in  Khetri,  and  we  remained  in 
tents  until  the  20th  of  April. 

We  were  told  on  our  arrival  that  the  Rajah  and 
Rani  had  gone  to  a  place  three  miles  distant  for  a 
change,  so  we  felt  secure  of  a  few  hours  rest  before 
being  obliged  to  meet  them.  They  returned  before 
noon  and  a  messenger  was  sent  to  us  with  their 
salams  and  a  request  that  we  would  come  to  them  at 
four  o'clock.  We  went  at  the  appointed  time  and 
were  received  by  the  Rajah  in  his  palace.  After  a 
short  conversation  he  showed  us  his  library,  and  then 
conducted  us  to  the  Rani's  palace  and  presented 
us  to  her  in  a  simple  and  courteous  manner.  The 
Rani  rose  and  extended  her  hand  to  receive  us, 
with  her  face  uncovered.  She  led  me  to  a  chair  be- 
side her  with  the  other  two  ladies  next  me,  while  the 
Rajah  seated  himself  at  her  left  and  talked  to  her  and 
to  us  in  a  very  pleasant  manner.  Fourteen  of  the 
court  women  stood  just  behind  the  Rani,  seven  on 
each  side,  ready  for  her  service.  They  were  very 
handsomely  dressed. 

After  a  little  time  the  sister  of  the  Rajah  came  in 
and  going  to  the  Rani  bowed  to  her  and  was  then 
presented  to  us,  and  the  Rajah  immediately  took  his 
leave,  leaving  us  to  enjoy  the  society  of  the  ladies  un- 
restrained.    As  this  was  a  formal  call  we  did  not  re- 

[162] 


.3 


Call  to  Rajputana 

main  long  but  took  our  leave  after  I  had  made  an 
appointment  to  visit  the  Rani  professionally  the  next 
morning. 

After  I  had  been  here  about  two  weeks  and  the 
Rani  showed  signs  of  improvement  the  Rajah  pro- 
posed that  I  remain  as  physician  to  the  women  of 
the  palace.  This  was  most  unexpected  and  required 
much  thought  and  prayer  before  I  could  decide  to 
leave  my  work  in  Bareilly  and  the  missionary  society 
which  had  cared  for  me  for  so  many  years ;  but  each 
day  as  I  became  more  acquainted  with  the  people  and 
saw  the  grand  opening  for  missionary  work,  a  field  com- 
prising so  many  thousands  of  people  with  no  mission- 
ary or  religious  teacher  in  this  part  of  the  country,  I 
began  to  see  the  hand  of  the  Lord  in  bringing  me  here 
and  the  more  I  prayed  the  more  I  saw  the  Lord  in  it 
all,  and  I  accepted  the  proposition  on  condition  that 
the  young  lady  who  had  accompanied  me  as  com- 
panion be  allowed  to  remain  with  me,  and  that  we 
both  be  allowed  to  work  among  the  people  as  Chris- 
tian women. 

The  Rajah  make  no  objection  to  this,  so  I  have 
engaged  to  remain  here  two  years,  after  which  I  will 
be  at  liberty  to  go  to  America  if  I  wish.  Both  the 
Rajah  and  Rani  are  very  kind  and  say  that  they  would 
like  me  to  remain  permanently,  though  they  will  not 
urge  me  to  stay  longer  than  the  two  years  for  which 

[163] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

I  have  engaged  to  remain.  They  say  that  my  name 
will  always  remain  on  the  palace  register  and  they  will 
regard  me  as  their  own  as  long  as  I  live.  I  would 
not  have  accepted  the  situation  for  the  salary  only, 
for  I  have  enjoyed  my  work  in  the  mission,  but  there 
is  a  great  opportunity  for  missionary  work  here  with- 
out expense  to  the  Society  in  America,  and  it  seems 
to  be  an  opening  of  which  some  Christian  should  take 
advantage,  so,  as  I  have  been  called  here,  I  see  no 
reason  why  I  should  not  be  the  one  to  start  a  work 
here. 

I  have  had  very  good  success  in  my  practice  since 
I  came  and  I  find  it  very  pleasant.  I  like  living  out 
among  the  natives.  They  are  very  kind  and  friendly 
and  we  visit  among  them  freely.  I  believe  this  is  the 
best  way  if  we  hope  to  reach  them  and  win  their 
confidence. 

As  soon  as  I  could  conveniently  do  so  I  spoke 
to  the  Rajah  asking  permission  to  open  a  school  for 
girls,  and  he  not  only  gave  full  consent  but  said  he 
would  use  his  influence  to  induce  his  people  to  send 
their  daughters  to  us,  so  we  have  now  eighteen  bright 
little  girls  coming  to  us  every  morning.  The  Rajah 
gives  them  a  pound  of  wheat  flour  every  morning  to 
encourage  their  attendance,  this  being  equal  to  what 
they  would  earn  as  a  day's  wages.  He  also  gave  to 
each  a  new  skirt  and  head  covering,  so  that  they  could 

[i64] 


Call  to  Rajpntana 

come  to  school  in  clean  clothes,  and  he  promised  to 
give  an  extra  pound  of  flour  every  Saturday  to  those 
who  are  not  once  absent  through  the  week. 

Miss  Pannell,  my  companion,  teaches  the  girls,  and 
the  Rani  has  engaged  her  to  teach  her  and  some  of  the 
court  women. 

We  find  the  Rajah  and  Rani  most  interesting  peo- 
ple, noble  and  generous,  and  so  kind  and  considerate 
that  we  can  hardly  realize  that  they  are  not  Christians. 
If  we  might  only  be  the  means  of  bringing  them  to 
Christ  how  glad  I  should  be  !  Will  you  not  join  us 
in  prayer  for  their  conversion  ?  All  things  are  possi- 
ble with  God.  I  am  sure  that  there  is  some  one  here 
to  be  saved  by  our  coming.  The  Rajah  and  his  secre- 
tary are  the  only  English-speaking  persons  here  beside 
ourselves. 

We  brought  a  good  number  of  religious  books,  por- 
tions of  Scripture  and  hymn-books,  all  in  the  Hindi 
language,  and  these  we  distribute  as  we  have  oppor- 
tunity. I  suppose  there  are  more  than  thirty  persons 
here  who  are  already  singing  our  hymns  for  we  have 
taught  them  to  all  who  are  willing  to  learn.  Some  of 
the  hymns  are  very  popular  and  the  singing  women 
of  the  palace  sing  them  to  the  Rani  every  evening. 
The  Rani  says  our  hymns  are  purer  than  theirs  and 
she  likes  them  much  better.  Think  what  a  change 
this  is,  for  some   of  their  hymns  are  so  vile  that  we 

[165] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

would  not  listen  to  them.  Now  Christian  hymns 
reach  every  woman  in  the  palace.  We  find  that  we 
can  sing  religion  to  these  people  when  we  cannot 
preach  it  openly.  I  do  pray  that  we  may  see  some 
fruit  from  our  labor  here  and  that  we  may  be  very  faith- 
ful in  improving  every  opportunity  to  present  Christ. 

A  house  is  being  repaired  for  us  and  we  hope  to 
move  into  it  soon  as  it  is  getting  to  be  too  hot  to  re- 
main in  tents  much  longer. 

It  is  a  native  house  without  a  window  in  it  and  we 
shall  probably  not  enjoy  it  very  much  but  it  will  be 
arranged  so  that  we  can  endure  it  for  a  while,  until 
the  new  house  which  the  state  will  build  for  us  later 
will  be  ready  for  occupancy. 

The  place  is  a  pleasant  one.  It  is  situated  in  the 
valley  and  surrounded  on  all  sides  by  low  hills.  On 
one  of  the  highest  of  these  are  a  fort  and  palace  in 
which  the  seven  wives  of  the  late  Rajah  live.  He 
died  at  the  age  of  twenty-seven  years  leaving  nine 
widows,  all,  I  believe,  childless. 

The  present  Rajah  is  an  adopted  son  and  was  edu- 
cated for  the  position  which  he  now  fills.  He  has 
but  one  wife.  The  Rani  is  a  very  bright  and  beautiful 
woman  about  twenty-two  years  of  age.  I  have  not  met 
so  charming  a  native  lady  since  I  have  been  in  India. 
The  Rajah  is  well  educated  and  the  people  seem  to 
respect  and  like  him  as  a  ruler. 

[•66] 


Call  to  Rajputana 

I  enjoy  my  work  here.  I  have  opened  a  dispen- 
sary for  the  women  and  children  of  the  city  and  sur- 
rounding villages,  but  have  not  had  many  patients 
coming  there  yet,  as  the  people  seem  afraid  of  us ;  not 
having  been  accustomed  to  meet  white  people  they 
lack  confidence  in  us,  and  seem  to  fear  to  take  any- 
thing from  a  Christian's  hand. 

We  are  the  only  Christians  in  this  native  state,  but 
there  seems  to  be  a  number  of  good  Hindus  here  who 
practice  self-denial  and  pray  often  to  their  gods,  be- 
lieving that  by  long  prayers  and  bathing  and  abstain- 
ing from  meat  they  are  working  out  their  own  salva- 
tion. 

I  quite  enjoy  spending  an  hour  with  the  Rani.  She 
is  very  good  and  sincere,  and  she  talks  so  much  like  a 
Christian  that  I  sometimes  think  she  is  not  far  from 
the  Kingdom.  She  sits  at  her  prayers  for  two  or  three 
hours  every  day,  besides  attending  to  all  the  bathing 
and  ceremonial  purifications  that  her  religion  enjoins 
upon  her. 

June  ioth. 
I  returned  to  Bareilly  on  the  25th  of  April  and  re- 
mained there  just  a  month  settling  my  affairs  and  mak- 
ing over  my  work  to  my  successor.  It  was  not  an 
easy  matter  to  leave  my  home  and  all  my  interests  in 
Bareilly.     I  did  not  quite  realize  what  it  would    be 

[167] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

when  I  accepted  this  situation,  but  now  that  it  is  all 
over  and  I  am  back  in  Khetri  I  feel  quite  at  home, 
and  watch  with  new  interest  the  opening  and  develop- 
ment of  the  work. 

The  people  here  are  Rajputs  and  are  different  from 
the  people  of  Northern  India  in  their  language,  habits, 
and  food.     Their  temples,  too,  are  quite  different. 

We  have  a  very  good  house  but — think  of  it !  All 
this  hot  weather  we  have  been  without  doors,  except 
the  one  at  our  bedroom ;  all  the  other  entrances  are 
covered  with  straw  mats  which  can  be  rolled  up.  We 
are  having  doors  made  and  they  will  soon  be  hung. 
The  birds,  squirrels,  and  lizards  have  full  liberty  all 
through  the  house,  but  we  do  not  mind  them  unless 
they  make  too  much  noise  or  get  into  our  food. 

July  28,  1885. 

I  hope  you  are  less  anxious  about  me  now  that  ne- 
gotiations— apparently  satisfactory — have  been  con- 
cluded between  England  and  Russia.  I  do  not  think 
we  should  be  in  immediate  danger  even  if  there  should 
be  war.  India  is  much  better  protected — has  more 
English  soldiers,  military  stores,  and  railways,  than  be- 
fore the  mutiny,  and  the  natives  are  more  loyal  to  the 
government  than  at  that  time. 

Fancy  my  learning  to  ride  an  elephant,  yes,  and  a 
camel,  too.     I  took  my  first  ride  on  the  camel  ten 

[.68] 


Call  to  RajpiUana 

days  ago  and  rode  with  ease  about  four  miles.  The 
camel  driver  sat  in  front  and  I  sat  behind  him  on  a 
side-saddle  tied  on  the  back  hump  of  the  camel.  The 
camel  kneels  down  for  the  person  to  mount  and  alight, 
and  the  motion  then  is  something  dreadful.  You  are 
thrown  back  when  the  animal  unfolds  his  fore  legs 
and  thrown  forward  when  he  raises  himself  on  his 
hind  legs.  I  can  ride  on  the  elephant  with  almost  as 
much  ease  as  in  a  carriage,  so  you  see  I  shall  be  quite 
ready  for  a  speedy  flight  if  war  should  come. 

I  called  last  evening  on  the  families  of  the  prime 
minister  and  his  brother,  the  former  prime  minister. 
One  of  them  has  a  wife  and  four  children,  the  other 
has  two  wives,  who  are  sisters,  but  there  are  no  chil- 
dren. Both  families  are  wealthy.  The  women  were 
weighted  down  with  jewels  ;  they  know  no  other  life 
than  the  seclusion  of  their  homes,  sitting  on  their  cots, 
chewing  pan,  admiring  their  jewels,  and  being  waited 
on  by  their  servants. 

We  asked  if  the  little  girls  might  attend  our  school 
and  the  ladies  said  they  could  not  allow  them  to  come 
with  the  children  we  have  but  they  would  like  them 
to  be  taught  if  we  could  come  to  them. 

The  eighteen  little  girls  in  our  school  are  learning 
to  knit  and  are  interested  in  their  work  as  well  as  in 
their  lessons. 

The  Rani  has  a  lesson  regularly  every  day — often 

[i69] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

for  two  or  three  hours.  She  can  write  an  English 
letter  in  a  very  good  hand,  and  read  short  sentences  in 
English.  She  says  her  life  is  much  happier  because 
of  our  being  here ;  she  has  longed  for  a  friend.  Her 
court  women  are  all  in  the  position  of  servants  to  her. 

July  10,  i885. 

My  dear  M : 

I  have  had  a  visit  from  the  Rajah's  secretary 
who  came  with  a  request  that  I  would  celebrate  my 
birthday — which  occurs  on  the  eighteenth  of  this 
month — in  the  American  fashion.  He  said  that  the 
Rani  and  several  of  the  ladies  from  the  palace  would 
like  to  come  for  a  little  visit,  and  that  some  of  the 
native  gentlemen  would  like  to  come  and  pay  their 
respects. 

It  is  the  custom  here  to  make  a  birthday  anniversary 
a  high  day  ;  visits  are  paid  and  valuable  presents  sent. 
I  am  told  that  the  Rani  is  having  a  very  beautiful 
gold  chain  or  necklace  made  for  me  and  she  wishes  to 
come  and  put  it  on  my  neck  herself. 

I  told  the  secretary  that  I  was  not  accustomed  to 
wear  anything  of  the  kind  and  I  would  prefer  that  the 
Rani  would  not  do  it,  but  he  said  that  it  will  give  the 
Rani  great  pleasure  to  present  it  to  me  and  I  must  not 
refuse,  so  I  suppose  I  must  accept  it  and  wear  it  some- 
times when  I  go  to  the  palace.     I  am  trying  to  think 

[I/O] 


Call  to  Rajptttana 

what  I  can  do  to  please  the  women  on  the  great  oc- 
casion. I  might  follow  a  German  custom  and  have 
a  bran  pyramid  with  the  proper  number  of  wax  tapers. 

August  //.th. 

My  birthday  party  was  a  success,  I  think,  for  all 
seemed  to  enjoy  it.  Our  sitting-room  up-stairs  has 
white  walls  pannelled  in  blue,  and  the  white  lace  cur- 
tains at  the  doors  were  looped  with  blue  ribbons.  A 
thin  white  floor-cloth  was  spread  over  the  blue  and 
orange  striped  carpet  showing  the  colors  through,  giv- 
ing quite  a  pretty  effect. 

I  borrowed  a  white  marble  stand  from  the  Rajah's 
secretary  and  wreathed  it  with  myrtle  and  on  it  was 
placed  my  birthday  cake — which  I  made  myself 
— heavily  coated  with  white  frosting. 

About  four  o'clock  the  Rajah  and  his  suite  came  to 
call.  The  prime  minister  and  principal  men  came 
up-stairs  with  the  Rajah  and  the  others  remained  be- 
low. The  Rajah  offered  congratulations  and  said  it 
was  a  happy  circumstance  that  my  fiftieth  birthday 
should  occur  in  Khetri  and  he  hoped  that  I  would  see 
many  more  with  them.  Other  complimentary 
speeches  were  made,  the  prime  minister  referring 
to  my  successful  work  among  them. 

A  little  time  elapsed  after  the  gentlemen  retired  be- 
fore   the    Rani    arrived    accompanied    by    the    chief 

[171] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

officials  of  the  state,  who  remained  below,  while  the 
Rani  and  her  women  came  up-stairs.  The  Rani 
made  a  pretty  little  speech  of  congratulation  and  said 
how  happy  she  was  to  have  me  with  her  and  what  a 
benefit  to  the  women  and  children  of  the  state  was 
my  presence  and  my  medical  knowledge.  "  You  are 
to  me  in  the  place  of  a  mother,"  she  said  with  a 
charming  smile.  She  commented  on  the  delicate  ap- 
pearance of  our  "  white  room,"  which  she  said  gave 
her  pleasure. 

Miss  Pannell  and  I  made  an  effort  at  general  con- 
versation to  include  the  women  and  I  distributed  pan 
among  them — a  point  of  native  etiquette  which  we  are 
careful  to  observe.  That  for  the  Rani  was  wrapped 
in  gold  leaf  and  for  the  others  in  silver  leaf. 

This  visit  lasted  about  half  an  hour,  and  when  the 
Rani  rose  to  leave  she  fastened  a  beautiful  necklace 
about  my  neck,  then  all  made  their  salams  and 
retired. 

The  state  band  played  outside  all  through  both 
visits. 

After  all  this  ceremony  was  over  Miss  Pannell  and 
I  sat  down  to  enjoy  a  quiet  cup  of  tea  and  a  slice  of 
the  cake  which  had  graced  the  party,  and  so  ended 
my  fiftieth  birthday,  the  most  unique  of  all  my  birth- 
days, for  had  not  royalty  shed  lustre  upon  it  ? 

Have  I  ever  told  you  that  we  are  living  in  a  tomb  ? 

['72] 


Call  to  Raj  put  ana 

It  has  been  repaired  and  remodelled  sufficiently  to 
make  it  a  habitable  house.  The  person  for  whom  it 
was  built  was  cremated  and  his  ashes  were  carried  to 
the  Ganges  and  sprinkled  upon  its  waters.  We  never 
think  about  its  being  a  tomb  unless  some  one  mentions 
it  to  us.  It  stands  in  a  garden  and  is  quite  artistic  with 
its  arches  and  pillars — prettily  carved — supporting  the 
domed  roof.  It  is  built  of  stone  and  has  a  stone  floor. 
Formerly  there  were  no  partitions  but  it  has  been 
divided  so  as  to  make  two  small  side  rooms  one  of 
which  we  use  as  a  pantry  and  the  other  for  a  store- 
room for  trunks  and  clothing.  The  rest  of  the  space 
we  have  converted  into  three  rooms  by  hanging  cur- 
tains in  the  arches.  The  walls  are  frescoed,  each 
room  being  done  in  a  different  tint.  The  dome  is 
blue — the*  sky  tint — and  shades  down  into  a  rosy 
flush  to  meet  the  white  walls  which  look  as  delicate  as 
porcelain.  It  is  really  a  very  pretty  place  and  we  very 
much  enjoy  our  cozy  home. 

September  15th.  • 
Early  this  morning  I  went  up  to  the  palace  to  see 
the  Rani  and  found  her  getting  ready  for  her  worship. 
When  I  saw  all  that  had  to  be  done  before  she  was 
ready  to  say  her  prayers  I  could  not  help  wondering 
how  many  of  our  people  would  pray  if  they  had  to  go 
through  such  a  process. 

[173] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  maid  whose  duty  it  is  .to  prepare  everything 
had  washed  the  room  in  which  the  water  was  heated 
as  well  as  the  one  in  which  the  Rani  bathes — which 
must  always  be  done  just  before  her  prayer  time. 
The  Rani  put  on  a  clean  yellow  silk  wn,  letting 
loose  her  hair  which  flowed  over  her  shoulders.  She 
looked  very  pretty  and  the  very  image  of  simplicity. 
When  quite  ready  she  enters  a  large  brass  cabinet  in 
which  are  placed  all  the  articles  required  in  her  wor- 
ship, and  there  she  sits,  without  having  taken  any 
food,  until  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon,  saying  her 
prayers  over  and  over  and  bathing  in  wine  a  little 
image  of  Krishna.  About  a  teaspoonful  of  wine  is 
poured  over  the  image,  which  is  about  two  inches  in 
height,  and  then  she  drinks  this  wine. 

The  Rani  had  previously  told  me  about  this  worship 
and  said  that  it  was  not  the  same  that  she  was  taught 
in  her  mother's  home.  When  she  was  married  and 
came  to  Khetri  to  live  a  Pundit  was  sent  to  teach 
her  the  form  of  worship  observed  here.  She  said  that 
she  did  not  like  it,  that  it  seemed  foolish  to  her  and 
she  did  not  get  any  comfort  from  it,  only  that  she  was 
obeying  what  she  was  taught  to  do.  She  said  that 
she  wrote  to  her  mother,  describing  the  worship,  and 
she  wrote  back  telling  her  that  she  must  stop  it  at 
once,  as  they  were  teaching  her  to  drink. 

I  am  trying  to  persuade  her  to  take  a  glass  of  milk 

[•74] 


Call  to  Rajputana 

before  she  goes  to  her  prayers  as  she  is  not  strong 
enough  to  go  without  food  so  long  every  day,  and  I 
do  not  see  how  she  can  be  benefited  by  the  treatment 
unless  she  keeps  up  her  strength. 

The  Rani  has  some  fine  dresses  and  elegant  jewels, 
which  she  showed  us  the  other  day.  One  of  her 
state  dresses  is  a  wonderful  production.  It  is  a  deli- 
cate yellow  in  color  and  of  very  thin  material,  but  the 
skirt  is  so  heavy  that  I  could  hardly  lift  it  from  the 
floor.  It  is  cut  in  small  gores  and  is  seventy  yards 
wide,  trimmed  around  the  bottom  with  silver  lace  a 
quarter  of  a  yard  in  width.  A  jacket  of  the  thinnest 
gauze  material  with  a  veil  of  the  same  completes  this 
lovely  costume,  and  with  it  she  wears  pearls  on  her 
head,  neck,  and  arms.  She  is  small  and  has  a  bright, 
pretty  face  with  large  black  eyes,  and  is  very  refined 
in  her  manner. 

No  one  sits  in  her  presence  until  she  invites  them 
to  do  so,  and  no  one  goes  into  her  apartments  without 
having  received  permission  to  enter.  I  do  not  know 
when  we  shall  learn  all  the  "  ins  and  outs  "  of  native 
court  etiquette ;  we  have  made  several  mistakes,  I  am 
sure,  but  the  Rani  overlooks  them. 

December  jtb. 
Last  month  we  had  a  very  pleasant  visit  to  Jeypore. 
The  Rajah  was  obliged  to  go  to  meet  the  Viceroy,  and 

[■75] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

as  he  intended  to  take  the  Rani  with  him  he  invited 
us  to  accompany  her.  We  were  delighted  with  the 
prospect  of  this  novel  journey  of  a  hundred  miles 
across  country  with  such  a  procession  as  we  knew 
there  would  be,  for  the  royal  people  in  India  never 
travel  without  a  host  of  followers.  There  were  three 
hundred  soldiers,  a  brass  band,  and  one  thousand  men. 
It  took  one  hundred  men  to  carry  the  flagstaff,  which 
was  in  one  piece,  unjointed.  There  was  a  palanquin 
for  the  Rani,  one  for  her  sister-in-law,  who  is  spend- 
ing a  year  with  her,  one  for  the  little  princess  and  one 
for  me.  There  were  seventy-five  men  to  carry  the 
palanquins.  Then  there  was  an  elephant  for  the 
Rajah,  one  for  the  princess  and  her  attendants,  and 
one  for  Miss  Pannell  and  me  when  we  wanted  to 
change  from  the  palkis.  There  were  over  two  hun- 
dred camels,  some  for  riding  and  others  for  carrying 
the  luggage  and  for  the  servants.  The  tents  with 
their  furnishings  were  carried  on  seventeen  ox-carts. 
To  complete  the  cavalcade  there  were  two  hundred 
horses,  and  ten  native  conveyances  covered  with  white 
cloth  and  drawn  by  fine-looking  white  oxen  for  the 
women  attendants  of  the  Rani,  and  for  the  twelve 
schoolgirls  we  were  taking  with  us. 

Six  camels  drew  the  three  gun-carriages  on  which 
were  guns  to  fire  a  salute  as  we  entered  the  towns 
on    our  way.     I    must    not   forget  the   treasury   cart, 

[.76] 


Call  to  Rajputana 

which  carried  the  money  for  our  expensive  jour- 
ney. 

Perhaps  you  can  imagine  something  of  the  appear- 
ance of  such  a  procession. 

The  men  were  all  dressed  in  Oriental  costume,  the 
long  upper  garment  and  pajamas  or  drawers,  and  a 
sash  of  red  cloth.  Their  turbans  were  red,  yellow, 
pink  or  green ;  such  a  variety  of  color  made  our  pro- 
cession look  quite  gay  among  the  green  fields  through 
which  we  passed.  We  marched  from  twelve  to  thirty 
miles  a  day  and  were  five  days  making  the  journey. 
We  stopped  at  night  and  the  camels  were  unloaded, 
tents  put  up,  beds  made,  and  our  food  cooked  and 
eaten,  and  after  a  refreshing  sleep  were  always  ready 
for  the  next  day's  journey.  We  enjoyed  it  all  very 
much,  and  happily  no  serious  accident  occurred. 
Now  and  then  an  unruly  camel  would  run  away  and 
throw  off*  his  load.  A  few  chairs  were  broken  and  my 
cook  grieved  over  his  quilt  which  had  been  torn  by  a 
biting  camel. 

It  was  amusing  to  hear  the  remarks  made  by  the 
men  who  were  sitting  outside  our  tents  talking  over 
the  adventures  of  the  day.  Some  of  them  had  very 
funny  experiences.  Natives  enjoy  a  joke  or  anything 
funny  more  than  we  do,  if  that  is  possible. 

I  could  almost  write  a  book  about  this  journey  and 
our  stay  in  Jeypore  where  we  remained  a  full  month. 

[  !77] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  reception  of  the  Viceroy  was  grand.  If  I  had 
time  I  would  write  you  all  about  it,  but  even  then 
you  would  get  but  a  faint  idea  of  the  affair.  The 
floral  decorations  and  the  illuminations  were  beautiful. 

We  had  a  fine  large  house  not  far  from  the  palace 
where  the  Rani  stayed.  We  had  taken  with  us  every- 
thing that  we  would  need  for  housekeeping  so  that  we 
were  very  comfortable.  The  Rajah  gave  us  a  car- 
riage and  pair  for  our  own  use  and  we  improved  the 
time  in  sightseeing,  for  there  is  a  great  deal  to  see  in 
Jeypore.  The  city  is  about  one  hundred  and  fifty 
years  old  and  is  called  one  of  the  finest  native  cities  in 
India,  with  its  palaces  and  fine  public  buildings  and 
its  beautiful  gardens.  The  public  garden  has  a  large 
collection  of  rare  and  beautiful  trees  and  plants,  and 
there  is  quite  a  Zoo  connected  with  it. 

At  ten  o'clock  on  Friday  morning — the  twentieth — 
I  called,  by  appointment,  on  Her  Excellency,  Lady 
DufFerin  at  the  Residency,  where  the  Viceroy  and 
party  are  being  entertained.  The  very  cordial  recep- 
tion I  received  relieved  me  from  all  embarrassment 
and  we  had  a  delightful  chat  for  nearly  an  hour  about 
medical  work.  She  was  especially  interested  in  some 
of  my  experiences  in  this  department.  Her  idea  is  to 
"  form  a  National  Association  with  a  Central  Com- 
mittee and  a  Central  Fund,  with  branches  all  over 
India    managed    locally   to    promote    female    medical 

[■78] 


Call  to  Rajpntana 

tuition  and  medical  relief,  and  the  establishment  of 
hospitals  for  women  all  over  the  country,  and  to  raise 
subscriptions  for  this  object." 

Kbetriy  Feb.  22,  1886. 

My  dear  Miss  G : 

I  wish  you  were  here  to-day  to  see  my  cozy 
little  home  and  to  sit  down  with  us  in  our  little  draw- 
ing-room over  a  jar  of  coals  to  have  an  old-fashioned 
visit  this  evening. 

I  have  two  women  with  me  this  winter,  one  for  the 
dispensary  and  one  for  the  school.  Both  are  very 
pleasant  and  companionable.  We  have  fine  times 
these  lovely  days  going  out  into  the  country  on  excur- 
sions, and  occasionally  we  go  out  with  the  Rajah's 
party  on  a  hunting  trip.  It  gives  a  little  variety  to 
our  rather  monotonous  life,  and  the  young  women 
enjoy  it  exceedingly.  I  do  not  dislike  it  myself,  for 
comfortable  arrangements  are  made  for  us  and  we 
have  a  good  elephant  to  ride.  We  keep  at  a  distance 
from  the  shooting  party  and  are  only  onlookers. 

A  few  days  ago  we  went  out  tiger-shooting.  We 
could  not  ride  all  the  way  on  the  elephant,  nor  even 
on  the  horses  up  the  steep  mountainside.  When 
we  arrived  at  the  place  where  the  tiger  was  supposed 
to  be  the  Rajah  placed  the  men  at  certain  distances 
and  gave  us  seats  a  little  way  behind  himself  with  men 

[■79] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

on  each  side  of  us  who  were  ordered  to  fire  if  the  tiger 
came  in  our  direction.  Then  about  one  hundred  men 
surrounded  the  place  and  made  a  great  uproar  with 
drums  and  horns,  screaming  loudly,  and  presently  a 
huge  tiger  sprang  out  from  under  the  bushes  in  the  ra- 
vine and  started  up  the  hill  opposite  us.  When  it  was 
in  just  the  position  for  a  good  shot  the  Rajah  fired  and 
the  animal  turned  its  course  toward  the  gun  and  came 
in  our  direction.  The  men  all  fired  and  continued  to 
do  so  until  the  poor  tiger  was  so  wounded  that  it  was 
glad  to  lie  down  and  play  dead  for  a  while.  When 
he  began  to  show  signs  of  life  again  a  few  more  shots 
ended  his  existence.  It  took  fifty  men  to  bring  the 
huge  beast  home  to  Khetri. 

This  shooting  affair  occurred  only  about  four  miles 
from  our  house.  As  soon  as  the  tiger  was  dead  the 
Rajah  sent  a  messenger  on  horse  to  tell  the  Rani  that 
it  had  been  killed  and  would  be  brought  in  to  Khetri 
at  once  for  her  to  see. 

The  New  Year  finds  us  pleasantly  situated,  with 
the  satisfaction  of  feeling  that  the  time  we  have  spent 
here  has  not  been  without  good  results.  Our  ac- 
quaintance among  the  high-caste  families  has  greatly 
increased  and  is  to  us  a  gain  in  influence  among  all 
classes. 

I  hope  you  have  seen  the  letter  I  wrote  to  M 

•about  our  visit  to  Jeypore.     We  took  twelve  of  our 

[180] 


Call  to  Rajputana 

schoolgirls  with  us  and  they  had  lessons  regularly 
every  day.  Seeing  their  pleasure  in  the  trip  quite 
added  to  our  enjoyment.  Miss  Pannell  took  them  all 
to  the  public  gardens  one  day  and  they  were  much  in- 
terested in  the  strange  animals  and  birds  they  saw  in 
the  Zoo.  Although  monkeys  are  common  enough 
where  the  girls  reside  those  in  the  Zoo  were  particu- 
larly interesting  to  them,  there  being  several  varieties 
from  other  countries.  The  antics  of  these  sagacious 
animals  caused  many  a  hearty  laugh. 

The  girls  enjoyed  wandering  through  the  lovely 
garden  but  they  did  not  touch  a  flower  much  as  they 
admired  them. 

On  our  way  to  and  from  Jeypore  I  found  opportu- 
nities to  give  medicine  and  advice  in  the  villages  that 
we  passed.  In  one  I  gave  a  little  book  to  a  man,  but 
on  our  way  back  he  brought  it  back  to  me  saying  that 
he  was  afraid  to  keep  it. 

Last  week  the  Rajah  came  to  examine  the  school 
and  he  expressed  himself  much  pleased  with  the  prog- 
ress the  girls  are  making.  Some  of  them  are  very  bright 
and  read  quite  fluently.  They  are  themselves  very 
proud  of  their  attainments. 

They  like  to  take  a  peep  into  our  rooms.  One  day 
Miss  Pannell  was  using  the  sewing-machine  and  a  lit- 
tle girl  who  was  looking  on  said,  "  Oh,  Miss  Sahiba, 
what  a  wonderful  thing  !     You  must  worship  anything 

[181] 


A   Gli?7tpse  of  India 

that  does  such  wonderful  work."  Miss  Pannell  said, 
"  No  indeed,  we  worship  the  One  who  gives  the 
brains  and  the  skill  to  make  the  many  wonderful 
things  that  are  in  the  world.  We  should  worship  only 
the  One  Great  God." 

April  loth. 

We  have  had  a  little  patient  here  for  two  days,  a 
little  girl  who  was  stolen  from  her  home  by  a  wicked 
woman,  who  took  the  child's  jewels  off  her  and 
threw  her  into  a  well.  Fortunately  the  water  was 
only  about  two  feet  deep  and  the  poor  little  thing 
crawled  into  a  crevice  on  the  side  of  the  well  and  so 
escaped  being  killed  by  the  stones  which  were  thrown 
in  after  her.  She  was  in  the  well  all  night  and  being 
afraid  to  answer  the  woman  when  she  called  to  her 
she  was  supposed  to  be  dead.  In  the  morning  two  of 
the  Rani's  servants  went  to  the  well  to  bathe  and  as 
they  let  down  their  brass  vessel  to  draw  up  water  the 
little  girl  caught  hold  of  it  and  called  out,  "  Take  me 
out  of  the  well  !  ,:  They  drew  her  out  and  brought 
her  to  me. 

I  did  not  find  her  badly  injured — only  a  few  flesh 
wounds,  and  her  nerves  shaken  from  fear  and  from 
being  so  long  in  the  water.  She  kept  in  bed  for  sev- 
eral days,  refusing  to  get  on  her  feet,  but  finally  be- 
gan to  rally  from  the  shock  and  to-day  is  almost  well. 

[182] 


Call  to  Rajputana 

The  Rani  has  been  very  kind  to  the  child.  Shear- 
ranged  to  have  her  taken  to  the  palace  yesterday  and 
gave  her  the  worth  of  her  jewels  in  money  and  two 
suits  of  clothes.  The  little  girl  is  the  daughter  of  a 
poor  widow  who  lives  in  the  city.  The  wicked  woman 
who  stole  her  has  been  put  in  jail. 

April  1 2th. 

News  came  to-day  of  the  death  of  one  of  the  wives 
of  the  late  Rajah.  She  was  the  foster-mother  of  the 
present  Rajah,  the  only  mother  he  ever  knew,  as  he 
was  given  into  her  care  in  his  infancy.  This  Rani 
had  gone  on  a  visit  to  her  relatives,  was  taken  sud- 
denly ill  and  died  before  news  of  her  illness  reached 
Khetri.  The  Rajah  started  at  once  to  perform  the 
ceremonies  due  from  a  son,  and  carried  her  ashes  to 
sprinkle  upon  the  waters  of  the  sacred  Ganges. 

Immediately  after  the  news  of  the  Rani's  decease 
reached  the  palace  it  was  communicated  to  the  head 
men  of  the  towns  and  villages  of  the  state  that  all 
the  heads  of  families  might  shave  their  heads,  which 
is  the  sign  of  mourning  among  the  Hindus.  At  the 
same  time  an  invitation  was  given  to  the  feast  in 
honor  of  the  deceased  Rani  on  the  twelfth  day  after 
her  death.  At  the  appointed  time  about  five  thousand 
men  and  boys  arrived  and  when  all  were  assembled 
they  were  seated  in  rows  of  fifties  on  the  ground  with 
a  broad  passage  between  the  rows  for  the  servers  of 

[183] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

the  feast  to  pass.  On  such  occasions  the  feast  con- 
sists of  a  sweet  made  of  crude  sugar,  ghee  or  clarified 
butter,  and  some  kind  of  grain  formed  into  balls,  and 
each  individual  receives  three  of  these  balls,  the  three 
weighing  a  little  less  than  two  pounds.  A  number  of 
men  were  appointed  to  distribute  these  from  baskets, 
handing  three  balls  to  each  individual  until  all  were 
served.  This  was  an  interesting  sight  to  me ;  every- 
thing was  done  so  quietly  and  so  systematically,  and 
in  two  hours  it  was  all  over  and  the  people  were  ready 
to  return  to  their  homes. 

A  number  of  the  relatives  and  friends  of  the  late 
Rani  had  been  invited  to  come  in  and  mourn  and  con- 
dole with  the  family  and  every  day  these  village  women 
gathered  in  the  library  adjoining  the  Rani's  apart- 
ments where  they  sat  on  the  floor  for  hours  weeping 
and  wailing  and  speaking  of  the  good  works  and  the 
kindness  of  the  departed  Rani. 

One  day  the  Rani  asked  me  to  speak  to  the  women 
and  tell  them  how  wrong  it  is  for  them  to  destroy  the 
girl  babies  that  are  born  to  them,  when  they  feel  that 
there  are  more  girls  in  the  family  than  they  want  or 
can  afford  to  marry  off.  Quite  a  crowd  of  women 
were  assembled  and  the  Rani  quieted  them  and  asked 
them  to  listen  to  what  I  had  to  say.  I  spoke  through 
an  interpreter,  as  they  would  hardly  understand  my 
Hindustani,  and  they  listened  very  attentively  and  oc- 

[184] 


Call  to  Raj  put  ana 

casionally  remarked  to  each  other  about  something  that 
was  said.  I  told  them  of  the  great  sin  in  God's  sight 
of  taking  the  life  of  a  little  one  that  He  had  given 
them  to  take  care  of  for  Him,  and  this  seemed  to  give 
some  of  them  a  new  idea.  Poor  things  !  they  had 
never  thought  of  it  as  sin  for  it  had  become  a  custom 
among  their  people.  The  expense  attending  a  mar- 
riage is  a  source  of  great  evil  and  where  there  are  sev- 
eral girls  in  one  household  to  be  married  the  family  is, 
in  many  cases,  ruined  financially. 

The  Rani  has  told  me  that  in  the  case  of  very  poor 
families  in  the  state  the  Rajah  gives  a  certain  amount 
toward  defraying  the  marriage  expenses  hoping  that 
this  terrible  custom  of  girl-infanticide  may  be  done 
away  with.  Of  course  the  marriage  of  a  poor  girl 
would  not  be  very  expensive  as  the  arrangements 
would  be  simple  and  not  much  expected  in  the  way  of 
dowry.  The  natives  say,  "A  girl  takes,  but  a  boy 
brings." 


[185] 


XIII 

A  Summer  Resort 


Mount  Abu,  April  12,  l88f. 

Dear  M : 

We  have  been  away  from  Khetri  since  last 
September,  spending  some  months  in  Agra,  and  re- 
turning to  Jeypore,  where  the  Rajah  had  some  busi- 
ness to  attend  to  on  the  15th  of  February  and  on  the 
26th  of  March  we  left  for  Abu  Road  where  I  re- 
ceived your  letter. 

The  Rajah  came  on  with  his  camp  a  week  before 
we  did  as  we  were  to  come  by  rail.  He  engaged 
three  private  carriages  for  us,  and  a  luggage  van  and 
truck  for  our  belongings.  Our  carriages  were 
separated  from  the  train  and  left  at  a  distance  from  the 
railway  station  and  we  went  into  them  at  night,  the 
women  being  carefully  shielded  from  sight  so  that 
none  of  the  servants  saw  their  faces. 

The  Rani  was  carried  to  her  carriage  door  in  a 
small  covered  conveyance  borne  by  her  men  servants 
and  a  red  cloth  was  so  arranged  that  she  could  step 
from  the  conveyance  into  the  carriage  where  Miss 
Pannell  stood  to  receive  her. 

The  windows  and  blinds  were  closed  but  as  soon 

[  l86] 


A  Summer  Resort 

as  the  train  was  well  started  and  at  a  distance  from 
the  station  all  were  thrown  open  and  the  Rani  en- 
joyed a  full  view  of  the  fields  on  each  side  bathed  in 
the  lovely  moonlight,  and  they  were  kept  open  in  the 
day  also  when  the  train  was  in  motion.  We  had 
strict  orders  to  close  the  windows  at  the  first  signal 
of  approach  to  a  station  and  the  orders  were  obeyed. 

The  Rani  thinks  it  is  delightful  to  ride  in  a  railway 
train  in  the  daytime  when  she  can  have  all  the 
windows  open  and  see  the  lovely  green  fields  and 
trees.  It  is' the  only  time  that  she  ever  sees  much  of 
the  outside  world. 

We  left  the  train  at  Abu  Road  where  we  remained 
for  a  week  in  the  house  of  a  native  prince  which  he 
placed  at  our  disposal  until  suitable  arrangements 
could  be  made  for  so  large  a  party  to  come  up  the 
mountain.  The  palace  women  had  each  a  queer  lit- 
tle conveyance,  carried  by  three  men,  to  take  them 
the  fifteen  miles  up  the  mountain. 

The  Rani,  Miss  Pannell  and  I  had  each  a  palki 
with  twelve  men  and  our  luggage  was  carried  by 
coolies  and  camels.  When  we  came  to  a  spot  where 
we  could  get  water  we  stopped  and  our  cook  made 
tea  and  toast  for  us  of  which  we  ate  seated  in  our 
palkis.  I  quite  enjoy  these  simple  ways  of  living. 
With  the  few  dishes  which  we  carry  in  our  lunch 
baskets  we  can  sit  down  anywhere  and  take  our  food, 

[187] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

under  a  tree  or  by  the  roadside,  it  does  not  matter 
much. 

We  have  been  on  this  "  sacred  mountain  "  of  the 
Hindus  twelve  days.  You  have  read  in  the  history 
of  India  of  Mount  Abu,  its  temples  and  sacred  lake, 
which  tradition  says  Krishna,  one  of  the  Hindu 
deities,  dug  with  his  ringers,  thus  making  it  a  holy 
bathing  place  for  his  followers.  The  lake  is  one  mile 
long  and  half  a  mile  wide  with  several  small  islands  in 
it  on  which  are  rocks  and  palms,  making  it  look  quite 
picturesque. 

The  famous  Jain  Temple  is  two  miles  from  here. 
It  is  not  known  when  it  was  built  but  it  was 
repaired  in  1209  ;  it  is  said  that  it  cost  eighteen  mil- 
lion rupees.  It  is  white  marble  with  fifty-two  life- 
size  statues  of  the  goddess  that  the  Hindus  worship  ; 
the  carvings  on  the  ceilings  and  the  pillars  are  quite 
wonderful  and  well  worth  travelling  far  to  see.  This 
is  the  most  ancient  of  the  several  Jain  temples  here. 

The  climate  is  delightful.  The  pink  and  white  rose 
hedges  are  in  full  bloom  just  now  and  there  are  also 
several  varieties  of  geraniums,  which  make  the  place 
look  like  a  bit  of  fairy-land. 

Many  years  ago  this  mountain  was  the  resort  of 
devotees  who  wished  to  spend  their  life  in  seclusion 
and  devote  their  time  to  the  performance  of  religious 
ceremonies.       They  lived   in    caves    and  among  the 

[188] 


A  Summer  Resort 

rocks  and  subsisted  on  berries,  seeds,  and  wild  fruits. 
Tigers  and  bears  abounded  then  as  now  and  occasion- 
ally one  of  these  devotees  would  be  devoured  by  them. 
A  native  man  was  to-day  killed  by  a  tiger  about  four 
miles  from  here. 

We  are  living  in  a  house  owned  by  the  Maharajah 
of  Jodhpore.  It  is  well  furnished  and  the  garden  is 
pretty  and  bright  with  roses  and  many  other  flowers. 
The  Rajah  and  Rani  are  in  a  house  near  us  which  be- 
longs to  the  same  Maharajah.  On  the  fifteenth  of 
the  month  his  son,  the  young  Prince  of  Jodhpore,  will 
arrive  and  he  will  occupy  a  part  of  this  house  with  his 
tutor,  an  English  gentleman,  and  we  will  go  to  a  hotel 
to  board. 

Abu  is  the  sanitorium  for  the  English  soldiers  of 
Rajputana,  and  there  is  a  school  here  for  the  daughters 
of  soldiers.  The  barracks  make  the  place  appear 
quite  populous,  and  the  church  is  well  attended. 
The  Agent  General  of  Rajputana  and  many  Europeans 
have  their  summer  homes  here. 

Kbetrii  Feb.  io>  1888. 
Dear  Sister  : 

Your  letter  giving  me  an  account  of  Hattie's 

condition  has  decided  me  to  leave  for  America  as  soon 

as   I   can    arrange    to  do  so.     It  will  take  a  little  time 

to  settle  up  my  affairs  and  secure  my  passage  but  all 

will  be  done  as  soon  as  possible. 

[189] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  Rani  is  quite  well  and  I  feel  that  as  far  as  she 
is  concerned  my  work  as  a  physician  is  accomplished. 
She  is  not  at  all  happy  at  the  thought  of  my  leaving 
Khetri ;  she  says  she  thought  I  would  stay  with  them 
the  remainder  of  my  life,  still  she  says,  "  I  know  that 
your  sister  is  nearer  to  you  than  I  am,  and  that  your 
heart  is  with  her." 

I  have  learned  to  love  the  Rani  and  her  dear  little 
daughter  very  much  as  well  as  some  others  here.  Our 
stay  in  Khetri  has,  in  many  respects,  been  very  pleas- 
ant. 

The  Rajah  has  kept  his  agreement  with  me  to 
the  letter.  It  is  now  three  years,  or  will  be  on  the 
ninth  of  next  month,  since  I  came  here  and  I  have  be- 
come accustomed  to  my  work  and  my  surroundings. 
Our  frequent  trips  to  the  country  and  distant  villages 
have  relieved  the  monotony  of  what  would  otherwise 
have  been  a  lonely  life  and  though  there  was  much  to 
enjoy  in  them  there  was  usually  a  call  of  need  for  my 
services  and  I  have  been  able  to  benefit  many  suffer- 
ing ones. 

I  hope  to  secure  a  passage  early  in  April. 

Our  little  school  has  been  a  great  pleasure  to  us 
both  ;  the  girls  are  chiefly  of  the  servant  class,  chil- 
dren of  men  under  the  Rajah's  jurisdiction,  and  nearly 
all  of  them  were  betrothed  when  they  came  to  us. 
They  have  been  leaving,  one  by  one,  to  go  to  their 

[  J90] 


A  Summer  Resort 

husbands'  homes,  but  what  they  have  learned  here 
will  not  be  easily  forgotten.  We  are  so  thankful  to 
have  had  nearly  two  years  of  seed-sowing  in  these 
young  hearts.  We  cannot  hope  to  make  much  im- 
pression on  the  adult  population  who  are  so  grounded 
in  their  own  religion  that  they  have  no  desire  to  learn 
of  anything  better,  but  we  can  see  that  our  three 
years  here  have  won  us  the  confidence  of  the  people 
and  opened  the  way  for  more  effective  work  in  the 
future. 

Each  of  our  pupils  as  she  leaves  is  given  a  Gospel, 
a  hymn-book  and  her  school-books,  together  with  pen 
and  paper,  and  we  tell  them  that  we  want  them  to 
write  to  us  and  let  us  know  about  their  life  in  their 
new  homes. 

We  are  hopeful  that  each  of  them  may  be  able  to 
teach  others  something  that  she  has  learned  and  so 
become  a  light  in  her  home  and  in  the  community 
where  she  lives. 

Glasgow,  Scotland,  May  p,  1888. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  left  Khetri  March  10th  and  went  direct  to 
Agra,  intending  to  have  a  little  visit  with  friends  there 
before  rejoining  the  Rani  in  Jeypore  where  she  was  to 
meet  me.  Miss  Knowles,  who  is  to  be  my  travelling 
companion    to  America,  met  me  in  Agra  and  as  soon 

[191] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

as  my  business  there  was  over  she  accompanied  me 
to  Jeypore,  where  we  spent  ten  days  very  pleasantly. 
The  Rajah  placed  a  carriage  and  pair  at  our  disposal 
and  we  visited  all  places  of  interest,  for  Miss  Knowles 
had  not  been  there  before. 

One  evening  the  Rani  gave  an  entertainment  to 
which  we  were  invited.  We  found  her  sitting  in 
state  on  a  dais  surrounded  by  her  women  ;  she  invited 
us  to  sit  beside  her  and  we  had  some  pleasant  conver- 
sation before  the  entertainment  began.  It  was  a 
Nautch,  a  dance  by  professional  dancing  girls,  a  favor- 
ite entertainment  with  natives. 

The  Rani  was  beautifully  dressed  and  looked  quite 
happy  as  she  talked  about  her  little  girl,  and  her  hope 
that  I  would  come  back  to  them. 

The  day  before  we  were  to  leave  the  Rajah  an- 
nounced his  intention  to  take  the  Rani  to  Bombay  to 
see  us  off.  He  had  engaged  private  carriages  on  the 
train,  one  for  the  Rani  and  one  for  Miss  Knowles  and 
me.  I  sat  with  the  Rani  several  hours  each  day  re- 
turning to  Miss  Knowles  before  evening  and  for  our 
meals. 

A  house  had  been  engaged  in  Bombay  for  the  Rajah 
and  Rani,  and  we  went  to  our  friends  in  the  mission. 

When  we  went  to  the  steamer  the  Rajah  got  a  car- 
riage for  the  Rani  who  went  to  the  dock  but  did  not 
alight.     Her  carriage  was  covered  with  a  red  cover- 

[  J92] 


A  Summer  Resort 

ing  and  when  we  went  to  bid  her  good-bye  at  the 
carriage  door  the  cover  was  partly  drawn  so  that  we 
could  speak  with  her.  The  Rajah  went  on  board 
with  us  and  was  shown  over  the  steamer  and  was 
much  interested  in  all  that  he  saw.  He  said  to  me, 
"  I  shall  go  to  England  some  time." 

When  we  arrived  in  Liverpool  the  steamer  on 
which  we  expected  to  sail  for  America  was  just  going 
out  of  the  harbor,  so  we  were  obliged  to  wait  for  an- 
other, and  we  took  advantage  of  the  delay  and  went 
to  the  Lakes,  returning  to  Glasgow  instead  of  Liver- 
pool, as  we  found  we  could  transfer  and  sail  from  this 
port.  Boxes  of  curios  and  other  things  had  been  sent 
from  India  for  the  Queen's  Jubilee,  and  though  the 
great  exhibition  was  over  we  were  in  time  to  see 
some  of  the  things. 

We  expect  to  sail  for  New  York  the  day  after  to- 
morrow. 

(Letter  from  the  Rani  of  Khetri. — Received  in 
America.) 

Agra,  India,  Dec.  liy  1888. 
My  dear  Miss  Swain  : 

I  have  written  two  letters  to  you  and  the 
Huzur  Sahib  has  also  written  to  you  but  we  have  not 
yet  received  an  answer.  We  will  hope  to  hear  from 
you  soon.      I  am  very  anxious  to  hear  from  you  about 

[  J93] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

your  health.  Please  let  me  know  how  you  are.  I 
hope  the  rest  and  change  are  doing  you  good  and  that 
you  feel  stronger.  I  trust  that  you  will  be  able  to  re- 
turn to  India  soon.  We  want  you  to  come  back  to 
us  and  we  will  be  glad  if  you  will  bring  your  sister 
with  you  so  that  you  may  have  her  company  and  not 
be  alone.  Khetri  will  not  seem  like  home  to  me  with- 
out you.  I  am  feeling  pretty  well  and  shall  be  glad 
when  my  troubles  are  over. 

It  is  very  cold  in  Agra.  Bai  is  getting  to  be  a 
clever  girl.  She  can  read  and  write  Hindi  nicely  and 
has  written  a  letter  to  her  father  in  Jeypore.  She  will 
write  you  a  little  letter  in  Hindi  to  enclose  in  this  let- 
ter. She  is  learning  the  English  alphabet  and  can 
print  the  letters  nicely  from  a  book. 

With  my  love  and  salams,  and  Bai's  love. 

I  remain, 

Your  loving  Beti, 

S.  K. 
Bai — princess. 
Beti — daughter. 

Brindisi,  Italy ,  Nov.  jo,  18S9. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Just  a  month  to-day  since  we  left  New  York. 
We  are  waiting  for  our  steamer  which  is  due  here  to- 
morrow morning  and  will  sail  in  the  evening,  reaching 
Bombay,  probably,  December  16th.     The  journey  has 

[  r94] 


A  Summer  Resort 

been  very  pleasant  so  far  though  we  have  sometimes 
wearied  of  the  long  railway  journeys. 

In  Liverpool  we  arranged  to  take  Cook's  Tourist 
Tickets,  and  after  a  few  days'  rest  we  went  up  to 
London  and  spent  five  days  in  sightseeing,  visiting 
the  Dore  Gallery,  of  which  I  must  tell  you  another 
time0  From  London  we  went  to  Paris,  arriving  just 
after  the  close  of  the  Exposition,  but  we  visited  the 
Eiffel  Tower  and  went  up  in  the  elevator.  When  we 
reached  the  second  landing,  360  feet,  I  stepped  out  but 
the  rest  of  the  party  went  to  the  top.  It  is  a  magnif- 
icent structure. 

After  four  days  of  enjoyment  in  Paris  we  went  to 
Lucerne,  in  Switzerland,  where  we  remained  three 
days.  We  went  by  steamer  to  the  foot  of  Mt.  Rigi 
and  up  the  mountain  5,500  feet  by  train.  On  the 
steamer  we  met  Mrs.  Hannah  Whitall  Smith  and  her 
daughter  who  invited  us  to  join  them.  The  view 
from  the  top  of  the  mountain  was  grand.  The 
glaciers  in  the  distance,  the  high  peaks  around  us,  and 
the  soft,  feathery  clouds  below  us,  with  now  and  then 
a  green  mountain  top  on  which  were  houses,  made  a 
lovely  scene.  It  was  warm  and  bright  in  the  sun- 
shine where  we  were  but  at  Lucerne  it  was  dark  and 
cloudy  ;  the  great  cloud  hung  over  the  town  and  lake 
like  an  umbrella.  Lucerne  must  be  one  of  the  love- 
liest spots  on  earth  in  the  summer  time. 

[195] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

One  evening  and  the  next  forenoon  were  all  the 
time  we  had  for  Milan,  where  we  arrived  on  the 
twenty-fifth,  but  we  went  to  the  Cathedral,  and  then 
started  on  to  Venice,  the  city  of  canals  and  gondolas. 
Our  stay  there  was  delightful,  but  too  short  for  all 
that  we  wished  to  see.  When  we  had  been  to  St. 
Mark's  Square  and  Church,  the  Palace  of  the  Doges, 
the  glass  works,  and  the  lace  factories,  we  congratu- 
lated ourselves  that  we  had  seen  some  of  the  wonders 
of  the  Old  World.  We  passed  over  the  Bridge  of 
Sighs,  but  the  door  leading  to  the  prison  was  walled 
up. 

We  three  unprotected  females  arrived  in  Venice  at 
night  and  fortunately  found  an  official  at  the  station 
who  spoke  English.  He  inquired  what  hotel  we 
wanted,  engaged  a  gondola  for  us  and  attended  to  our 
luggage  and  before  we  had  time  to  realize  our  situa- 
tion we  were  gliding  softly  through  the  Grand  Canal 
to  our  hotel  which  we  reached  in  about  twenty-five 
minutes.  The  hotel  people  were  so  kind  and  so  glad 
to  see  us  that  we  felt  at  home  at  once.  Every  one 
seemed  desirous  to  make  our  stay  pleasant. 

I  must  tell  you  a  little  more  about  the  lace  works. 
We  saw  the  women  making  the  lovely  point  lace  sets 
which  are  so  expensive  in  America  and  so  much 
cheaper  here  at  the  factory.  A  number  of  women 
from  the  prison  are  employed  in  making  lace,  without 

[i96] 


A  Summer  Resort 

remuneration,  and  as  the  factory  belongs  to  the 
government  naturally  the  lace  can  be  sold  much 
cheaper  than  if  made  by  paid  labor.  There  are  many 
girls  who  are  learning  and  these  must  work  three 
years  before  they  begin  to  earn  anything.  There  are 
a  few  women  who  get  six  cents  a  day.  The  overseer 
said  that  most  of  the  learners  are  girls  from  good 
families  who  do  not  need  to  work  but  are  learning  for 
their  own  pleasure.  He  showed  us  some  pieces  of 
lace  one  yard  of  which  took  one  person  six  months  to 
make. 

The  distance  from  Venice  to  Brindisi  gave  us 
twenty-four  hours  of  travel.  We  saw  the  beautiful 
olive  groves  which  line  the  shores  of  the  Adriatic  on 
the  left.  Brindisi  looks  like  an  ancient  town  and  the 
people  seem  poor  and  ignorant.  Their  houses  look 
very  uncomfortable,  but  I  notice  that  there  seems  to 
be  plenty  of  wine  and  beer  here  as  elsewhere  in  Italy. 
Our  hotel  is  not  a  pleasant  one ;  it  is  cold  and  not 
very  clean  and  the  food  is  wretched.  The  farming 
country  around  is  beautiful  and  we  have  quite  enjoyed 
our  rides. 

Bombay,  India,  Dec.  18^  l88g. 
We    sailed    from    Brindisi    on  the  second   of  this 
month  and  reached  Bombay  on  the  sixteenth.     I  am 
resting  a  few  days  at  the  mission  house  before  start- 

[  J97] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

ing  on  my  journey  up  country.  We  had  pleasant 
weather  all  the  way  except  that  a  head  wind  impeded 
our  progress  somewhat  and  made  it  a  little  unpleasant 
to  sit  on  the  hurricane  deck  in  the  daytime.  We 
travelled  second  class  from  Brindisi  as  the  expense  is 
much  less,  but  the  table  fare  was  not  the  thing  for  me. 

The  first  sight  that  met  my  eyes  as  we  came  up  to 
the  dock  was  two  happy  faces  from  Khetri,  one  my 
old  and  trusted  servant,  and  the  other  a  servant  of  the 
Rajah  who  had  been  sent  to  make  arrangements  for 
my  journey. 

I  was  very  glad  to  see  them  and  felt  irresponsible 
at  once.  After  receiving  their  salams  and  the  good 
wishes  of  the  Rajah  and  family  with  a  letter  of  wel- 
come, I  left  everything  in  their  hands  and  drove  with 
the  other  ladies  to  the  mission  house,  glad  enough  to 
get  where  I  could  have  good  food  and  a  bed  that  does 
not  rock  with  the  waves  of  the  sea. 

Miss  Knowles  left  us  yesterday  to  visit  friends  in 
Poona  for  a  few  days,  then  she  goes  to  Calcutta. 
Miss  Waugh  left  last  night  to  join  her  parents  in 
Allahabad.  When  I  am  ready  to  go  up  country  I 
will  go  to  Agra  to  spend  Christmas  with  Miss  Yer- 
bury,  and  I  hope  to  attend  the  North  India  Conference 
which  will  meet  on  the  2d  of  January. 


[198] 


XIV 

Return  to  Khetri 


Khetri,  Jan.  j,  1890. 

Here  I  am  at  last  in  the  house  which  was  my  home 
so  long,  tired  and  worn  from  my  long  journey,  but  I 
shall  soon  get  rested  and  be  all  right  again. 

Miss  Pannell,  the  young  lady  who  was  my  com- 
panion when  I  first  came  here,  was  quite  ready  to 
come  back  to  Khetri  with  me.  We  travelled  alone 
with  fifty  native  men  who  had  been  sent  to  escort  us 
across  the  plains,  and  were  out  two  nights  in  tents, 
travelling  by  day  as  it  was  safer  for  us  with  so  small 
an  escort. 

I  was  so  late  in  arriving  in  the  country  that  the 
Rajah  and  Rani  were  obliged  to  return  to  their  state, 
but  they  arranged  for  my  journey  so  I  had  no  trouble 
at  all.  It  seems  good  to  be  back  but  I  miss  home 
friends  and  church  privileges  more  than  ever  before. 

I  found  my  house  in  order  for  me,  curtains  up  and 
carpets  down  and  everything  arranged  as  well  as  they 
know  how. 

We  were  warmly  welcomed ;  the  Rani  seems  very 
happy  to  have  us  back  again,  and  we  are  delighted  to 
see  the  sweet  little  girl  baby  who  was  born  while  I 
was  in  America. 

[  199] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

February  loth. 

Yesterday  was  Sunday,  and  we  had  such  a  good 
time  all  by  ourselves  studying  our  Bible  lesson.  I 
have  taken  up  Hannah  Whitall  Smith's  method  for 
this  year  and  find  it  most  interesting.  I  think  that  we 
shall  gain  as  much  Bible  knowledge,  if  we  continue 
on  this  line,  as  we  would  if  we  were  to  listen  to  a 
sermon  every  Sunday. 

I  have  been  a  little  lonely  and  homesick  since  the 
excitement  of  meeting  old  friends  has  passed  away. 
We  see  a  great  work  to  be  done  here  in  Khetri  but 
the  soil  is  dry  and  hard  ;  one  needs  a  faith  that  will  re- 
move mountains  to  make  an  impression. 

Yesterday  we  fasted  and  prayed  for  more  spiritual 
life,  and  for  four  persons  whom  we  very  much  wish 
may  become  Christians  and  work  with  us.  Will  you 
not  join  us  in  our  prayers  for  these  persons  ? 

We  are  having  delightfully  warm  days  and  the  birds 
are  singing  merrily  around  our  house,  doing  what  they 
can  to  cheer  us  in  our  work.  Our  Polly  says, 
"  Thank  you !  Call  the  doctor,  Polly  is  sick  ! 
Give  me  a  kiss  !  "  and  then  she  whistles  a  quick 
waltz  tune  which  she  has  learned,  but  she  generally 
breaks  down  in  the  midst  of  it. 

There  are  but  few  sick  people  to  look  after  these 
days.  The  prevailing  disease  just  at  this  time  is 
smallpox  and  many  children  have  died  from  it.     The 

[  200  ] 


Return  to  Khetri 

Hindus  worship  the  goddess  of  smallpox  and  seldom 
use  medicines  for  it.  Occasionally  a  Mohammedan  or 
a  low-caste  person  comes  for  medicine  for  a  child. 

I  vaccinated  myself  last  Friday  and  my  arm  begins 
to  sting  and  pain  me.  I  fear  I  shall  be  quite  upset 
by  it. 

February  2/j.th. 

.  .  .  I  miss  the  church  services  much  more 
than  I  did  when  I  was  here  before.  We  had  ours 
yesterday  which  warmed  our  hearts.  Miss  Pannell 
read  two  of  Moody's  sermons  from  his  book  entitled 
"  Heaven,"  while  I  listened  and  enjoyed  them. 

In  the  evening  a  Hindu  gentleman  called  and  was 
greatly  interested  in  another  reading  from  the  same 
book.  He  said  he  would  like  to  buy  a  copy  for  the 
truth  was  given  so  simply  and  plainly  that  he  could 
understand  it.  He  seemed  affected  by  Moody's  view 
of  the  life  hereafter  and  his  thought  of  this  life  as  a 
schooling  place  for  heaven. 

On  Friday  I  was  called  to  see  two  wives  of  a  high- 
caste  Hindu.  Poor  women,  they  are  sighing  for 
children  !  There  have  been  four  childless  wives  in 
that  family.  Not  to  have  children  is  considered  a 
great  calamity.  The  elder  wife  cried  as  she  said, 
"  If  God  would  give  us  even  a  little  girl  we  would  all 
be  quite  happy."  While  I  was  in  America  these  two 
women  went  on  foot  up  to  the  snowy  mountains ;  an 

[20I  ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

old  religious  mendicant  whom  they  consulted  told 
them  that  if  they  would  walk  all  the  way  to  Badrinath, 
they  would  surely  have  children.  They  must  sleep 
on  the  ground  without  shelter  in  order  to  attain  their 
heart's  desire.  They  suffered  all  this  hardship  but 
are  yet  disappointed. 

February  26th. 

Last  evening  we  were  invited  to  dine  with  the  Rani 
at  the  palace  j  a  Parsee  woman  from  Bombay  was 
among  the  guests.  The  Rani's  apartments  looked 
very  light  and  pretty  with  the  many  brightly  lighted 
lamps,  and  the  little  tables  for  each  of  us  were  well 
filled  with  all  sorts  of  native  food.  All  sat  on  the 
floor  on  mats  or  cushions  but  I  was  honored  with  a 
stool. 

The  Rani  took  occasion  in  the  presence  of  all  the 
guests  and  servants  to  pay  me  most  elaborate  compli- 
ments. She  spoke  of  the  time  when  I  came  to  her 
and  she  was  so  ill,  and  after  a  time  her  dear  little 
daughter  was  born  to  her,  and  now  she  was  in  perfect 
health.  In  real  oriental  praise  she  said,  "The  Miss 
Sahiba  is  so  white  that  if  she  were  in  the  most  dense 
darkness  her  face  would  be  a  light."  This  custom  is 
like  ours  of  giving  toasts  after  dinner. 

We  have  had  some  excitement  this  month.  A 
company  of  balloonists  from  America  came  here  to 

[202] 


Return  to  Khetri 

give  an  exhibition  and  made  a  very  successful  para- 
chute descent,  coming  down  very  gently  about  half  a 
mile  from  the  palace  gardens  from  which  they  as- 
cended. It  was  a  pretty  sight,  and  I  think  all  the 
Hindus  repeated  the  name  of  their  gods,  which  ex- 
pressed their  prayer  for  the  safe  return  of  the  men. 
The  state  gave  them  a  thousand  rupees  and  the  Rani 
sent  the  young  man  who  assisted  a  present  of  one 
hundred  rupees  with  this  message,  "  Try  and  get  into 
some  other  business  soon  which  will  not  endanger 
your  life  so  much."  She  thought  his  mother  and 
friends  at  home  must  feel  very  anxious  about  him. 

After  this  exhibition  there  were  sports  in  the  garden. 
Three  elephants  ran  a  race,  and  one  of  them  smoked 
a  native  pipe  and  took  a  prize.  This  was  our  elephant 
which  we  ride.  She  is  very  clever.  She  can  carry  a 
lantern,  and  she  fans  herself  by  holding  the  fan  in  her 
trunk.     She  dances  and  makes  a  salam  to  us. 

March  2d. 
The  Rani's  little  girl  has  been  ill  with  a  touch  of 
bronchitis,  and  as  soon  as  she  was  well  enough  we 
started  for  Awa,  the  home  of  the  Rani's  mother, 
about  two  hundred  miles  from  Jeypore.  I  stopped  in 
a  rest-house  near  the  railway  station  while  the  Rani 
and  her  suite  went  on  into  the  country  about  eleven 
miles  to  her  mother's  place,  which  is  a  small  native 

[203] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

state  yielding  a  yearly  income  of  about  two  lakhs  of 
rupees.  The  state  was  much  larger  at  one  time  but 
through  constant  warfare  with  other  states  several 
villages  and  much  land  have  been  lost. 

The  third  day  after  the  Rani  left  me  she  sent  for 
me  to  come  out  and  spend  one  day  and  night  at  her 
mother's  house,  so  a  carnage  and  pair  was  sent  for 
me  with  an  ox-cart  for  my  luggage.  There  was  also 
a  Rath  for  my  women  servants  and  a  camel  for  the 
men.  We  had  a  pleasant  ride  and  in  due  time 
reached  the  little  city  of  Awa,  consisting  of  a  fort,  a 
large  Hindu  temple,  the  palace  and  about  three  hun- 
dred houses  built  mostly  of  stone.  We  were  taken 
to  the  fruit  garden  where  we  found  tents  pitched  for 
me  and  my  servants.  Very  soon  everything  was  nicely 
arranged  for  housekeeping  and  comfort.  My  cook 
made  a  charcoal  fire  in  the  little  furnace  which  we  al- 
ways carry  with  us  and  in  a  few  minutes  brought  me 
a  cup  of  tea,  so  refreshing  after  the  ride  in  the  heat 
and  dust. 

The  next  thing  to  be  done  was  to  send  my  salams 
to  the  Rani  and  her  mother  to  let  them  know  that  I 
had  arrived,  and  my  messenger  soon  returned  with  the 
request  that  I  would  come  to  them  in  the  evening. 
Food  was  sent  from  the  palace  to  be  cooked  by  my 
servant  for  my  breakfast.  A  messenger  came  for  me 
in  the  afternoon  and  I  went  to  the  palace  where  I 

[204] 


■J5 


Return  to  Khetri 

found  the  Rani  in  full  dress  seated  in  the  court  with  a 
crowd  of  women  attending  her.  It  was  her  brother's 
birthday  and  twenty-four  guns  were  fired  in  his  honor. 
He  came  to  be  introduced  to  me.  The  Rani's  mother, 
her  father's  sister,  her  brother's  two  wives  and  other 
women  were  then  introduced,  and  after  this  ceremony 
we  all  sat  down  and  looked  at  each  other.  The  brother 
said  that  it  was  very  kind  of  me  to  pay  them  a  visit, 
and  the  Rani's  mother  said,  u  You  have  become  a 
mother  to  my  daughter."  I  replied  that  in  one  way  I 
had  but  that  she  was  the  true  mother. 

The  young  wives  did  not  speak  but  looked  at  me 
with  their  hands  over  their  mouths.  They  were  richly 
dressed  and  sparkled  with  jewels  and  gold  lace.  Their 
husband  excused  himself  to  go  and  hold  a  reception 
for  his  gentlemen  friends  who  had  come  with  presents 
for  him ;  some  brought  money,  others  fruit. 

At  eight  o'clock  my  dinner  was  sent.  The  Rani 
asked  if  I  would  eat  there  where  we  were  sitting,  and 
when  I  told  her  that  I  did  not  like  to  eat  before  so 
many  I  was  asked  to  go  up  three  flights  of  stairs  to  a 
very  pretty  room  where  a  little  table  was  brought  in 
and  my  tray  of  food  was  brought  and  placed  upon  it. 
I  sat  upon  the  floor,  washed  my  hands  and  began  to 
eat.  A  crowd  of  women  came  to  see  me  use  a  knife 
and  fork,  for  these  necessities  are  as  much  a  curiosity 
to  them  as  some  of  their  customs  are  to  us. 

[205] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

My  dinner  consisted  of  twelve  or  fifteen  different 
dishes  prepared  by  my  cook.  These  people  put  so 
much  red  pepper  in  their  food  that  I  cannot  eat  it  and 
for  that  reason  I  prefer  to  have  my  cook  prepare  my 
meals.  Another  large  tray  of  food  was  sent  up  to 
me  from  their  cook-house,  for  which  I  expressed  my 
thanks  and  then  it  was  taken  away. 

Soon  after  finishing  my  dinner  I  begged  leave  to 
withdraw  to  my  tent  promising  to  call  the  next  morn- 
ing before  leaving.  The  next  day  I  was  up  in  good 
time,  ordered  my  breakfast,  and  had  my  things  packed 
for  the  cart  and  when  everything  was  ready  I  drove 
up  to  the  palace  to  bid  the  good  people  good-bye. 
They  gave  me  hearty  greeting,  and  trays  of  fruit 
were  brought  and  placed  before  me,  and  the  Rani's 
mother  presented  me  with  one  hundred  rupees  in 
gold.  I  refused  them  at  first  but  consented  to  take 
them  when  I  found  that  they  would  be  offended 
if  I  did  not.  This  is  a  custom  among  wealthy 
natives. 

March  1 6th. 
There  as  been  a  great  deal  of  sickness  here  since 
January  and  of  late  influenza  has  made  its  appear- 
ance. I  have  had  five  cases  this  week.  The  patients 
suffer  such  extreme  pain  that  it  keeps  me  busy  nurs- 
ing  them  as  well  as  giving  them    medicine.     They 

[206] 


Return  to  Khetri 

live  in  small  huts  near  us  so  I  can  go  to  them  any 
time  in  the  day  when  I  am  needed.  I  am  glad  the 
hot  weather  is  so  near  at  hand.  The  poor  people 
have  so  few  comforts  in  their  homes  that  it  is  very 
hard  for  them  when  they  are  sick.  I  hope  this  influ- 
enza will  pass  away  with  the  cold  weather.  I  am 
having  very  good  success  with  my  cases  j  the  only 
trouble  is  that  when  they  are  first  taken  the  pain  in  the 
left  lung  is  so  very  severe  that  for  about  three  days  I 
am  obliged  to  keep  up  fomentations  and  then  when 
the  crisis  comes  there  is  great  prostration.  It  is  a 
difficult  thing  to  tone  up  a  patient  with  the  poor  food 
they  have,  and  there  are  their  Hindu  restrictions 
about  diet,  no  meat,  no  eggs,  no  animal  food  of  any 
kind. 

I  am  planning  to  go  seven  miles  out  into  the  coun- 
try to-morrow  to  the  place  where  the  state  is  building 
an  artificial  lake  or  reservoir  for  irrigating  the  fields 
in  that  vicinity.  There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  sick- 
ness out  there  and  I  shall  have  a  busy  day.  Many 
have  died  from  pneumonia  and  influenza,  but  the 
trouble  is  less  than  it  has  been.  Miss  Pannell  will  go 
with  me.  Our  cook  will  go  out  to-night  with  the 
things  needed  for  our  stay  and  will  have  our  break- 
fast ready  for  us  when  we  arrive.  We  shall  go  out 
on  our  elephant  leaving  here  about  five  o'clock  in  the 
morning  for  our  two  hours'  ride. 

[207] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

April  3d. 

Miss  Pannell  and  a  Parsee  lady  went  with  me  to 
see  the  works  at  the  reservoir  and  we  spent  the  day 
there.  Seventeen  hundred  people,  men,  women  and 
children,  are  at  work  digging  the  earth  and  there  are 
twelve  hundred  animals  also  for  carrying  the  loads. 
It  was  a  sight  to  see  so  many  people  at  work  digging 
and  loading,  and  the  children  driving  the  animals  with 
their  sacks  of  dirt  hanging  on  each  side  of  the  animal 
like  saddle-bags. 

The  Rajah's  secretary  has  built  a  pretty  little  house 
on  the  top  of  the  hill  near  the  works,  and  we  stayed 
in  it,  and  had  our  breakfast  and  afternoon  tea,  and  at 
five  o'clock  we  mounted  the  elephant  and  had  a 
pleasant  ride  home,  taking  a  different  road  from  the 
one  we  took  in  the  morning. 

We  found  a  number  of  sick  people  and  I  attended 
a  good  number  of  cases  and  tried  to  help  all  who 
seemed  ailing  in  any  way. 

April  26th. 

We  have  had  a  slight  shower  to-day  which  has 
cooled  the  air  and  made  it  very  pleasant.  This  would 
have  been  a  fine  evening  for  a  ride  but  the  Rajah  has 
taken  our  elephant  with  him  and  has  gone  to  attend  a 
wedding  about  thirty  miles  away.  A  little  girl  was 
married  there  three  days  ago,  and  her  people  being 
wealthy,  they  made  a  great  wedding,  inviting  hundreds 

[208] 


Return  to  Khetri 

of  people.  The  Rajah  and  his  staff  went,  and  for 
the  wedding  present  they  took  one  male  elephant, 
several  horses,  and  some  jewels  and  money.  When 
the  Rajah's  daughter  is  married  these  same  people  to 
whom  these  valuable  presents  have  been  given  will  be 
expected  to  give  as  much  in  value  to  him,  so  their 
wedding  presents  are  simply  an  exchange.  I  believe 
that  one  hundred  thousand  rupees  are  to  be  expended 
on  the  wedding  of  this  little  girl. 

May  22d. 

It  is  really  a  blessing  to  us  to  have  ice  in  this  hot 
weather.  The  Rajah  has  a  camel  post  to  bring  it  from 
Rewari — seventy-two  miles — and  we  have  four  pounds 
a  day,  enough  to  cool  the  drinking  water  and  give  us 
ice-cream  twice  a  week. 

Yesterday  we  had  jugged  wild  hare  for  dinner. 
One  of  the  Thakurs  at  the  palace  sends  us  one  every 
week  skinned  and  dressed  ready  for  cooking.  We 
have  plenty  of  muskmelons  and  pineapples. 

One  hot  evening  last  week  we  dined  at  the  prime 
minister's.  The  Rajah  and  Rani  were  there  and 
about  one  hundred  women.  We  were  all  taken  up 
on  the  housetop  which  is  a  flat  roof  with  a  high 
balustrade  around  it,  so  we  were  quite  hidden  from 
view;  here  and  there  were  small  openings  in  the  wall 
through  which  we  had  a  fine  view  of  the  city  and  the 
surrounding  country. 

[209] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  gentlemen  sat  below  in  an  open  veranda  and 
in  the  courtyard.  There  were  about  two  hundred 
of  them  but  only  certain  ones  were  invited  to  dine. 

I  was  requested  to  send  my  cook  to  prepare  the 
food  for  Miss  Driver  and  myself  but  I  preferred  to 
have  it  cooked  at  home  and  sent  there  to  us.  We 
had  a  table  by  ourselves  in  one  corner  with  our  own 
women  servants  to  wait  on  us.  Our  cook  had  made 
some  ice-cream  for  us  which  was  better  than  all  the 
food  on  such  a  hot  evening.  The  lady  of  the  house 
sat  with  her  other  guests  while  we  were  taking  our 
dinner. 

About  half  an  hour  after  dinner  we  begged  to  be 
allowed  to  leave,  thinking  that  the  others  would  rather 
eat  their  dinner  without  us.  The  Rani  dined  at 
twelve  o'clock  and  came  home  at  three  o'clock  in 
the  morning.  She  must  have  been  very  tired  for  she 
was  burdened  with  heavy  jewels  and  sat  in  the  midst 
of  the  women  on  a  cushion  to  be  gazed  at.  The 
Rani's  baby  made  herself  very  attractive ;  whenever 
she  caught  a  glimpse  of  me  she  called  out  u  Nani  " 
which  means  "grandmother."  Sometimes  she  wakes 
in  the  night  and  calls  for  Nani.  She  is  a  dear  little 
one  and  very  clever. 

May  25th. 

I   have  had   such    pleasant  news  about  one  of  our 
former  schoolgirls.     She  was  the  oldest  and  brightest 

[210] 


Return  to  Khetri 

among  them  but  shy  and  modest ;  when  Miss  Pannell 
was  giving  out  the  books  the  first  morning  of  school 
she  did  not  seem  willing  to  take  one  but  when  the 
others  had  taken  theirs  she  put  out  her  hand  slowly 
to  receive  one,  and  Miss  Pannell  saw  that  she  was 
crying.  A  few  days  later  when  the  girls  had  become 
a  little  accustomed  to  their  white  teacher  Miss  Pan- 
nell said  to  her,  "Naraini,  why  did  you  cry  when  I 
offered  you  the  book  the  other  day  ?  "  "  Oh,  Miss 
Sahiba,"  she  replied,  "  your  hands  are  so  white  that  I 
thought  you  might  be  a  leper  and  I  was  afraid  to 
touch  it." 

She  was  the  daughter  of  one  of  the  cooks  at  the 
palace  and  her  marriage  arrangement  had  been  made 
with  a  house  servant  of  a  nobleman  of  another  state, 
and  when  she  had  been  about  two  years  in  our  school 
her  husband  came  to  take  her  to  his  home.  She  had 
not  been  long  in  her  new  home  before  the  nobleman's 
wife  heard  that  she  could  read  and  sing  and  she  sent 
for  her  to  come  to  her.  Naraini  went  and  was  asked 
to  sing;  she  sang  one  of  our  Hindi  hymns  which 
pleased  the  lady  so  much  that  she  had  her  come  often 
to  read  and  sing  to  her.  When  she  left  school  we 
gave  her  the  books  she  had  used  and  also  a  hymn- 
book,  a  Gospel  and  other  books,  among  them  "  The 
Indian  Pilgrim" — on  the  plan  of  "  Pilgrim's  Progress  " 
— and   "  Religions    Weighed,"  both    of  which   have 

[211] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

been  very  helpful  in  mission  work  all  over  India,  and 
we  are  rejoiced  to  know  that  one,  even,  of  our  girls 
has  such  an  opportunity  to  use  the  knowledge  she 
gained  with  us  to  benefit  others.  "  My  Word  .  .  . 
shall  not  return  to  Me  void  but  it  shall  accomplish 
that  which  I  please,  saith  the  Lord." 


[212] 


XV 
A  New  Companion 


Khetri,  May  2J,  l8pO. 
My  dear  Dr.  Greene  : 

I  still  feel  that  it  was  God's  will  for  me  that 
I  should  come  back  here ;  it  seems  to  me  that  my 
work  for  this  people  is  not  yet  done.  I  have  much 
to  encourage  me.  The  people  are  much  more  ac- 
cessible than  they  were  during  my  former  stay  among 
them ;  they  come  to  me  in  such  a  childlike  way  to 
be  taught  and  to  be  cared  for. 

A  Hindu  pundit  called  on  me  one  evening  and 
before  he  left  he  asked  me  to  repeat  to  him  the  bless- 
ing that  we  ask  before  eating,  and  when  I  had  re- 
peated it  and  explained  why  we  use  it  he  wrote  it 
down  and  also  wrote  the  little  children's  prayer  u  Now 
I  lay  me  down  to  sleep."  The  next  morning  he 
came  again  and  brought  it  for  me  to  read  in  Hindi, 
saying  that  he  had  translated  it  and  would  teach  it  to 
his  five-year-old  daughter. 

Several  weeks  ago  I  lent  him  Moody's  book  on 
"  Heaven,"  which  made  a  great  impression  on  him  ; 
he  read  it  to  some  of  his  friends,  and  some  parts  of  it 
he  read  to  the  Rajah.     Every   one  who  has  heard  it 

[213] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

seems  to  be  favorably  impressed.  A  Parsee  gentle- 
man to  whom  I  lent  it  said  that  he  liked  it  so  much 
that  he  now  wanted  to  read  the  Life  of  Christ.  He 
bought  a  Gospel  of  Matthew  at  a  railway  station  and 
has  read  it  with  great  interest.  He  brought  it  to  me 
and  I  opened  it  and  read  a  few  verses  from  the  last 
chapter  and  told  him  that  this  was  our  Lord's  com- 
mand to  go  to  all  nations  and  tell  all  people  how  they 
might  be  saved  from  sin,  and  that  this  is  the  reason 
why  missionaries  leave  their  homes  and  friends  and 
go  to  other  countries  to  teach  the  people  of  Christ  and 
His  love  for  the  world.  He  asked  me  if  it  was  a  sin 
for  a  person  to  change  his  religion. 

This  man  really  seems  to  be  a  seeker  after  truth. 
I  gave  him  a  Bible  and  marked  some  passages  for  him 
to  read.  We  are  praying  that  he  may  find  what  his 
soul  is  hungering  for.  Will  you  not  join  us  in  prayer 
for  him  ?  I  do  long  so  much  for  some  one  among 
this  people  to  accept  Christ  and  become  a  worker 
among  them.  We  feel  that  there  are  several  who 
might  come  out  if  only  one  of  them  would  have  the 
courage  to  start. 

My  dear  friend  and  companion,  Miss  Pannell,  who 
has  been  with  me  all  the  while  until  the  last  two 
months,  was  obliged  to  return  to  Bareilly  as  her  mother 
is  not  well.  She  will  remain  there  until  cold  weather. 
A  lady  from  the  Church  Missionary  Society  in  Agra 

[214] 


A  New  Companion 

is  with  me  at  present,  whose  coming  was  providential 
as  otherwise  I  might  have  been  alone  all  through  the 
hot  season.  Miss  Driver  was  a  stranger  to  me  but  I 
find  her  a  most  desirable  companion.  She  was  very 
desirous  to  come  to  me  to  take  treatment  for  rheuma- 
tism. She  is  a  true  missionary,  improving  every  op- 
portunity to  speak  to  and  teach  the  children  and  the 
people.  She  came  to  India  from  the  Mildmay 
Deaconess  Home  in  London  where  she  had  been  a 
worker  for  several  years.  A  good  preparation  for 
work  in  India ! 

The  good  Father  remembers  me  in  every  way  even 
before  I  ask, 

The  heat  has  been  intense  this  week.  On  Mon- 
day the  thermometer  stood  at  1090  in  the  evening 
on  the  veranda  and  in  the  house  itwas98°.  The 
grass  mats  at  the  doors  were  kept  wet  and  three  large 
fans  hung  from  the  ceiling  were  kept  in  motion  all  the 
time.  The  next  day  the  thermometer  on  the  veranda 
registered  1050,  but  to-day  it  is  cooler  as  it  rained  last 
night  and  there  was  a  high  wind. 

This  hot  season  I  have  things  more  comfortable 
than  ever  before.  The  Rajah  has  made  arrangements 
for  ice  to  come  from  Delhi  for  himself  and  us  and  he 
has  camels  out  at  eight  different  points  from  here  to 
the  Rewari  railway  station.  Every  nine  miles  a  man 
is  stationed  with  a  fresh  camel.     This  enables  us  to 

[215] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

send  to  the  station  for  bread  and  other  things,  so  we 
now  have  more  variety  in  food. 

The  Rajah  and  Rani  seem  very  happy  ;  their  baby 
is  such  a  little  treasure  to  them.  Her  father  takes 
great  care  of  her  and  enjoys  her  clever  little  ways.  A 
servant  brings  her  down  to  our  house  nearly  every 
morning  or  evening  when  it  is  cool  enough.  The 
dear  little  pet  likes  to  come  to  see  her  Ndni^  as  she 
calls  me. 

July  lotb. 

I  have  had  a  number  of  patients  to-day — some  very 
disagreeable  cases  from  among  the  multitude  of  the 
unwashed — but  it  is  better  to  have  work  even  if  it  is 
not  very  pleasant. 

I  must  tell  you  of  an  outing  we  took  on  the  day 
the  rains  began.  While  I  was  in  America  the  Rajah 
built  a  house  about  seven  miles  from  Khetri  on  the 
top  of  a  hill  about  fifteen  hundred  feet  above  the  city. 
He  thought  it  would  be  a  cool  resort  for  his  family  in 
the  hot  weather.  He  has  several  times  suggested  to 
us  to  go  out  and  spend  the  day  saying  that  we  could 
stay  there  a  while  for  a  change  if  we  found  it  cooler. 
We  waited  until  we  felt  sure  that  the  tiger  and  leopard 
that  had  been  seen  early  in  the  season  had  disappeared 
and  then  decided  to  go  out  for  a  day.  The  Rajah  had 
large  fans  put  up  in  the  room  and  grass  mats  hung  at 
the  doors,  and  sent  out  everything  that  he  thought  we 

[216] 


A  New  Companion 

would  need,  and  gave  us  his  secretary  and  two  men 
on  horses  as  an  escort,  and  twelve  men,  six  for  each 
palki.  We  also  had  our  elephant,  but  she  could  not 
go  all  the  way  as  she  was  too  tall  to  pass  under  the 
low  branches  of  the  trees  on  each  side  of  the  road. 

Our  cook  made  arrangements  for  our  meals  and 
started  on  ahead  in  order  to  have  our  breakfast  ready 
by  the  time  we  arrived.  We  rose  at  three  o'clock, 
had  our  bedding  rolled  up  and  started  the  coolies  off 
with  their  baskets  and  bundles,  and  at  five  o'clock  we 
mounted  the  elephant  and  set  off  with  a  train  of  men. 
We  had  not  gone  far  when  suddenly  a  dark  cloud  ap- 
peared and  a  dust  storm  broke  upon  us.  We  de- 
scended from  the  elephant  as  quickly  as  possible  and 
got  into  our  palkis  and  closed  the  doors.  When  the 
wind  quieted  a  little  we  told  the  men  to  go  on,  but  we 
had  not  gone  more  than  a  mile  when  down  came  the 
rain  and  we  and  all  our  things  were  thoroughly  soaked, 
so  we  turned  our  faces  homeward.  By  the  time  that 
we  reached  Khetri  it  was  bright  and  clear  again  and  we 
began  to  wonder  what  we  should  do  for  breakfast  as 
the  cooking  utensils  and  the  food  were  all  on  the  way 
to  the  country  house. 

After  considering  the  matter  we  concluded  to  try 
again  so  the  men  were  called  and  we  started  in  our 
palkis.  We  enjoyed  winding  around  the  mountain 
paths.     The  scenery  is  exceedingly  pretty  and  seemed 

[217] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

new  to  me  although  I  have  been  over  this  narrow  road 
several  times.  Most  of  the  way  there  is  a  steep  prec- 
ipice on  one  side,  and  there  are  only  two  places 
where  conveyances  can  pass  each  other.  We  reached 
the  house  about  ten  o'clock  with  fine  appetites  and  the 
cook  soon  appeared  with  a  breakfast  of  a  savory  dish 
of  mangoes  and  onions  with  rice.  After  breakfast  we 
inspected  the  house  and  courtyard  and  the  surround- 
ings. 

The  men  had  placed  our  cots  under  the  fan  in  the 
large  room,  and  we  donned  our  dressing-gowns  and  lay 
down  for  a  sleep  but  sleep  would  not  come.  We  had 
brought  Frances  Willard's  "  Glimpses  of  Fifty  Years," 
so  we  read  a  little  of  her  spicy  life  to  break  the  mo- 
notony, for  we  were  in  the  most  lonely  place  one 
could  imagine;  not  a  human  being  near  except  our 
company;  we  even  had  to  send  two  miles  for  drinking 
water.  You  will  not  wonder  that  we  concluded  that 
we  would  rather  stay  in  Khetri  in  the  heat. 

We  dined  at  five  o'clock,  packed  our  things  and 
sent  them  home,  and  started  on  our  return  journey  at 
six ;  we  had  covered  three  miles  of  the  road  and  were 
just  entering  the  valley  road  when  a  terrible  storm  of 
wind  and  rain  came  upon  us.  Our  men  could  not 
stand  with  the  palkis  so  they  set  them  down  and 
guarded  them  on  the  lower  side  to  keep  them  from 
blowing  over.     The  water  came  down  the  hill  in  tor- 

[218] 


A  New  Companion 

rents.  There  appeared  to  be  two  streams,  one  from 
the  hills  on  the  right  and  one  coming  down  the  road 
in  front  of  us,  and  they  rushed  along  with  such  force 
that  it  seemed  as  if  we  must  be  swept  away.  The 
secretary's  horse  had  become  frightened  at  the  light- 
ning and  he  had  to  dismount.  He  ordered  the  coolies 
to  take  up  the  palkis  and  go  on  but  they  refused,  declar- 
ing that  they  could  not  carry  them  against  the  stream. 
As  it  was  the  only  thing  to  do  I  told  the  men  that  I 
would  fee  them  well  if  they  took  us  home  safely,  and 
this  put  new  strength  into  them;  they  took  up  the 
palkis  but  it  was  almost  impossible  to  get  up  the  hill, 
the  water  came  down  with  such  force.  We  had  only 
one  lantern  for  the  whole  procession  so  we  had  to 
keep  close  together  and  pick  our  way.  The  men 
were  very  careful,  and  with  thankful  hearts  we  passed 
the  dangerous  places  in  safety.  I  was  reminded  of 
the  landslide  in  Naini  Tal  when  we  had  to  wade 
through  the  water  on  the  roads  and  were  carried 
across  the  mountain  streams  on  our  servants'  backs. 

We  reached  home  about  nine  in  the  evening  and  I 
gave  out  tea  for  all  the  men  and  coal  for  a  fire  to  dry 
their  clothes,  and  they  were  made  happy  with  a  gift  of 
ten  cents  each.  They  seemed  to  think  that  the  rain 
had  served  them  a  good  turn. 

We  felt  a  little  rheumatism  for  the  next  few  days 
but  neither  of  us  was  really  ill. 

[219] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

All  this  made  a  change  in  our  life  but  I  do  not  care 
to  have  the  same  occur  again  while  the  rainy  season 
lasts.  Seventeen  feet  of  water  came  into  the  new 
reservoir  of  which  I  wrote  you. 

To-day  I  have  been  giving  a  lesson  in  cooking  to 
the  prime  minister's  cook.  The  man  brought  all  the 
materials  and  I  told  him  how  to  put  them  together. 
The  minister  is  ill  and  I  have  been  treating  him  for 
about  four  months.  He  has  improved  so  much  that  I 
am  hopeful  of  his  full  recovery.  Nearly  all  of  the 
Hindus  here  show  me  great  kindness  ;  even  those  who 
at  first  were  opposed  to  my  coming  here.  I  think  it 
was  just  the  thing  for  me  to  come  back  here  for  a  while. 

A  Brahman  widow  has  just  come  in  and  sat  down  on 
the  floor  behind  me  ;  she  is  saying  over  prayers  on 
her  beads  and  will  continue  her  occupation  until  I 
finish  my  letter. 

And  here  come  the  Rani's  little  ones  with  all  their 
servants,  so  there  will  be  no  more  quiet  for  me.  The 
children  are  both  lovely.     Dear  baby  is  such  a  treasure. 

October  l6th. 
I  wonder  if  I  have  told  you  of  our  meetings  here. 
I  began  a  Sunday  morning  service  in  August.  Two 
Parsee  gentlemen  with  their  wives  and  children  and  a 
Hindu  gentleman  formed  our  first  congregation ; 
afterward  others  joined  us  so  that  now  we  have  quite 

[220] 


A  New  Companion 

an  audience.  For  our  first  lesson  I  took  the  story  of 
the  Creation  and  found  that  only  one  of  the  listeners 
— with  the  exception  of  my  own  household — had  ever 
heard  of  the  creation  of  the  world  and  of  mankind  as 
we  have  it  in  our  Bible.  You  can  imagine  how  in- 
terested they  were  as  I  told  the  story  of  Adam  and 
Eve  in  their  purity,  of  their  sin  and  their  punishment, 
then  of  the  promise  of  a  Redeemer. 

The  story  of  Abraham's  call  and  of  his  life,  and  of 
his  descendants  becoming  God's  chosen  people  inter- 
ested them  very  much. 

We  have  had  the  genealogy  of  the  Christ — the 
promised  Redeemer — His  birth  and  His  early  life. 
Last  Sunday  we  had  a  lesson  on  John  the  Baptist, 
who  came  to  prepare  the  way  for  the  Christ,  and  the 
story  of  Christ's  baptism,  and  next  Sunday  we  will 
have  the  temptation  and  compare  it  with  the  tempta- 
tion of  our  first  parents.  The  pundit  said  to  me  once, 
"  I  find  that  these  Bible  lessons  help  me  very  much  in 
my  own  religion  !  " 

At  five  o'clock  every  Sunday  afternoon  we  have  a 
meeting  for  our  servants  and  any  others  who  will  come 
and  we  use  the  same  lessons  that  we  had  in  the  morn- 
ing. We  have  the  men  read  the  lesson  and  give  us 
their  understanding  of  it  and  after  they  have  given  us 
their  thoughts  about  it  we  give  them  ours.  We  teach 
them  to  sing  and  they  enjoy  our  hymns.     There  are 

[221   ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

three  men  among  them  who  would  make  good 
teachers  for  their  own  people  if  they  should  become 
Christians. 

At  seven  o'clock  Miss  Pannell  and  I  go  up  to  the 
palace  and  have  a  meeting  with  the  Rani  and  her 
women.  Sometimes  these  meetings  are  very  interest- 
ing and  sometimes  quite  discouraging.  It  is  hard  for 
earthly  royalty  to  submit  to  the  requirements  of  the 
King  of  kings.  They  require  submission  from  their 
own  subjects  but  their  religion  teaches  them  that  they 
may  do  what  they  please,  their  position  in  the  world 
saves  them.  The  Rani  admits  that  this  is  not  reason- 
able, and  I  am  trying  to  show  her  from  God's  Word 
that  there  is  no  other  way  to  be  saved  but  by  Christ, 
that  He  and  He  alone  can  forgive  sin  and  make  us 
ready  for  heaven.  We  are  praying  that  the  Holy 
Spirit  may  become  her  teacher  in  this  great  mystery 
which  has  puzzled  so  many. 


[  222  ] 


XVI 

A  Pilgrimage 


Khetri,  Nov.  ^,  1890. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

I  would  like  to  live  in  tents  the  most  of  the 
time  in  the  cold  weather ;  it  is  such  a  good  way  to 
get  strong.  Yesterday  morning  we  got  up  early  to 
have  our  photographs  taken  on  the  elephant.  The 
photograph  was  a  failure  but  we  had  a  long  ride  which 
gave  us  a  good  appetite  for  our  breakfast.  These 
rides  are  very  invigorating. 

Miss  Pannell  is  back  again  so  we  are  a  family  of 
three,  besides  the  parrot,  the  dog,  four  guinea-fowls 
and  a  few  hens.  We  keep  the  fowls  under  high  bas- 
kets in  our  front  yard  where  a  man  stands  day  and 
night  on  guard,  not  to  watch  the  fowls  only  ;  he  is 
our  regular  watchman.  We  have  five  men  appointed 
for  this  duty  who  change  every  two  hours,  day  and 
night,  so  we  are  never  left  alone  for  an  hour. 

Yesterday  was  the  anniversary  of  my  sailing  from 
New  York  twenty-one  years  ago.  We  celebrated  it 
by  giving  a  party  for  our  native  lady  friends  and  their 
children.  The  Rani  came,  the  prime  minister's  wife, 
two   Parsee  ladies  each   bringing  one  child,  and  the 

[  223] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

pundit's  wife  and  daughter,  with  numbers  of  attend- 
ants with  each  lady.  We  had  all  the  drapery  looped 
back  so  that  our  three  rooms  were  thrown  into  one. 
I  sent  to  the  palace  for  wall  lamps  to  light  the  house. 
Every  room  was  prettily  decorated  with  flowers  and 
the  verandas  were  enclosed  with  tent  walls  and  were 
furnished  with  floor  cloths,  chairs  and  the  organ. 
Miss  Driver  had  planned  some  games  for  the  enter- 
tainment, and  we  had  the  band  outside  to  play  at  in- 
tervals when  we  wished.  For  the  two  Parsee  ladies 
and  ourselves  we  had  tea  and  cake.  The  Parsees 
have  no  caste  prejudice  so  they  eat  with  us.  Pan 
rolled  in  silver  leaf  was  prepared  by  a  Brahman  for 
the  Rani  and  the  other  Hindu  ladies.  We  had  a 
very  pleasant  time  and  the  ladies  enjoyed  it  exceed- 
ingly. It  was  such  work  to  receive  them  and  send 
them  away ;  all  the  men  servants  were  banished  until 
we  got  them — under  a  cloth  canopy — into  their  convey- 
ances. The  last  one  went  away  about  eleven  o'clock. 
This  morning  I  distributed  sweets  among  my  serv- 
ants and  a  few  others  who  do  us  little  favors  and 
bring  us  flowers  sometimes.  It  is  customary  on  such 
occasions  to  give  to  the  servants  also  but  I  had  not 
the  time  to  do  it  yesterday.  A  great  many  hearts 
have  been  made  happy.  These  little  acts  bring  us 
nearer  to  the  people  and  cause  them  to  feel  the  interest 
we  have  in  them. 

[224] 


Andriyas,  the  Converted  Faqir. 


A  Pilgrimage 

Our  Sunday  services  are  well  attended  and  some  of 
the  people  manifest  considerable  interest. 

Agra,  Wednesday,  Dec.  2jd. 

Miss  Pannell  and  I  left  Khetri  over  a  month  ago. 
Our  camp  is  in  Jeypore  but  we  are  expecting  the 
Rani  and  family  here  in  a  few  days  ;  in  the  meantime 
I  have  been  visiting  some  of  my  old  friends  in  the 
mission  at  Cawnpore,  Lucknow  and  Bareilly,  and  I  at- 
tended the  camp-meeting  at  Chandausi.  Now  I  am 
here  with  my  former  student,  Miss  Yerbury. 

The  Rajah  and  Rani  have  started  on  a  pilgrimage 
to  Benares,  Calcutta  and  Jaganath.  I  am  hoping  that 
they  will  be  willing  for  us  to  remain  here  while  they 
make  the  journey. 

We  have  had  a  most  interesting  time  in  Khetri 
since  I  wrote  you  last.  A  very  clever  religious  devotee 
from  Lahore  spent  some  time  in  the  city  giving  in- 
struction in  his  religion ;  then  good  old  Andriyas,  a 
converted  devotee,  who  accepted  Christ  twenty-six 
years  ago,  came  here  on  my  invitation  and  remained 
with  us  a  while.  He  came  filled  with  the  Spirit, 
ready  to  give  his  experience  and  tell  the  people  why 
he  became  a  Christian.  We  had  a  meeting  on  our 
veranda  every  morning  and  at  evening  he  preached 
in  the  city  and  sometimes  spoke  in  the  palace.  On 
Sundays  we  had  service  morning  and  evening  in  our 

[225] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

house  and  the  Rajah  and  his  men  came.  Every  one 
liked  the  old  man  though  at  times  he  spoke  very 
plainly  about  the  idol-worship  of  the  Hindus.  He 
sang  and  played  on  a  native  instrument,  and  his  sing- 
ing of  Christian  hymns  was  very  effective  and  brought 
tears  to  many  eyes. 

Andriyas  was  with  us  two  weeks  and  gave  the 
Gospel  with  power  to  many  hearers.  The  Lahore 
priest  had  left  before  he  came,  for  which  I  was  sorry, 
as  he  might  have  been  interested  in  this  good  man's 
experience. 

We  shall  continue  our  services  as  usual  when  we 
return  to  Khetri  and  I  trust  there  may  be  some  per- 
manent results.  Three  of  our  best  servants  are  with 
us  here  and  all  of  them  are  interested  in  reading  the 
Bible. 

Christmas  Day. 

I  wonder  how  you  are  spending  this  Christmas  Day  ! 
We  have  been  to  the  English  church  and  heard  a  good 
sermon  and  joined  in  the  communion  service.  It  is  a 
mission  church  and  the  clergyman  is  a  plain,  earnest 
Christian  and  a  good  preacher. 

Miss  Yerbury  has  a  great  many  presents  from  her 
patients  to-day,  Christmas  cards,  trays  of  fruit  and  veg- 
etables, besides  other  things  of  greater  value.  The 
presentation  of  a  tray  of  fruit  or  vegetables  is  an 
oriental  custom  and  is  a  very  easy  way  for  the  poor 

[  226] 


A  Pilgrimage 

people  to  express  their  respect  and  gratitude  for  med- 
ical attendance  when  they  are  not  able  to  give  a  fee 
for  the  doctor's  services. 

Calcutta,  March  /,  189 1. 

We  have  travelled  many  miles  since  we  left  Agra, 
and  already  we  have  been  twenty  days  in  Calcutta. 
When  the  Rani's  first  child  was  born  the  parents  made 
a  vow  that  she  should  be  taken  some  time  during  her 
childhood  to  Jaganath,  below  Calcutta,  to  have  her 
head  shaven.  This  religious  act  had  been  deferred 
much  longer  than  the  parents  intended,  for  the  little 
girl  is  now  about  seven  years  old,  and  the  Rani  began 
to  think  it  time  to  fulfill  their  vow.  They  wished  also 
to  visit  some  of  the  ancient  Hindu  shrines  which 
they  could  easily  reach  on  their  way  to  Calcutta.  A 
number  of  poor  people  of  the  state  who  expressed 
the  same  desire  were  invited  to  go  with  them,  and 
others  who  would  be  company  for  the  Rani.  There 
were  altogether  two  hundred  persons,  including  the 
servants. 

We  left  Agra  early  in  January,  going  first  to 
Allahabad,  the  capital  city  of  the  Northwest  Provinces, 
and  one  of  the  sacred  bathing  places  of  the  Hindus, 
where  we  remained  four  days.  All  the  men  of  the 
party  went  to  the  river  to  bathe  and  have  their  heads 
shaven.     A  number  of  them  became  ill  with  colds  and 

[227] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

fever  and  some  with  pneumonia,  and  for  a  while  I  had 
many  sick  people  to  care  for. 

From  Allahabad  we  journeyed  to  Benares,  the  sacred 
city  of  the  Hindus  all  over  India;  it  is  a  city  of  tem- 
ples and  places  for  the  pilgrims  who  throng  the  city 
every  day  of  the  year.  I  stayed  at  the  Government 
Rest-House,  and  the  rest  of  the  party  went  into  the 
city  among  the  temples  and  near  the  river .  Ganges. 
The  Rani  became  very  ill  here.  Several  of  the  com- 
pany after  bathing  and  worshipping  in  the  temples  asked 
permission  to  return  to  Khetri,  and  the  remainder  of 
the  party  took  the  train  for  Gya,  the  ancient  centre  of 
Buddhism,  now  in  ruins.  The  celebrated  Buddhist 
Temple  is  the  one  thing  of  interest  there. 

Our  stay  was  only  of  a  few  hours ;  then  we  came 
to  Calcutta.  We  are  stopping  in  a  wonderful  house 
which  will  accommodate  more  than  five  hundred 
people.  It  cost  six  hundred  thousand  rupees.  It  is 
built  like  two  houses  joined  in  the  middle  with  a  large 
open  court  for  each  and  a  fine  veranda  on  all  four 
sides.  I  am  in  the  second  story  which  is  like  the  one 
below.  The  Rani's  rooms  are  opposite  mine  and  the 
Rajah  and  his  suite  occupy  the  lower  rooms. 

There  is  only  one  shrine  which  they  wish  to  visit 
here.  The  prime  minister  and  another  official  have 
gone  to  Jaganath  to  take  a  lock  of  hair  to  present  be- 
fore the  idol,  which  will  take  the  place  of  the  child's 

[  228] 


A  Pilgrimage 

visit  and  the  shaving  of  her  head.  The  Rani  has  not 
enjoyed  the  shrines;  she  says  they  are  such  filthy 
places.  I  think  her  faith  in  all  these  things  is  much 
shaken.  In  one  way  it  has  done  her  good ;  she  real- 
izes how  very  little  she  has  gained  in  comfort  or  sat- 
isfaction after  all  their  trouble  and  expense.  She  has 
never  required  me  to  accompany  her  to  any  of  the 
shrines.  In  each  city  I  have  either  stayed  with  friends 
or  at  the  Government  Rest-House,  and  have  had  a 
pleasant  time.  I  have  been  to  visit  Miss  Knowles 
here ;  you  remember  she  came  out  to  India  with  me. 
I  have  also  dined  at  Bishop  Thoburn's. 

Yesterday  the  Rani  went  in  a  closed  carriage  to  the 
temple  of  Kali,  a  few  miles  from  Calcutta.  On  her 
return  I  asked  her  if  she  had  a  pleasant  time  and  she 
replied,  "No,  I  stayed  just  so  long  !  "  measuring  on 
her  ringer.  She  said  the  place  was  so  filthy  that  she 
could  not  go  in  but  turned  away  at  once  and  got  into 
the  carriage  saying  that  she  was  quite  ready  to  return. 
She  was  disappointed,  too,  in  what  she  saw  in  Alla- 
habad. At  Fyzabad  she  invited  me  to  go  with  her  to 
the  bathing  ghat.  The  place  was  enclosed  but  the 
water  was  so  muddy  that  she  would  not  bathe,  but 
she  said  that  her  little  daughter  might  bathe  if  she 
wished. 

Agra,  March  p,  1891. 

Our  trip  to  some  of  the  shrines  of  the  Hindus  was 

[  229] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

quite  interesting,  in  a  way,  and  the  journey  has  done 
me  much  good.  If  I  were  a  Hindu  I  should  prob- 
ably think  I  had  been  cured  of  all  my  infirmities  by 
my  visits  to  these  idol  temples.  We  were  twenty 
days  in  Calcutta,  then  returned  to  Agra  and  shall  prob- 
ably leave  this  week  for  Khetri. 

The  Rani  is  living  in  another  house  at  a  little  dis- 
tance from  us.  One  evening  Miss  Yerbury  gave  an 
"At  Home "  in  her  honor  and  there  were  twenty 
ladies  present.  The  rooms  were  beautiful  with  an 
abundance  of  flowers  and  the  table  decorations  were 
lovely.  The  Rani  enjoyed  it  all  very  much.  She 
came  into  the  room  where  we  were  taking  refresh- 
ments but,  of  course,  could  not  eat  with  us.  Some 
fruit  was  provided  for  her  and  was  sent  to  her  carriage 
to  be  taken  to  her  house. 

To-day  we  are  to  have  a  picnic  in  a  lovely  garden  in 
which  is  a  celebrated  tomb.  As  this  is  a  government 
holiday  Miss  Yerbury  does  not  go  to  her  dispensary 
so  we  take  the  opportunity  to  have  a  day  out  of 
doors.  The  air  is  delightful  just  now  but  we  shall 
be  glad  of  the  shelter  of  a  big  tree  at  midday  when  it 
will  be  much  warmer. 

Tenth. 

We  had  a  fine  time  at  our  picnic  yesterday.  There 
were  six  of  us ;  two  young  clergymen,  three  lady 
doctors  and  a  married  lady.     The  garden  is  outside 

[  230] 


A  Pilgrimage 

the  city  and  borders  on  the  river  Jumna.  It  is  a 
pleasure  garden  with  beautiful  lawns  and  flowers  and 
with  a  number  of  masonry  platforms  arranged  for 
picnic  parties.  We  sat  on  a  carpet  spread  on  the 
lawn  and  had  our  refreshments  and  when  it  was  cool 
enough  we  had  a  game  of  badminton,  which  is  an 
especially  good  exercise  for  ladies  in  this  climate.  Our 
whole  party  was  invited  to  dine  in  the  evening  with 
another  lady  doctor  who  has  just  come  out  from  Ire- 
land to  join  the  Lady  Dufferin  Hospital  here. 

I  am  getting  rather  tired  of  this  long  holiday  away 
from  my  home  and  my  work,  though  it  is  very  pleas- 
ant here  and  I  always  enjoy  coming  to  Agra. 

Khetri^  April  <5,  1891. 

We  arrived  here  March  29th  after  four  months  of 
travel,  staying  at  rest-houses  or  visiting  friends.  It 
seems  good  to  be  at  home  again. 

Miss  Driver  and  I  are  trying  to  divide  up  our  time 
so  that  none  may  be  wasted  for  we  want  to  make  the 
best  possible  use  of  each  hour  of  the  day.  We  have 
begun  the  Chautauqua  Course  of  Reading  and  shall 
spend  an  hour  together  each  day  with  this.  Then  we 
have  Geikie's  "  Life  of  Christ  " — two  volumes — 
which  we  hope  to  read  for  an  hour  each  evening. 
With  these  and  our  Bible  readings,  teaching  the  serv- 
ants, my  dispensary  work    and   city    visits,   and   the 

[231] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

many  visits  to  the  palace  I  shall  not  have  much  time 
to  be  lonely.  I  have  not  mentioned  the  hour  or  two 
each  day  that  must  be  given  to  writing ;  then  the 
bath  and  meals  must  have  their  time  and  there  are 
frequent  callers  from  among  the  people  around  us. 
There  ought  to  be  time  for  going  out  for  an  airing 
and  exercise,  too. 

Eighteenth. 

I  have  had  quite  an  interesting  clinic  at  the  dis- 
pensary this  morning.  A  woman  came  to  me  who 
said  she  had  no  children.  I  asked  her  how  long  she  had 
been  married  and  she  said,  "  Five  years."  "  Have 
you  never  had  a  child  ?  "  I  asked.  "  Oh,  yes,"  she 
replied,  "  I  had  a  child  four  years  ago,  but  it  died." 
Then  I  asked  her  age  and  she  said  she  was  fifteen 
years  old.  Fifteen  years  old,  five  years  married,  and 
had  a  child  when  she  was  eleven  years  old  !  I  told 
her  that  she  was  not  old  enough  to  be  a  mother.  She 
thought  it  very  hard  that  I  should  turn  her  away 
without  doing  anything  for  her. 

On  Saturday  a  little  Hindu  woman  came  in  from 
the  country  to  be  operated  on  for  ascites.  I  performed 
the  operation  and  took  away  four  gallons  of  water 
from  her.  I  found  that  she  had  an  ovarian  tumor 
but  as  I  had  no  assistant  I  could  not  operate  for  that, 
though  I  was  sorry  to  let  her  go  out  of  my  hands 
without  the  second  operation. 

[232] 


A  Pilgrimage 

In  the  afternoon  Miss  Driver  and  I  went  out  on 
the  elephant  to  make  calls  in  the  city.  I  am  sure 
you  would  have  been  amused  to  see  us  mount.  A 
new  pad  had  been  made  for  her  which  brought  our 
howdah  up  so  high  that  we  had  to  have  a  longer 
ladder  than  usual,  and  such  a  tip  as  we  had  when  she 
rose  on  her  feet !  we  hung  on  as  well  as  we  could  and 
had  a  good  laugh  over  it  afterward. 

We  had  some  very  pleasant  calls  on  the  native 
people.  At  one  place  the  man  of  the  family  we 
called  on  seemed  very  friendly  and  the  next  day  he 
returned  our  call  and  said  his  wife  might  come  to  see 
us  some  day  if  I  would  send  my  palki  for  her. 

May  15th. 
Our  nearest  neighbor  brought  his  only  daughter 
over  to  our  veranda  to  see  me  this  morning.  Her 
nose  had  been  pierced  by  a  Hindu  jeweller  in  order 
to  have  her  marriage  jewel  inserted.  I  applied  co- 
caine to  lessen  the  pain  but  the  child  cried  and 
screamed  most  pitifully.  She  is  not  yet  six  years  old 
but  the  first  marriage  ceremony  has  been  performed. 
She  is  now  allowed  to  wear  a  skirt  and  chadar  and 
looks  like  a  miniature  woman.  Up  to  the  day  of  the 
ceremony  she  wore  a  little  jacket  and  drawers  and  a 
cap  like  a  boy.  She  will  now  be  taught  to  read  and 
write. 

[233] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

On  Tuesday  of  this  week  the  Rani  and  her  chil- 
dren and  another  native  lady  spent  the  evening  with 
us.  By  looping  back  the  curtains  our  three  well- 
lighted  rooms  were  thrown  into  one  and  the  place 
looked  really  fairy-like,  lacking  only  one  or  two  foun- 
tains and  some  flowers  to  make  it  truly  oriental. 
The  Rani  was  very  cheerful  and  enjoyed  her  visit. 
We  showed  her  books  and  pictures  and  Miss  Driver 
played  on  the  organ  and  amused  the  children  with 
games.  The  pundit  had  tea  made  for  the  Rani  at  his 
house  and  sent  it  in  and  it  was  served  to  her  on  a 
small  table  by  one  of  her  own  servants.  We  sat  at 
another  table  in  the  same  room  to  drink  our  tea  and 
it  seemed  very  sociable. 

This  is  the  coolest  season  for  this  time  of  the  year 
that  I  have  ever  experienced  in  India.  The  people 
say  that  it  is  unfavorable  and  we  shall  have  drought, 
for  only  a  normal  hot  season  is  followed  by  plentiful 
rains.  There  is  now  very  little  water  in  the  wells 
and  the  people  in  the  city  suffer  from  lack  of  water  ; 
those  who  come  to  the  dispensary  these  days  are  filthy 
for  they  have  no  water  for  bathing. 

'June  yth. 

We  had  a  most  interesting  Bible  class  yesterday. 
Six  nationalities  were  represented  and  we  used  the 
Bible  in  Bengali,  Urdu  and  English,  for  our  congrega- 
tion  included  a  Bengali,  Parsee,  Hindu    and  six    or 

[234] 


A  Pilgrimage 

seven  Goanese,  besides  Miss  Driver,  who  is  English, 
and  myself  an  American. 

Our  lesson  was  the  eleventh  chapter  of  Matthew. 
When  we  came  to  the  last  three  verses — the  invita- 
tion of  Jesus — I  told  them  that  the  invitation  was  for 
them  and  for  all  people  of  all  nations  to-day  just  as  it 
was  for  the  people  to  whom  Jesus  spoke.  They  were 
quite  touched  and  when  I  explained  about  the  rest 
which  Jesus  gives  and  the  burdens  which  we  all  carry 
until  we  accept  the  invitation  and  take  upon  us  His 
yoke — which  is  easy — they  seemed  to  take  it  in  and 
get  a  fresh  inspiration.  At  evening  we  had  service  in 
Hindi  on  the  veranda  for  our  servants  and  others  and 
seventeen  persons  were  present.  Six  children  also 
came  in  and  they  helped  nicely  with  the  singing  which 
they  always  enjoy.  They  are  quite  as  attentive  to 
the  lesson  as  the  older  listeners. 

Some  of  our  servants  take  as  much  interest  in  the 
service  as  they  would  if  they  were  converted  men. 
One  of  them  reads  his  Bible  every  day  but  he  has  not 
declared  himself  a  Christian.  It  is  a  hard  step  for 
these  people  to  take  for  it  separates  them  from  their 
families  and  all  their  old  associates,  and  often  it  means 
to  them  literally  giving  up  everything  for  Christ's  sake. 

yune  1 6th. 


My  dear  H 


The  Rajah  and  Rani  have  just  completed  the 

[235] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

marriage  arrangement  of  their  youngest  daughter  who 
is  two  and  a  half  years  old.  The  boy  is  five  years 
old.  It  seems  too  bad  that  she  should  be  given  away 
so  early,  but  the  people  have  their  own  customs.  She 
will  remain  with  her  parents  till  she  is  fourteen  years 
of  age,  then  the  marriage  ceremony  will  take  place  and 
she  will  go  to  her  husband's  home.  The  cost  of  this 
first  part  of  the  marriage  arrangement — which  we 
would  call  the  betrothal — was  eighteen  thousand  ru- 
pees, or  six  thousand  dollars. 

We  returned  from  our  winter  tour  on  the  29th  of 
March,  and  had  our  house-cleaning  done,  carpets 
taken  up,  cleaned  and  mended,  when  just  as  they  were 
down  again  and  the  house  nicely  settled  the  hot  winds 
began  to  blow  and  everything  was  covered  with  sand 
and  dust  again.  The  carpets  are  only  stamped  cotton 
cloth  but  they  look  very  well  when  they  are  clean. 

Would  you  like  to  know  what  we  had  for  breakfast 
this  morning  ?  I  wonder  if  you  will  appreciate  it. 
First  there  was  a  curry  of  mangoes  and  cucumbers 
cooked  in  butter  with  spices.  This  we  ate  with 
boiled  rice,  and  it  was  delicious.  We  had  bread  nicely 
toasted  and  finished  our  breakfast  with  a  fine  musk- 
melon.  I  feel  sorry  for  you  poor  people  in  America 
who  cannot  get  anything  to  equal  our  curry. 

I  get  up  about  five  o'clock  every  morning  and  go 
out  in  a  bullock  cart  for  exercise.     The  conveyance 

[236] 


A  Pilgrimage 

has  no  springs  and  the  roads  are  rough  and  stony  so 
you  can  imagine  what  a  jolting  I  get  when  the  bul- 
locks run.  It  does  me  good,  however,  and  gives  me 
a  good  appetite.  I  went  down  to  the  gardens  this 
morning  for  my  early  ride  and  found  that  the  grapes 
— both  purple  and  white  ones — are  nearly  ripe.  They 
are  very  abundant. 

July  l8th. 

I  had  intended  to  have  a  birthday  party  for  a  few 
native  ladies  and  to  give  a  dinner  to  the  Rani  but  it  is 
so  hot  that  I  have  decided  to  wait  until  the  rains  come 
and  then  celebrate.  The  Mohammedans  are  earnestly 
praying  for  rain.  A  few  nights  ago  my  cook  with  a 
number  of  others  went  away  to  the  top  of  a  steep  hill 
some  miles  distant  and  remained  all  night  praying  that 
the  rain  might  come,  and  this  week  they  went  out  into 
the  jungle  on  the  same  errand. 

To-day  the  Mohammedans  are  observing  one  of 
their  festivals,  the  Bakhr  Pd.  A  male  goat  is  sacri- 
ficed in  every  family  that  can  afford  it  and  after  it  has 
been  offered  in  sacrifice,  it  is  divided  among  the  friends 
of  the  family  and  portions  given  to  the  poor.  This 
festival  is  in  remembrance  of  Abraham's  sacrifice  of 
Isaac. 

The  Rani's  eldest  daughter  is  here  reading  her 
English  lesson  to  Miss  Driver.     She  is  quite  clever 

l237] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  is  getting  on  fast  in  her  studies.  After  her  lessons 
are  over  she  learns  a  verse  of  Scripture  and  she  is 
learning  to  play  on  the  organ  and  sing  hymns.  She 
has  quite  a  talent  for  music  and  loves  it.  It  will  be  a 
great  boon  to  her  when  she  goes  to  her  future  home 
where  she  will  live  in  seclusion.  She  sees  the  differ- 
ence between  the  teaching  she  gets  from  us  and  what 
she  learns  from  their  books  and  often  gives  her  opinion 
about  it.  One  day  she  said,  "  Miss  Sahiba,  our  books 
are  not  good  like  yours."  I  spoke  to  the  Rani  a  few 
days  since  about  Bai's  lessons,  and  said,  "  Rani  Sahiba, 
Bai  can  never  be  a  sincere  idol-worshipper.  She  has 
learned  too  much  about  our  religion  for  that."  The 
Rani  replied,  "  I  know  that,  but  your  religion  is  good." 

Twentieth. 

We  had  an  interesting  service  yesterday  morning. 
The  lesson  was  the  seventeenth  chapter  of  Matthew, 
the  story  of  the  Transfiguration.  All  seemed  inter- 
ested but  a  Parsee  gentleman  was  particularly  atten- 
tive. The  service  lasted  an  hour  and  a  half.  After 
the  lesson  any  one  is  at  liberty  to  ask  questions  but 
we  do  not  enter  into  any  argument.  The  natives  are 
very  fond  of  argument  and  if  they  begin  I  tell  them 
they  must  argue  with  men  not  with  me. 

The  wife  of  a  native  gentleman  who  attends  our 
meetings    occasionally  said    to    me  one  day:     "My 

[238] 


A  Pilgrimage 

husband  is  a  much  better  man  since  he  began  to  come 
to  your  meetings.  He  treats  me  better  and  does  not 
get  angry  at  little  things  as  he  used  to  do."  We  see 
a  change  in  others,  too.  There  were  twenty-five 
present  at  the  evening  service.  We  explained  the 
ninth  chapter  of  Matthew  and  sang  a  number  of 
hymns.  Five  men  from  the  native  band  brought 
their  instruments  and  played  a  hymn  which  they  had 
learned  through  the  week.  Some  of  them  could 
read  so  I  gave  them  a  Hindi  hymn-book  and  they 
promised  to  learn  more  hymns. 

I  have  sent  to  the  Mission  Publishing  House  in 
Lucknow  for  Bibles,  tracts  and  other  books,  for  I 
like  to  keep  a  supply  on  hand  to  distribute  to  those 
who  would  like  them.  It  is  really  wonderful  to  be 
able  to  work  so  freely  among  them,  to  have  them  ask 
for  books,  and  to  be  willing  to  come  to  hear  and  be 
taught  by  us. 

There  was  a  slight  rain  last  night  which  has 
cooled  the  atmosphere  a  little.  The  thermometer 
stood  at  122°  in  the  sun  yesterday,  and  it  must  have 
been  no°  in  the  house. 

September  l<pth. 
Another  Saturday  has   come   round  and  I  am  re- 
minded  that   a  letter  for  you  should  be  on  the  way  to 
Bombay.     The  time  seems  to  pass  more  quickly  each 

[239] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

year  of  one's  life.  The  days  are  never  long  enough 
for  all  that  I  wish  to  accomplish. 

We  have  had  more  rain  since  I  wrote  you — sixteen 
inches  in  all.  The  average  rainfall  here  is  twenty- 
four  inches.  The  fields  are  looking  much  better ; 
crops  grow  fast  after  a  few  showers  but  it  is  too  late 
for  them  to  mature  well  before  it  will  be  time  to  sow 
again.  Two  or  three  crops  are  raised  on  the  same 
land  in  one  year. 

Just  now  Miss  Driver  and  I  are  especially  inter- 
ested in  chickens.  We  have  some  fine  large  English 
hens  which  are  rare  in  this  country.  One  has 
recently  hatched  five  chickens,  and  another  four 
guinea-fowls,  beautiful  little  creatures.  We  keep 
them  in  a  cage  on  the  veranda  and  go  out  to  feed 
them  two  or  three  times  a  day.  A  few  nights  ago  a 
snake — a  cobra — killed  four  of  the  finest  ones.  We 
were  sorry  to  lose  them  but  thankful  that  we  and  our 
servants  escaped.  Many  persons  have  been  bitten 
here  this  summer  and  I  have  heard  of  only  three  that 
survived. 

A  few  nights  ago  as  we  were  retiring  the  room 
seemed  so  close  and  warm  that  I  opened  an  outside 
door  and  there  was  a  snake  just  ready  to  come  in. 
There  happened  to  be  a  stone  on  the  veranda  and  I 
threw  it  and  cut  the  snake  in  two,  then  I  called  the 
servants  to  find  the  head  part  which  had  fallen  off  the 

[  240] 


A  Pilgrimage 

veranda.  We  felt  rather  nervous  about  going  to  bed, 
and  I  had  all  the  cracks  filled  with  paper  before  I 
could  lie  down  to  sleep.  This  was  the  third  snake 
which  has  visited  us  lately. 

Miss  Pannell  is  visiting  in  Agra.  She  writes  me 
that  twenty  dacoits  entered  the  boarding-house  of  the 
medical  class,  and  stood  over  the  girls  with  clubs 
raised  and  demanded  their  money.  One  of  the  girls 
screamed  and  was  struck  with  a  club,  but  the  watch- 
men in  the  yard  heard  the  scream  and  rushed  in. 
Several  of  the  men  were  injured  and  one  constable 
was  seriously  injured  and  is  in  hospital,  but  the 
dacoits  got  away.  It  is  always  a  dangerous  time  in 
India  when  there  is  scarcity  of  food,  so  many  are 
desperate  through  hunger  and  they  steal  and  even  take 
life.  We  have  never  been  troubled  with  thieves 
here  ;  I  suppose  the  people  think  we  have  nothing  of 
value. 

The  pundit  who  generally  attends  our  Bible  class 
could  not  attend  on  Sunday  as  it  was  the  day  for  the 
Hindus  to  feed  the  Brahmans  and  their  friends  and  as 
many  poor  people  as  they  can  afford  to,  in  remem- 
brance of  their  deceased  relatives.  Toward  evening 
he  called  to  apologize  for  his  absence.  He  said  he 
found  the  ceremony  of  feeding  people  in  remembrance 
of  his  father  and  mother  and  other  members  of  the 
family  of  great  benefit  to  him  for  it  reminded  him  that 

[241  ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

he  too  must  die  and  it  made  him  question  himself 
about  eternity. 

I  asked  him  if  there  was  any  idolatry  connected 
with  this  ceremony  for  if  not  I  thought  it  might  be  a 
good  thing  as  certainly  it  must  lead  a  person  to  reflect 
upon  the  past  and  remember  those  who  had  once  been 
with  him,  and  it  also  reminded  one  of  his  own  future 
life.  He  replied,  "  Yes,  there  is  a  little  idolatry 
connected  with  it ;  when  the  food  is  ready  we  just 
offer  it  to  God  through  one  of  our  deities,  and  this  is 
the  reason  that  I  did  not  send  you  any  of  the  food  be- 
cause I  know  that  Christians  do  not  eat  anything 
offered  to  idols." 

The  house  is  very  quiet.  My  pet  dog  lies  beside 
me  on  the  floor,  and  the  sparrows  fly  in  and  out 
bringing  grass  to  build  their  nests  which  the  servants 
carefully  destroy  every  day,  and  the  sparrows  as  per- 
sistently renew. 


[242] 


XVII 

Distinguished  Visitors 


Khetri,   Oct.  j,  189 1. 

My  dear  Miss  G : 

This  has  been  a  lonely  day  and  I  should  have 
felt  it  much  more  if  my  home  mail  had  not  come  in 
with  letters  and  papers  which  have  filled  up  my  spare 
time.  There  were  not  many  dispensary  patients  at 
the  usual  hour  but  all  through  the  day  some  one  has 
come  for  medicine. 

A  man  came  bringing  a  bright  looking  young 
woman  who  has  been  insane  since  the  birth  of  her 
child  six  weeks  ago.  I  could  not  go  very  near  her  as 
she  became  violent  every  time  I  attempted  it,  but  I 
gave  some  medicine  hoping  it  would  do  her  good.  I 
have  had  several  bad  cases  to  treat  recently  but  have 
succeeded  in  helping  every  one.  Since  my  return  an 
especial  blessing  has  seemed  to  rest  upon  my  work. 

The  English  lady,  Miss  Driver,  who  is  with  me 
being  treated  for  rheumatism,  finds  something  to  do 
for  some  one  every  day  ;  she  is  always  cheerful  and 
happy  and  her  influence  on  the  people  who  come  to 
us  and  those  who  live  near  us  is  so  good  that  she  is 
really  a  valuable  acquisition.     She  has  a  native  woman 

[243] 


A    Glimpse  of  India 

to  wait  on  her,  a  widow  who  has  been  accustomed  to 
work  in  the  fields  like  a  man.  She  speaks  a  different 
dialect  from  ours  and  as  we  cannot  understand  each 
other's  language  we  point  and  make  signs  and  it  is 
quite  remarkable  how  quickly  she  comprehends.  She 
is  very  religious  in  her  way.  She  calls  upon  her  god 
every  time  she  sneezes,  and  at  night  says  over  her 
prayers  loud  and  strong,  and  if  she  wakens  begins 
again.  I  succeeded  in  making  her  understand  that 
her  god  can  hear  her  just  as  well  if  she  prays  in  her 
heart  and  does  not  make  any  noise  to  disturb  us. 

She  amuses  us  greatly.  Miss  Driver  gave  her  a  new 
skirt  and  on  Sunday  afternoon  she  put  it  on  and  came 
into  the  room  and  danced  all  around  keeping  time  to 
her  motions  by  playing  a  tune  by  snapping  her  finger 
joints. 

The  Brahman  widow  whom  I  told  you  about  in  a 
former  letter  is  still  with  us.  She  goes  out  to  cook 
her  food  and  worship  but  returns  at  night  and  sleeps 
on  the  carpet  by  my  bed.  She  is  a  tall,  fine-looking 
woman  and  quite  intelligent,  but  very  bigoted.  We 
improve  every  opportunity  to  teach  her  the  truth,  and 
notice  that  she  has  more  confidence  in  us  than  in  any 
of  her  own  people  and  believes  what  we  tell  her. 
There  is  certainly  a  change  going  on  in  her  mind. 
One  stumbling-block  with  every  Hindu  is  the  fact 
that  Christians  kill  animals  and  eat  meat.     This  they 

[  244] 


Distinguished  Visitors 

consider  a  great  sin  and  they  do  not  know  how  to  ac- 
cept the  practice  of  it,  even  in  a  person  who  seems 
to  them  good  in  other  respects.  We  have  many  talks 
with  the  widow  on  this  subject.  She  says  she  has 
learned  to  pray  to  our  God  in  her  heart  since  she 
came  to  us. 

When  this  woman's  husband  died  some  years  ago 
she  was  persuaded  to  go  to  Brindaban  where  she  en- 
tered upon  temple  life.  This  life  is  open  to  all 
Hindu  widows.  Some  very  respectable  women  who 
have  plenty  of  means  for  their  support  have  been  in- 
duced to  go  to  this  city  of  temples  and  to  give  up 
all  that  they  possessed  on  the  promise  that  they  will 
be  cared  for  all  their  lives,  not  knowing  that  they 
were  putting  themselves  in  the  power  of  the  priests, 
but  on  rinding  what  kind  of  life  they  were  expected 
to  lead  they  would  gladly  have  returned  to  their 
friends  if  they  could  get  away  or  had  any  means  of 
supporting  themselves,  for  of  course  they  could  not 
recover  anything  from  the  priests  who  had  induced 
them  to  come  there. 

Not  long  since  an  aged  widow  came  to  the  pundit's 
house  to  ask  him  if  the  Rajah  would  not  let  her  have 
a  conveyance  to  get  to  her  village  about  fourteen 
miles  from  Khetri.  She  said  she  had  been  away  from 
her  home  seventeen  years  travelling  on  foot,  with  the 
help  of  her  cane,  to  many  of  the  sacred  shrines,  and 

[245] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

eating  whatever  was  given  to  her.  Her  clothing  was 
in  shreds  and  she  seemed  too  feeble  to  move.  The 
pundit  told  her  to  remain  over  night  and  in  the  morn- 
ing arrangements  would  be  made  to  send  her  to  her 
village,  but  in  the  morning  she  was  found  dead  in  the 
place  where  she  had  taken  shelter.  Instead  of  being 
carried  to  her  village  home  her  body  was  carried  to 
the  burning  ghat  and  cremated. 

Poor  woman !  she  had  thought  to  find  rest  for  her 
soul  by  enduring  self-denial  and  hardships,  but  all 
in  vain.  But  all  hearts  are  open  to  Him  who  came 
to  save,  and  He  knows  how  strong  was  this  woman's 
desire  for  salvation. 

October  gtb. 

My  dear  M : 

We  are  staying  at  the  City  Bathing  Tank  for 
a  few  days.  The  Rani  has  been  here  for  several 
weeks  but  we  came  only  three  days  ago,  as  the  Rajah, 
who  had  been  staying  here,  has  gone  out  into  the 
country  for  a  few  days.  Perhaps  you  remember  the 
photograph  of  the  tank  which  I  brought  home  with 
me.  It  is  a  beautiful  place.  On  the  north  are  high 
hills  well  wooded  which  are  fresh  and  green  since  the 
rains,  and  on  the  summit  of  the  highest  hill  is  the  fort 
and  an  old  palace  which  looks  very  pretty  from  here. 
The  arches  of  our  open  veranda  we  have  had  hung 

[246] 


<3 


to 


hi 


Distinguished  Visitors 

with  cloth  so  we  are  sheltered  from  the  sun  and  yet 
get  plenty  of  fresh  air.  Our  food  is  cooked  in  an 
open  courtyard  under  a  large  Nim  tree.  All  our  serv- 
ants are  with  us  so  we  are  well  looked  after. 

I  attend  my  dispensary  every  morning,  which  is 
half  a  mile  distant  and  get  back  to  my  breakfast  about 
ten  o'clock.  Our  breakfast  room  is  in  a  minaret  just 
at  the  angle  of  two  verandas  ;  it  is  an  octagon  with 
open  arches,  and  it  stands  out  in  the  water ;  we  have 
a  view  of  the  whole  tank  and  masonry  surrounding  it 
and  of  the  hills. 

At  evening  all  the  servants  are  sent  away,  the  gates 
are  closed  and  the  Rani  comes  out  for  a  walk,  and  sits 
with  us  for  a  while.  It  is  lovely  here  at  sunset ;  the 
hills  are  reflected  in  the  water,  and  the  sky  is  blue  and 
clear  with  a  few  tinted  clouds  near  the  sun.  I  often 
wish  for  a  painter's  brush,  or  rather  that  I  had  a  gift 
for  painting  and  sketching.  The  change  out  here 
has  done  us  all  good  for  we  have  been  very  sad  for 
several  days  at  the  news  that  has  come  to  us  of  two  mis- 
sionary ladies  of  our  acquaintance  who  have  developed 
leprosy.  One  of  them  is  a  member  of  our  North 
India  Conference  who  went  home  to  America  two 
years  ago,  and  when  she  found  that  she  had  this  ter- 
rible disease  came  back  to  work  among  the  lepers  at  a 
place  out  in  the  hills.  The  other  is  a  German  lady 
of  the  Church  Mission   in  Agra.     The  doctors  have 

[  247  ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

advised  her  going  to  Germany,  telling  her  that  there  is 
hope  that  the  disease  may  be  checked. 

October  28th. 

We  are  having  lovely  cool  weather  now  and  we 
feel  quite  invigorated  and  ready  for  work.  On  Satur- 
day we  were  out  about  seven  miles  from  the  city. 
Miss  Pannell  is  with  us  again  and  we  all  wanted  her 
to  see  the  new  reservoir  which  has  been  in  process  of 
building  for  three  or  four  years  past  and  is  just 
finished.  We  went  in  style  as  usual  though  it  was  only 
for  one  day.  We  had  a  carriage  and  six  horses. 
Miss  Pannell  and  I  rode  in  the  carriage  and  Miss 
Driver  went  in  the  palki  carried  by  eight  men.  Two 
Parsee  ladies,  members  of  my  Bible  class,  rode  on 
our  elephant,  and  the  pundit,  who  had  charge  of  our 
party,  rode  beside  us  on  a  fine  gray  horse.  Our  cook, 
chaprasi  and  water-carrier  were  on  a  camel  and  five 
coolies  on  foot  carried  our  lunch  basket,  cooking  ves- 
sels, rocking-chairs  and  a  small  table  on  their  heads, 
and  a  basket  with  two  jugs  of  filtered  drinking  water 
in  their  hands. 

The  reservoir  is  a  fine  piece  of  workmanship  ;  it 
was  built  by  the  pundit  who  accompanied  us,  who  is 
an  engineer  as  well.  It  covers  several  acres  and  re- 
ceives the  drainage  of  eight  square  miles.  The  dam 
is  sixty  feet  high  with  a  strong  central  wall,  and  just 

[248] 


Distinguished  Visitors 

in  the  centre  on  this  wall  is  a  beautiful  little  temple 
built  for  the  worship  of  the  goddess  Debi.  She  was 
not  to  be  seen  on  Saturday  so  we  went  into  her  temple 
and  sat  down. 

After  our  dinner  we  walked  nearly  a  mile  along  the 
canal  to  see  the  water  let  into  the  fields,  which  is  done 
by  lifting  a  valve  on  the  central  wall  which  lets  the 
water  out  from  the  reservoir  into  the  canal  for  irrigat- 
ing the  fields. 

When  we  returned  we  found  the  little  boat  ready 
for  us  to  have  a  row  so  we  sent  our  carriage  and  other 
conveyances  down  to  the  lower  end  of  the  reservoir 
where  we  met  them  after  our  boat  ride.  We  enjoyed 
the  day  very  much.  We  came  home  in  the  evening 
and  I  rode  all  the  way  on  the  elephant.  The  air  was 
so  delightful  and  the  peculiar  motion  of  the  elephant 
was  just  the  exercise  I  seemed  to  need,  so  I  preferred 
it  to  either  of  the  other  conveyances. 

November  28th, 
Since  I  last  wrote  you  our  little  girl  has  been  very 
ill  with  bronchitis  and  I  had  an  anxious  time  day 
and  night  until  the  dangerous  stage  had  passed.  I 
had  to  stay  at  the  palace  the  most  of  the  time  for  the 
Rani  was  so  fearful  that  the  child  would  not  recover 
that  she  could  hardly  control  herself.  She  never  saw 
any  one  die  and  when  either  of  the  children  is  ill  she 

[  249] 


A    Glimpse  of  India 

worries  herself  into  a  fever  and  it  is  almost  harder  to 
control  her  than  to  control  the  disease  of  the  child.  I 
am  thankful  that  the  little  girl  came  through  all  right ; 
she  is  improving  every  day  and  will  soon  be  as  well  as 
usual  if  they  take  proper  care  of  her. 

The  political  agent  of  Jeypore  was  here  for  two 
days  this  week.  The  city  was  illuminated  and  the 
Rajah  gave  a  grand  dinner  in  his  honor.  We  were 
invited  and  our  cook  had  charge  of  the  menu.  I  ad- 
vised him  a  little  about  what  dishes  to  select  and  made 
a  plum  pudding  myself,  boiling  it  over  my  oil-stove. 
He  served  soup,  fish,  meat  entrees,  roast  chicken, 
roast  lamb  and  vegetables,  a  hot  cheese  course  and 
plum  pudding, and  for  dessert  a  gelatine  cream  pudding, 
almonds,  raisins,  oranges  and  small  cakes.  The 
agent,  poor  man,  has  dyspepsia,  so  was  not  able  to  do 
justice  to  such  a  dinner.  There  were  only  three  of 
us  at  table,  the  guest,  Miss  Driver  and  myself.  The 
Rajah  came  in  during  dessert,  not  to  eat  with  us,  but 
simply  to  drink  the  health  of  his  guest  in  a  glass  of 
light  wine.  The  agent  returned  the  compliment  and 
both  made  speeches  as  is  the  custom. 

The  table  stood  just  beneath  a  great  shining  chan- 
delier and  was  beautifully  decorated  with  vines  and 
flowers.  The  agent  is  very  easy  and  pleasant  in  man- 
ner and  we  greatly  enjoyed  the  evening  which  ended 
with  a  fine  display  of  fireworks. 

[250] 


Distinguished  Visitors 

The  agent  general  is  expected  soon  from  Mt.  Abu, 
also  the  civil  surgeon  of  Jeypore  to  inspect  the  dispen- 
sary in  the  city ;  after  their  departure  the  Rajah 
will  invite  a  native  chief,  the  Rajah  of  one  of  the 
Rajputana  states,  so  Khetri  will  be  very  gay  this  cold 
season. 

This  is  Saturday  and  I  expect  a  number  of  people 
to  come  to  Bible  class  to-morrow,  so  I  must  stop 
writing  and  look  over  my  lesson,  which  is  the  twenty- 
fifth  of  Matthew,  the  Parable  of  the  Virgins. 

Camp  Naranole,  'Jan.  7,  1892. 
My  dear  Sisters  : 

A  Happy  New  Year  to  you ! 

The  Rani's  little  girl  has  been  quite  ill  again. 
She  seemed  so  much  better  on  Christmas  Eve  that  she 
was  brought  down  to  our  house  with  her  mother,  but 
she  took  cold  and  had  a  relapse  so  I  have  had  my 
hands  full. 

Our  Christmas  entertainment  was  very  nice.  I 
gave  a  dinner  to  the  Rani  and  her  two  children  and 
invited  three  other  Hindu  ladies  and  one  Mohammedan 
lady. 

We  enclosed  the  verandas  with  tent  walls  and 
spread  the  floor  with  clean  white  floor  cloths.  They 
could  not  take  their  food  with  us  in  our  dining-room. 
The  veranda  looked  light  and  cheerful.     The  Rani 

[251] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

sent  her  silver  tray  and  silver  dishes  and  her  own  table 
which  she  uses  on  grand  occasions.  It  had  a  light 
standing  on  each  corner  and  vases  of  flowers  stood 
between  the  lights  on  three  sides.  She  sat  on  her 
royal  cushion  of  green  velvet  embroidered  with  gold 
and  had  another  large  one  at  her  back  of  the  same 
material.  She  was  in  full  dress  which  means  delicate 
material  and  an  abundance  of  jewels.  The  tree  for 
the  children  was  very  pretty.  Our  house  was  full. 
There  were  others  who  did  not  take  their  dinner  at 
our  house,  to  whom  I  sent  raw  material  in  the  morn- 
ing and  they  had  it  cooked  and  ate  it  before  they 
came.     This  is  quite  common  among  natives. 

On  Christmas  Day  we  gave  a  dinner  to  fifty-four 
people  including  our  servants.  Two  of  our  servants 
cooked  the  food  and  the  people  sat  down  in  our  yard 
in  rows  or  companies  according  to  their  caste.  Each 
brought  his  own  cup  and  plate  and  the  food  was 
served  to  them  by  our  servants.  It  was  a  pleasure  to 
see  them  eat.  One  man  ate  four  pounds ;  he  said  he 
would  not  eat  again  until  the  next  evening.  He  is 
very  poor  and  had  not  had  a  full  meal  in  a  month. 
When  I  found  how  very  poor  his  family  are  and  that 
they  had  nothing  to  cover  them  at  night  I  sent  them  a 
thick  quilt. 

At  evening  we  had  a  short  service  and  read  St. 
Luke's  account  of  the  birth  of  Christ  and  told  them 

[252] 


Distinguished  Visitors 

why  we  kept  the  day  and  tried  to  make  our  friends 
happy.  After  the  service  I  distributed  oranges  and 
nuts  to  all. 

I  left  Khetri  this  morning  at  ten  o'clock  and  have 
travelled  twenty  miles  on  my  way  to  the  Conference 
which  will  meet  on  Wednesday  next  at  Cawnpore. 
I  have  been  tossed  up  and  down  for  about  eight  hours. 
For  the  first  six  miles  I  had  a  phaeton  and  six  horses 
which  with  some  difficulty  pulled  me  through  the 
sand  for  an  hour  and  a  half;  then  I  sent  them  back 
to  Khetri  and  mounted  the  elephant  and  rode  four 
miles  but  the  sun  proved  too  strong  for  my  head  and 
I  changed  to  the  palki  carried  by  men  to  this,  my  first 
camping  place. 

Khetri,  Jan.  2$th. 

We  are  having  lovely  winter  weather;  a  heavy  rain 
has  made  everything  look  fresh  and  green,  and  the 
oranges  right  from  the  trees  are  simply  delicious.  I 
have  just  been  out  over  the  hills  to  see  a  poor  little 
boy  who  fell  into  the  fire  ;  his  face  and  one  hand  and 
arm  are  badly  burned.  I  dressed  the  burns  and  hope 
he  may  live  but  I  am  doubtful  about  it.  On  my  way 
back  I  went  into  an  orange  garden  and  bought  a 
quantity  of  large  sweet  oranges,  and  had  real  pleasure 
in  picking  some  of  them  myself. 

I   returned   to   Khetri  ten  days  ago  after  attending 

[253]  ' 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

the  North  India  Conference,  the  first  conference  of 
missionaries  that  I  have  attended  since  I  returned  to 
India.  The  journey  and  the  visit  with  old  friends,  as 
well  as  the  good  meetings,  did  me  a  great  deal  of 
good  and  gave  me  new  inspiration  for  my  work. 

I  brought  back  with  me  two  young  people,  children 
of  Dr.  Scott,  one  of  the  missionaries.  They  were 
delighted  with  the  journey  and  rode  on  the  elephant 
nearly  all  the  way  from  Rewari.  Mabel  had  never 
been  in  a  palanquin  so  she  wanted  to  try  that  for  a 
few  miles.  The  Rajah  and  Rani  are  pleased  to  have 
them  here  ;  the  Rajah  sent  a  horse  and  a  gun  for 
Wilfred  to  use  while  he  is  here,  and  the  boy  roams 
about  the  hills  the  most  of  the  time  on  his  shooting 
expeditions.  We  all  enjoy  having  them  with  us  ;  they 
are  so  bright  and  cheerful. 

February  28th. 

The  country  is  in  sorrow  over  the  death  of  the 
Queen's  grandson,  second  heir  to  the  throne,  the 
news  of  which  reached  India  while  the  agent  general 
was  on  his  way  to  Khetri,  and  as  the  Viceroy  had 
ordered  that  all  government  officials  go  into  mourning 
and  that  all  entertainments  be  suspended,  this  visit 
was  a  quiet  one.  The  only  public  function  was  the 
laying  of  the  corner-stone  of  a  reservoir  which  is 
being  built  for  the  benefit  of  the  people  of  the  city. 
The  agent  thought  he  was  justified  in  doing  this  as  it 

[254] 


Distinguished  Visitors 

is  always  the  policy  of  the  English  government  to 
care  for  her  people  in  time  of  need.  A  tent  was 
pitched  near  the  site  of  the  reservoir  and  a  stairway  of 
mud  beaten  hard  and  whitewashed  led  from  the  street 
up  to  the  tent  which  was  on  slightly  elevated  ground. 
A  red  carpet  covered  the  centre  of  the  stairs,  and  flags 
and  flowers  adorned  the  tent,  in  one  corner  of  which 
was  a  table  containing  all  manner  of  good  things  to 
be  served  after  the  speeches  and  the  laying  of  the 
corner-stone. 

It  was  a  very  pleasant  occasion  and  we  enjoyed  it 
very  much,  particularly  the  speech  of  the  agent 
general  who  is  one  of  England's  choicest  men. 


[255] 


XVIII 

In  the  Mountains 


Endcliff,  Naini  Tal,  May  7,  1892, 
My  dear  Sister  : 

We  left  Khetri  on  the  6th  of  April  for  this 
cooler  clime.  The  heat  was  unbearable  on  our  long 
journey  to  the  railway  station  at  Rewari.  We  re- 
mained in  our  tents  during  the  day,  travelling  at  night 
when  it  was  a  trifle  cooler.  I  took  a  severe  cold 
from  using  wet  towels  on  my  head,  so  that  when  we 
arrived  in  Bareilly  we  were  detained  there  a  week,  as 
I  was  afraid  to  come  up  into  the  cool  air  of  the  hills 
with  such  a  cold.  I  stopped  with  the  lady  mission- 
aries who  are  living  in  my  old  home,  and  while  I  en- 
joyed being  in  the  old  place  I  was  constantly  reminded 
of  the  flight  of  time  by  the  trees  and  shrubbery  which 
I  planted  twenty  years  ago,  which  have  grown  so  tall 
and  large.  The  drives  through  the  compound  of 
forty  acres  are  bordered  with  trees  of  different  kinds 
and  the  lovely  flowers  and  creepers  make  the  place 
beautiful. 

We  took  the  early  train  from  Bareilly  to  Naini  Tal 
to  escape  the  heat  and  reached  the  foot  of  the  Hima- 
laya Mountains  at  about  six  o'clock.     Here  we  found 

[256] 


In  the  Mountains 

any  number  of  coolies  ready  with  dandis  to  carry  us 
up  the  hill — -twelve  miles — to  Naini  Tal. 

The  Rani  took  a  house  for  herself  and  us,  and  the 
Rajah  secured  one  near  us  for  himself  and  his  staff,  so 
we  are  comfortably  situated.  The  location  of  our 
house  is  beautiful.  We  are  just  on  the  spur  of  a  hill, 
about  five  hundred  feet  above  the  lake.  We  can  see 
all  of  Naini  Tal  on  the  opposite  side  and  also  the 
whole  length  of  the  lake.  The  view  is  really  charm- 
ing, and  the  air  is  cool  and  delightful.  Such  a  change 
from  the  plains  is  like  being  transplanted  to  another 
clime. 

The  Rani  has  never  been  here  before  and  she  en- 
joys the  change  and  the  lovely  views.  I  purchased  a 
field-glass  for  her  the  other  day  so  she  can  sit  by  the 
window  up-stairs  and  see  nearly  all  Naini  Tal,  and 
this  is  a  great  pleasure  to  her. 

We  have  divided  the  house  so  that  we  live  almost 
as  if  each  had  a  house  to  herself. 

In  front  of  the  Rani's  apartments  is  a  lovely  rose 
garden  which  she  has  had  enclosed  with  tent  walls  so 
she  can  enjoy  it  without  being  seen.  On  Wednes- 
days she  receives  calls  from  missionaries  and  other 
ladies.  She  is  learning  much  here  and  will  under- 
stand English  ways  and  feel  more  at  home  with  for- 
eigners. It  will  do  her  no  harm  if  she  does  not  take 
on    English   customs  and   go  into  extravagances.     I 

[257] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

hardly  think  she  will  do  this  while  living  with  us,  for 
she  admires  our  simple  home  life. 

We  are  all  improving  in  health  and  hope  to  remain 
here  until  the  rainy  season  begins.  Several  of  our 
missionaries  are  here  from  the  plains  ;  the  heat  came 
early,  and  so  intense — and  cholera  as  well — that  many 
people  were  driven  to  the  hills.  A  most  fatal  type  of 
cholera  has  appeared  in  many  cities  of  the  plains  and, 
so  far,  the  cause  has  not  been  discovered. 

Miss  Layton  who  came  out  to  India  in  January  to 
take  charge  of  the  Cawnpore  English  Girls'  School 
in  our  mission  has  just  died  of  the  dread  disease.  She 
was  ill  only  thirteen  hours  and  suffered  terribly  till 
death  relieved  her.  There  have  been  several  other 
victims  among  the  Europeans  in  different  parts  of 
India.  We  are  thankful  to  be  here,  though  we  are 
not  out  of  reach  of  cholera,  for  several  natives  near 
us  have  died  of  it.  Our  house  is  so  high  up  that  we 
get  good  air,  and  I  am  very  careful  about  our  food. 

Soon  after  I  began  to  write  the  Rajah  sent  to  ask 
me  to  come  up  to  his  house  and  show  his  servants 
how  to  arrange  his  drawing-room.  The  Lieutenant- 
Governor  of  the  Northwest  Provinces  will  visit  him 
to-day — a  visit  of  ceremony  at  four  o'clock.  I  went 
up  and  found  a  couple  of  merchants  there  who  had 
sent  elegant  curtains,  table  covers,  rugs,  vases,  and 
handsome  sofas  with  chairs  to  match.     I  asked  the 

[258] 


hi  the  Mountains 

men  the  price  of  the  sofa  and  chairs  and  they  said 
twenty-five  hundred  rupees.  A  few  minutes  later  I 
saw  a  servant  standing  on  this  beautiful  sofa  driving  a 
nail  into  the  wall  to  hang  a  picture.  In  the  midst  of 
all  this  elegance  I  began  to  work,  selecting  suitable 
table  covers  for  the  tables  and  cushions  for  the  chairs 
and  sofa.  I  sent  for  some  plush  or  tapestry  for  the 
mantelpiece  and  in  about  an  hour  the  room  was  as 
attractive  as  one  could  wish.  The  governor's  visit 
will  not  be  a  lengthy  one  and  by  nine  o'clock  this 
evening  the  most  of  these  goods  will  be  on  the  way 
back  to  the  shops  of  the  obliging  merchants,  and  the 
Rajah  will  settle  down  to  his  simple  camp  style. 
Show,  with  native  royalty,  comes  and  goes  like  a 
breeze. 

'June  2ist. 

We  expect  to  go  down  to  the  plains  in  a  few  days 
if  the  Rani  feels  well  enough  to  travel.  We  may 
take  a  house  in  Bareilly  or  Delhi  for  a  time  if  that 
seems  best. 

I  have  found  so  much  to  do  since  coming  up  here 
that  there  has  not  been  much  leisure  for  letter-writing. 
Several  patients  have  been  treated  in  their  own  homes, 
and  travelling  on  men's  shoulders  from  place  to  place 
on  these  hills  is  slow  work.  My  life  here  in  the  hills 
is  somewhat  different  from  that  in  Khetri,  for  here, 
besides  my  medical  work  and  housekeeping,  I  have 

[259] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

social  duties  and   the   privilege   of  attending   church 
services  both  English  and  Hindustani. 

To-morrow  my  old  friend  Mrs.  Hoskins  is  coming 
to  spend  the  day  with  us.  She  is  in  one  of  the  mis- 
sion houses  across  the  lake  and  we  often  take  a  peep 
at  each  other  through  our  field-glasses.  The  mission- 
aries will  soon  be  returning  to  their  work  on  the 
plains,  for  we  hear  that  there  have  been  some  cooling 
showers,  but  I  think  it  is  hardly  safe  to  go  from  this 
cool  climate  until  the  rains  have  really  set  in. 

I  have  a  man  sitting  near  me — on  the  floor — who 
is  making  a  thin  garment  for  me.  He  measures  and 
cuts  and  cuts  and  measures,  and  I  feel  sure  that  if  the 
length  of  time  he  takes  over  it  will  make  it  right  the 
garment  will  fit  perfectly. 

Bareilly,  'July  2$,  l8g2. 

Our  stay  of  three  months  in  Naini  Tal  is  over  and 
we  are  now  on  our  way  to  Muttra  where  we  shall  remain 
for  a  time.  I  am  sorry  not  to  return  to  Khetri  where 
we  left  such  an  interesting  work.  We  were  expect- 
ing to  have  a  native  minister  there  during  the  cold 
season,  and  I  was  anticipating  visiting  several  villages 
and  camping  among  them  as  soon  as  the  rainy  season 
should  be  over  and  the  weather  would  permit,  but 
under  existing  circumstances  we  may  not  be  able  to 
go  home  until  March. 

We  had  a  very  pleasant  trip  down  the  mountain, 

[260] 


In  the  Mountains 

were  nearly  a  week  on  the  way.  About  four  miles 
below  Naini  Tal  there  is  a  rest-house  situated  in  the 
midst  of  beautiful  grounds  with  several  waterfalls.  I 
came  down  the  hill  before  the  others  and  had  two 
days  and  nights  in  this  lovely  place.  We  all  like  it 
so  much  that  we  want  the  Rajah  to  buy  it  for  a  sum- 
mer residence  if  it  can  be  purchased.  There  are 
about  forty  acres  of  ground  and  three  nice  houses  so 
there  would  be  plenty  of  room  for  us  all. 

Our  next  stop  was  at  a  travellers'  rest-house  eight 
miles  further  down  the  hill.  There  we  remained 
twenty-four  hours,  and  Mrs.  Hoskins  who  had  been 
with  us  at  the  former  place  came  here  with  us  and 
stayed  until  it  was  time  for  her  to  go  on  to  Kathgo- 
dam  to  take  the  train  for  Bareilly. 

Kathgodam  is  at  the  base  of  the  first  hills  and  is  a 
very  pleasant  place  to  stop  for  a  while.  The  railway 
company  has  a  commodious  rest-house  in  the  midst 
of  spacious  and  beautiful  grounds.  Travellers  can 
remain  one  month  here  by  paying  one  rupee  a  day 
(°-33^3  cts\)  an^  can  have  a  private  table  supplied  by 
the  regular  cook  of  the  establishment  or  they  can  take 
their  own  cook  and  have  him  serve  their  meals. 
This  is  what  we  did. 

We  were  at  Kathgodam  until  Friday,  then  came 
on  to  Bareilly.  This  evening  we  shall  take  train  for 
Muttra,  one  of  the  holy  cities  of  the  Hindus. 

[261] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

Muttra^  'July  2pth. 

We  are  having  fine  rains  and  the  country  is  look- 
ing fresh  and  green  j  the  people  are  happy  over  the 
prospect  of  a  good  harvest  after  a  scarcity  of  grain 
for  two  years.  We  hear  that  Rajputana  is  having 
plenty  of  rain,  and  I  am  sure  there  must  be 
great  rejoicing  among  the  people  for  they  have 
suffered  much  from  the  drought  and  many  of  their 
cattle  have  died  from  starvation.  We  long  to  go 
back  to  Khetri  but  cannot  on  account  of  the  Rani's 
health. 

Our  home  at  present  is  in  one  of  those  oriental 
garden  houses  which  we  sometimes  read  about  and 
see  in  pictures.  It  is  owned  by  a  very  rich  man,  a 
banker  who  has  so  much  money  that  he  does  not 
know  just  what  to  do  with  it.  I  hear  that  he  secretes 
large  amounts  in  a  temple  which  he  has  built,  sealing 
it  in  the  stones  of  the  floor  or  elsewhere  and  placing 
an  idol  over  it  which  no  one  would  dare  to  disturb  ; 
so  his  money  is  safe  from  thieves. 

When  we  arrived  here  I  went  to  the  Government 
Rest-House  for  a  few  days  as  I  thought  it  would  be 
more  comfortable  but  I  was  obliged  to  leave  to  make 
room  for  other  travellers.  I  now  have  up-stairs 
rooms  in  the  garden  house — eleven  of  them  all  to  my- 
self. There  is  a  veranda  all  around  the  house  shaded 
by  bamboo  curtains  or  chiks,  as  we   call  them  here. 

[262] 


In  the  Mountains 

They  keep  the   rooms  cool  and  protect  us  from  flies. 
The  Rani  lives  in  rooms  below. 

Would  you  like  a  description  of  my  drawing-room  ? 
The  room  is  very  large  and  airy,  with  fourteen  doors. 
There  are  three  kinds  of  carpets,  two  marble-top 
tables  standing  against  the  walls  with  large  mirrors 
hanging  above  them.  Then  there  are  two  small 
chairs  covered  with  green  and  pink  cretonne,  and  for 
comfort  one  large  easy  chair  upholstered  with  striped 
blue  and  cream  satin  damask.  A  round  writing  chair 
and  a  three-legged  table,  on  which  I  am  writing, 
complete  the  furnishings.  A  staircase  leads  up  to  the 
roof  where  one  can  sleep  at  night  if  not  afraid  of 
monkeys  coming  to  occupy  the  same  bed. 

We  have  been  so  troubled  with  one,  who  seems  to 
think  he  has  a  right  to  all  in  the  house.  I  found  my 
dining-room  in  such  confusion  one  day.  This  crea- 
ture had  opened  one  of  the  cupboard  doors,  taken  out 
a  lot  of  dish-towels  and  strewn  them  over  the  floor 
and  opened  a  box  that  was  packed  with  table  linen  and 
dishes.  He  disturbed  everything  he  could  until  some 
one  happened  in,  then  he  ran  away  in  a  hurry.  He 
is  not  a  bit  afraid  when  I  attempt  to  drive  him  away 
but  comes  at  me  to  see  if  he  can  frighten  me.  One 
of  our  guards  sent  me  a  gun  to  snap  at  him.  Mon- 
keys seem  to  understand  that  a  gun  is  difFerent  from 
a  club  and  they   will   run  at  the  sight  of  one.     The 

[263] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

men  have  succeeded  in  driving  this  creature  off  to  the 
jungle  but  he  has  come  back  once,  so  I  live  in  con- 
stant fear  and  have  to  shut  all  the  doors  even  though 
I  go  down-stairs  for  a  minute  only. 

The  other  day  this  monkey  stole  the  dinner  of  one 
of  the  servants.  He  took  his  bread  and  the  brass  dish 
containing  vegetable  curry,  and  running  up  to  the  top 
of  the  house  sat  down  and  ate  it  all  and  then  threw 
the  dish  back  to  the  man.  I  have  been  tempted  to 
poison  the  old  fellow  but  cannot  make  up  my  mind  to 
do  it,  he  seems  so  human. 

I  wish  I  could  have  you  and  a  few  other  friends 
here  to-day  for  a  picnic  in  our  lovely  garden ;  the 
walks,  the  trees  of  many  varieties  and  the  hedges  are 
so  green  and  pretty,  a  delight  to  the  eyes.  There 
are  palms,  cedars,  and  fruit  trees,  some  loaded  with 
luscious  fruit,  and  the  rose  trees  and  jessamine  shrubs 
with  their  white  star  blossoms  are  lovely. 

This  afternoon  I  am  invited  to  take  supper  at  the 
Training  School  and  Deaconess  Home,  a  fine  institu- 
tion. Muttra  is  a  large  Hindu  city,  very  well  built 
and  quite  populous,  but  the  people  seem  as  hard  as  the 
street  pavement.  It  is  a  difficult  mission  field,  still 
the  missionaries  are  doing  good  work  among  certain 
classes. 

Yesterday  I  went  with  one  of  the  mission  helpers 
to  Brindaban,  six  miles   from  here.     If  you  look  into 

[264] 


In  the  Mountains 

my  book  on  Muttra  and  Brindaban  you  will  get  a  de- 
scription of  the  place  and  of  the  temples,  some  of 
which  are  unusually  fine  works  of  art.  We  visited 
all  of  the  finest  ones,  also  some  of  the  famous  bathing 
ghats,  and  then  went  to  the  little  rest-house  belonging 
to  the  mission,  had  breakfast  and  after  a  little  rest  re- 
turned to  Muttra  on  the  train.  It  rained  very  hard 
on  the  way  home  and  I  took  a  carriage  to  our  place 
which  is  quite  two  miles  and  a  half  from  the  station. 
The  main  street  in  the  city  was  like  a  river  and  the 
water  ran  so  swiftly  that  I  was  thankful  to  get  through 
it  and  reach  home  in  safety.  We  expect  to  go  to 
Agra  on  Friday  to  live  in  the  same  house  we  had  be- 
fore. 

Agra,  Aug.  jo,  1892, 
We  are  again  in  the  old  Government  House,  now 
owned  by  the  Maharajah  of  Jeypore  who  has  given  us 
the  use  of  it  for  the  present.  It  is  very  commodious, 
and  is  more  convenient  for  our  large  party  than  any 
we  could  get  in  Muttra.  It  will  accommodate  one 
hundred  people. 

This  is  a  beautiful  place.  The  grounds  cover 
about  one  hundred  and  fifty  acres,  and  the  fine  old 
trees  are  very  beautiful  just  now  in  the  rains ;  the 
parrots  and  the  peacocks  lay  claim  to  the  trees  as 
their   home.     It   is  a   pretty   sight   to  see  them   fed. 

[265] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  servant  spreads  a  cloth  on  the  ground  and  throws 
grain  upon  it  and  the  birds  seem  to  understand  that  it 
is  their  dinner  time  and  they  come  in  crowds.  It  is 
impossible  to  count  them  but  there  must  be  hundreds 
of  them.  The  parrots  are  very  beautiful  in  their  rai- 
ment of  green  and  gold.  They  are  all  wild  parrots, 
not  a  tame  one  among  them. 

The  Maharajah  of  Jeypore  allows  four  rupees'  worth 
of  grain  a  month  for  feeding  the  birds  and  he  thinks 
he  is  doing  a  very  charitable  thing. 

Life  on  the  plains  is  to  me  very  enjoyable  in  the 
rainy  season,  especially  so  now  that  I  have  had  such  a 
time  of  refreshing  in  the  cool  delightful  climate  of 
Naini  Tal,  which  has  so  invigorated  us  all.  Have  I 
told  you  that  we  have  a  flourishing  Methodist  church 
there  ?  They  have  excellent  preaching,  and  the 
weekly  Bible  readings  are  interesting  and  profitable. 
The  interest  in  Bible  study  is  as  great,  I  think,  on 
this  side  of  the  world  as  in  America.  Christian  work 
among  the  natives  grows  in  importance ;  there  has 
been  of  late  a  large  gathering  into  the  Church  from 
among  the  low  castes  among  the  heathen.  They  are 
more  accessible  than  the  higher  classes.  I  have  been 
promised  a  native  preacher  to  go  with  us  when  we 
return  to  Khetri.  We  have  had  an  encouraging  work 
there  for  some  time,  a  season  of  seed-sowing  which  I 
hope  may  result  in  an  abundant  harvest  ere  long. 

[266] 


In  the  Mountains 

Agra,  Sept.jotb. 

The  rainy  season  is  over  and  we  are  having  bright, 
sunny  days.  Our  camp-meeting  in  Lucknow  began 
yesterday.  I  thought  I  should  attend  it  but  have  given 
it  up  as  there  is  so  much  sickness  and  fever  there,  I 
should  not  like  to  run  the  risk  of  being  ill  while  the 
Rani  is  so  dependent  on  me.  She  is  keeping  pretty 
well  for  her.  The  Rajah  is  expected  to  arrive  in  a 
few  days. 

We  are  acquainted  with  the  missionaries  of  the 
Church  of  England  here  and  also  with  those  of  the 
Baptist  and  Methodist  Missions.  Every  Monday  we 
meet  with  one  of  the  missionary  family  for  Bible  study, 
and  on  Thursday  evening  we  have  a  mission  prayer- 
meeting,  and  a  league  meeting  on  Friday  evenings. 
Sometimes  during  the  week  we  are  invited  to  an  even- 
ing dinner  with  our  friends.  My  little  class  of  boys 
come  regularly  every  morning  to  learn  the  Lord's 
Prayer  and  the  Ten  Commandments.  One  of  our 
servants  gives  them  a  lesson  for  half  an  hour  in  the 
Hindi  First  Book. 

A  sad  case  of  illness  has  occurred  on  our  grounds. 
A  sick  woman  was  brought  to  some  of  her  friends  liv- 
ing here.  She  had  been  ill  with  fever  and  had  lost  the 
power  of  speech.  My  cook  begged  me  to  go  to  her 
and  I  gave  her  some  medicine,  promising  to  see  her 
again,  but  that  night  her  friends  experimented  with 

[267] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

their  own  terrible  remedies.  They  said  she  was  not 
sick  but  was  possessed  by  an  evil  spirit,  so  they  took 
strong  red  pepper  and  burning  sulphur  and  held  it  to 
her  nose,  obliging  her  to  inhale  the  fumes  while  they 
beat  her  with  a  thick  cord.  The  poor  woman  suffered 
severely  and  screamed  with  pain,  which  encouraged 
her  tormentors  who  said  the  evil  spirit  was  leaving  her. 
I  went  in  to  see  her  last  evening  and  found  her  lying  on 
the  floor  alone.  Her  husband  had  gone  to  call  a  man 
who  was  renowned  for  his  power  to  cast  out  evil  spirits, 
and  had  left  word  that  she  was  not  to  have  medicine 
or  food  lest  the  evil  spirit  should  be  made  comfortable 
and  remain  in  her.  Her  friends  say  that  the  evil  spirit 
was  driven  out,  but  we  believe  that  the  Lord  heard 
our  prayers  for  her  and  relieved  her.  She  is  an  attract- 
ive young  woman  and  I  do  hope  her  people  may  get 
wiser  before  she  is  ill  again. 

The  Rani's  little  girls  are  learning  nicely  with  Miss 
Driver.  They  are  reading  the  Bible  with  her  and  the 
older  one  has  learned  so  much  of  the  Scriptures  that  I 
hardly  see  how  she  can  ever  be  an  idol-worshipper. 
Her  father  came  for  a  few  days'  visit  lately  and  after 
talking  with  the  children  a  little  he  asked  Bai  what 
she  was  learning.  She  answered,  "The  Bible."  He 
asked,  "  Do  you  read  about  Jesus  Christ  ?  "  "  Yes, 
some,"  said  Bai.  "  And  who  do  you  think  He  is  ?  " 
asked  her  father.     She  replied,  "  The  Bible  says  He  is 

[  268] 


In  the  Mountains 

the  Son  of  God."  "  How  could  God  have  a  son  ?  He 
has  no  wife,"  said  the  Rajah,  and  Bai  answered,  "  God 
made  all  the  world,  could  He  not  make  a  son  for  Him- 
self if  He  wanted  to  ?  "  Then  the  Rajah  asked  her, 
"  Are  you  going  to  be  a  Christian  ?  "  "  I  am  not  a 
Christian,"  she  replied,  "but  the  Bible  is  a  good  book 
and  I  like  to  read  it." 

After  a  little  more  talk  the  Rajah  went  away,  but  he 
came  again  in  the  evening  and  calling  Bai  to  him  said, 
"  Do  not  read  the  Bible  any  more.  I  do  not  wish  you 
to  read  it."  Bai  began  to  cry  and  came  to  tell  us  that 
her  father  said  she  must  not  read  the  Bible  any  more. 
We  prayed  over  the  matter  and  left  it  for  God  to 
settle. 

When  the  Rajah  came  the  next  day  the  dear  little 
girl  went  to  him  and  said,  "  Father,  do  not  hinder  me 
from  reading  the  Bible,"  and  she  began  to  cry.  The 
Rani  was  present,  and  she  spoke,  saying,  "  That  Bible 
is  a  very  good  book.  I  read  it  myself  sometimes  when 
I  am  in  trouble  and  I  get  great  comfort  from  it.  Let 
Bai  read  it,  it  will  do  her  no  harm."  After  a  few 
minutes  of  silence  the  Rajah  said,  "  Well,  Bai,  you 
may  read  the  Bible,  but  do  not  read  about  killing  cows, 
nor  much  about  Jesus  Christ,"  and  so  the  matter  was 
settled. 

Agra,  Oct.  1 8th. 

I  was  just  closing  my  writing  case  when  I  suddenly 

[269] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

remembered  that  this  is  home  mail  day  and  I  must 
send  you  a  letter.  I  have  been  writing  since  early  this 
morning — stopping  only  long  enough  to  take  my 
breakfast — and  it  is  now  nearly  twelve  o'clock.  My 
letters  accumulate  so  fast  that  I  find  myself  quite  be- 
hind with  my  correspondence.  There  is  no  end  of 
letter-writing  in  India.  Nearly  all  business  must  be 
done  in  writing  as  a  verbal  message  is  not  accepted 
from  a  native  servant.  If  I  want  a  spool  of  thread 
even  I  must  send  a  note  to  the  storekeeper  asking 
for  it. 

You  see  we  are  still  in  Agra  but  we  must  leave  this 
house  as  the  Maharajah  of  Jeypore  wishes  to  come 
here  for  a  time  and  though  there  are  numbers  of 
vacant  rooms  not  immediately  connected  with  those 
we  occupy,  it  would  not  do  for  him  to  come  while  we 
are  in  his  house.  We  have  rented  a  fine  large  house 
with  fourteen  rooms  and  are  having  the  rooms  white- 
washed and  put  in  order  for  us.  We  shall  have  to 
rent  furniture  but  that  is  easily  done. 

We  are  sorry  to  leave  this  beautiful  house  and 
grounds.  I  have  a  nice  class  of  boys  to  teach  who 
live  here  on  the  premises,  and  there  are  many  sick 
people  on  the  grounds  and  near  by  who  have  called  me 
to  attend  them.  I  am  sorry  to  give  them  up  and  my 
morning  clinics  will  not  be  so  large  in  the  new  place. 

The  poor  woman  of  whom  I  wrote  you  in  my  last 

[270] 


In  the  Mountains 

letter  died  after  suffering  greatly  from  the  treatment 
by  her  friends. 

The  Mission  Bible  Class  met  with  me  on  Monday 
evening.  There  were  eighteen  present.  We  finished 
the  Book  of  Jonah,  which  has  been  quite  an  interest- 
ing study.  Among  those  present  were  two  Baptist 
ministers,  one  Methodist,  and  three  Church  of  Eng- 
land clergy,  with  ladies  from  each  mission.  We  had 
a  very  pleasant  and  profitable  meeting  and  a  social 
time  afterward  over  the  tea  and  cake. 

Just  now  the  Lord  Bishop  of  Calcutta  is  here.  I 
went  to  the  confirmation  service  on  Tuesday  in  the 
English  Church,  when  thirty  young  women  and  men 
were  confirmed,  all  natives.  It  was  a  solemn  and  in- 
teresting occasion. 


[271] 


XIX 
Birth  of  an  Heir 


Agra,  Jan.  27,  1893. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

A  very  happy  event  occurred  this  morning  at 
three  o'clock.  A  long-looked  for  and  much  prayed- 
for  little  son  came  to  gladden  the  hearts  and  home  of 
the  Rajah  and  Rani  of  Khetri.  Not  for  one  hundred 
years  has  such  an  event  occurred  in  the  royal  family. 
For  the  past  century  the  rajahs  or  governors  of  the 
state  have  been  adopted  or  appointed  from  a  branch 
of  the  royal  family.  The  present  Rajah  and  father  of 
this  little  prince  was  adopted  in  infancy. 

The  birth  of  a  son  in  a  Hindu  family  is  always  a 
matter  of  rejoicing.  This  seems  doubly  so  as  not 
only  the  great  desire  of  the  parents  but  of  hundreds  of 
others  in  the  state  is  met  by  the  coming  of  this  little 
heir.     There  is  great  rejoicing  in  the  camp. 

Agra,  Feb.  25th. 

A  motley  crowd  of  the  poor,  the  lame,  the  blind 

and  diseased  of  the  city  has  gathered  in  the  compound, 

and  the  highway  leading  to  the  house  is  so  crowded 

that  a  carriage  cannot  pass.     The  day  for  feeding  the 

[  272] 


Birth  of  an  Heir 

hungry  people  of  the  city,  as  a  token  of  gratitude  to 
God  for  His  precious  gift  of  the  little  prince,  has 
come.  Word  has  been  proclaimed  that  all  who  will 
come  to  the  Rajah's  camp  will  receive  money  suffi- 
cient for  a  day's  food.  Small  silver  and  copper  coin 
and  shells — which  have  a  purchasing  value — in  abun- 
dance have  been  provided  and  the  servants  of  the  state 
will  distribute  them  to  the  crowd.  Not  knowing  the 
amount  of  food  that  would  be  necessary  it  was  thought 
best  to  give  money  for  the  day's  food  and  let  the  peo- 
ple purchase  it  in  the  bazar.  All  the  servants 
employed  by  the  state  will  be  remembered  by  gifts 
when  we  return  to  Khetri. 

News  of  the  birth  of  this  little  heir  to  the  throne 
has  spread  throughout  Rajputana  and  there  is  a  general 
rejoicing  over  the  much  desired  event. 

Rewari^  March  i^th. 

We  left  Agra  on  the  ninth  of  this  month.  As  our 
party  is  so  large  the  Rajah  engaged  a  special  train. 
There  were  two  hundred  of  us,  including  the  servants. 
The  Rajah  had  ten  horses  and  four  fine  hunting 
hounds,  besides  a  female  buffalo  and  the  children's 
two  dogs  and  six  puppies. 

Rewari  is  our  first  stopping-place  ;  to-morrow  morn- 
ing early  we  shall  start  for  our  next  place  where  we 
shall  be  in  tents.      Three  houses  had  been  engaged  for 

[  2/3] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

us  in  Rewari  and  we  found  everything  made  ready  for 
us.  Miss  Driver  and  I  are  in  the  Government  Rest- 
House,  and  as  we  have  our  own  servants  and  every- 
thing needful  for  housekeeping  we  shall  keep  house 
at  every  stopping-place. 

Rewari  is  seventy-two  miles  from  Khetri  and  we 
shall  camp  seven  times  on  the  way.  Stopping  so 
often  makes  the  journey  less  wearisome,  and  living  in 
tents  is  very  pleasant  at  this  time  of  the  year,  neither 
too  hot  nor  too  cold.  We  travel  slowly  on  account 
of  the  Rani  and  the  baby. 

In  Camp,  Corie. 

I  was  happily  surprised  this  morning  by  receiving 
my  mail  here  in  my  tent,  it  having  been  brought  from 
Khetri  where  it  had  been  collecting  for  about  ten 
days.  Among  other  letters  and  papers  I  found  yours 
of  February  4th  which  I  was  so  glad  to  read.  What 
a  comfort  letters  are  !     I  value  them  more  every  year. 

Here  we  are  near  a  small  village,  tenting  under  a 
great  banyan  tree.  Just  below  us,  facing  our  tent  is  a 
steep  range  of  hills,  and  on  the  other  side  as  far  as  we 
can  see  are  fine  wheat  and  oat  fields.  The  sun  is 
bright  and  hot  this  morning.  I  am  sitting  in  my 
palki  outside  the  tent  and  just  in  front  of  me  is  our 
good  old  elephant  at  the  well  drinking  and  throwing 
water  over  herself.     She  really  seemed  to  know  us 

[274] 


Birth  of  an  Heir 

when  they  brought  her  to  our  house  in  Rewari.  She 
lifted  her  trunk  and  made  a  salam  and  then  began  to 
dance.  Many  a  mile  has  she  carried  us  and  through 
some  dangerous  places. 

Kund. 

We  started  early  this  afternoon  but  when  we  had 
gone  less  than  a  mile  we  found  it  very  hot  indeed  and  I 
was  obliged  to  leave  the  elephant  and  come  the  rest  of 
the  way  in  my  palki.  We  reached  our  tents  in  good 
time  and  found  them  pitched  in  a  very  good  place. 
The  state  quarries  are  near  here  with  about  two  hun- 
dred men  at  work  so  the  place  has  quite  an  air  of 
business.  We  leave  this  evening  for  our  next  stop- 
ping-place, eight  miles  from  here. 

yeypuri. 

We  reached  our  tents  about  nine  o'clock  last  night 
all  very  tired.  The  Rani  and  baby  have  kept  well  so 
far  though  she  feels  the  weariness  of  constant  travel. 
The  Rani  is  staying  in  a  temple  here  and  our  tents 
are  close  by.  This  is  a  pretty  little  village  with  fine 
fields  of  grain  surrounding  it.  No  end  of  people  come 
to  take  a  look  at  us  ;  we  are  quite  an  object  of  curios- 
ity to  them.  Our  route  is  rather  indirect  and  many 
of  the  places  through  which  we  pass  are  quite  new  to 
us. 

Saturday. 

Another  resting-place.     It  has  become  very    tire- 

[275] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

some   unpacking   and   packing  every  day.     I  shall  be 
glad  when  we  reach  Khetri. 

The  people  of  this  place  are  all  farmers.  They 
look  very  strong  and  are  kind  and  inclined  to  be  so- 
cial. Many  come  for  medicine  which  I  am  glad  to 
give.  So  many  suffer  from  sore  eyes,  being  always 
out  in  the  sun  and  dust ;  not  having  proper  treatment 
many  lose  their  sight  altogether.  I  took  care  to  bring 
plenty  of  eye  medicine  with  me  and  I  hope  it  will 
benefit  those  to  whom  I  have  given  it. 

Our  next  camping  place  was  a  village  in  the  stare 
of  Patiala,  which  we  reached  early  on  Sunday.  The 
people  wished  to  give  the  Rajah  and  his  camp  a  din- 
ner but  it  was  declined  with  thanks,  the  real  motive 
being  that  he  did  not  wish  to  be  under  obligation  to 
the  people  of  another  state.  We  would  have  been 
glad  to  remain  over  Sunday  but  after  some  hours'  rest 
the  Rajah  ordered  that  the  camp  move  on  and  we  could 
not  remain  there  alone. 

Thursday. 

The  Rani  is  so  weary  with  the  journey  that  we  will 
remain  in  this  place  until  to-morrow  evening  which 
will  give  us  a  rest  of  two  nights  and  one  day,  and  we 
shall  feel  quite  refreshed  for  the  next  stage  of  our 
journey.  We  are  at  a  place  called  Shimali  in  the 
Khetri  state,  fifteen  miles  from  the  city.  I  hope  to 
go  in  to-morrow  night  but  the  Rani  will  go  only  half- 

[276] 


Birth  of  an  Heir 

way,  stopping  at  the  rest-house  there.  Crowds  of 
people  come  around  our  tents,  some  asking  for  medi- 
cine and  some  merely  to  get  a  sight  of  us. 

Friday. 

Home  !  I  brought  the  little  prince  in  my  palki  last 
night  and  when  I  made  him  over  to  his  mother  at  our 
stopping-place  I  asked  her  to  allow  me  to  come  on 
home.  Miss  Driver  remained  with  the  Rani  and  two 
of  the  women  came  with  me  and  my  servants. 

Our  new  house  is  not  ready  for  us  and  I  fear  we 
shall  be  obliged  to  remain  in  this  one  for  some  time 
yet. 

Saturday. 

The  Rani  came  in  this  morning  and  such  a  dem- 
onstration !  Fifty-one  guns  were  fired  in  salute  and 
the  streets  were  lined  with  infantry  and  cavalry,  the 
band  playing  all  the  while.  Baby  is  quite  unaware  of 
all  the  parade  made  over  his  arrival.  Costly  gifts  of 
gold  and  silver  vessels,  jewels,  money,  and  beautiful 
garments  of  rich  material  are  arriving  or  have  been 
sent  by  rajahs  and  family  friends,  according  to  orien- 
tal custom.  Over  five  thousand  rupees  in  money  and 
gifts  have  been  received  for  the  little  one  from  friends 
who  have  come  to  visit  the  Rajah  or  have  sent  to  con- 
gratulate him  on  the  birth  of  a  son. 

The  little  prince  is  a  fine  baby  \  he  gives  no  trouble, 

[277] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  we  all  love  him.     I  bathe  and  dress  him  and  look 
after  him  almost  as  much  as  if  he  belonged  to  me. 

March  28th. 

An  offering  to  God  for  His  precious  gift  has  been 
decided  upon.  Sixty  thousand  rupees  is  to  be  spent 
in  various  ways;  in  feeding  the  poor  of  the  state, 
presents  to  the  servants,  and  in  other  benevolences. 
This  custom  of  the  Hindus  of  making  a  thank-offering 
for  special  blessings  is  worthy  of  imitation.  Some- 
times a  person  upon  recovery  from  a  serious  illness 
will  call  a  number  of  very  poor  people  and  feed  them 
as  a  thank-offering  to  the  deity  which  he  or  she  wor- 
ships. 

I  am  having  frequent  calls  to  the  city.  Some  of 
my  visits  among  the  people  are  very  interesting ;  none 
seem  afraid  of  me  now,  and  this  confidence  is  a 
marked  contrast  to  my  early  experience  when,  to 
them,  a  Christian  and  a  foreigner  was  an  object  to  be 
avoided. 

The  secretary  has  asked  me  to  have  a  church  built 
here.  He  seems  to  think  it  necessary  for  our  com- 
fort to  have  a  suitable  place  of  worship.  Perhaps  my 
faith  ought  to  be  sufficient  for  this,  trusting  for  a  con- 
gregation and  a  preacher  in  time.  At  present  we  have 
a  service  every  Sunday  evening  on  our  veranda  for 
our  servants  and  any  others  who  wish  to  come.     This 

[278] 


Birth  of  an  Heir 

is  a  great  pleasure  to  us  and  so  is  the  English  service 
Sunday  mornings.  Last  Sunday  we  read  one  of 
Professor  Finney's  sermons  which  was  much  enjoyed. 

April  2 ph. 

The  Rani  sent  Miss  Driver  and  me  one  hundred 
rupees  each  in  behalf  of  her  young  son,  wishing  us  to 
use  the  money  for  the  support  of  an  orphan  child  in 
the  mission  to  which  we  belong.  How  thoughtful  of 
her  to  begin  so  early  with  her  little  treasure  in  benevo- 
lent work  among  her  own  people  !  After  some  study 
of  the  needs  I  felt  inclined  to  send  my  one  hundred 
rupees  to  Mrs.  Hoskins,  the  missionary  in  charge  of 
our  Native  Girls'  School  in  Cawnpore,  with  the 
Rani's  request  that  the  money  be  used  for  the  support 
of  some  little  girl  who  had  no  mother  or  who  had  no 
one  to  care  for  her. 

In  reply  the  missionary  wrote,  " c  Before  they  call 
I  will  answer,  and  while  they  are  yet  speaking  I  will 
hear.'  Yesterday  at  this  hour  I  was  asked  to  take  a 
little  child  but  I  hesitated  because  I  did  not  know 
from  whence  her  support  would  come.  It  seemed  so 
truly  a  case  of  c  ought '  that  I  finally  said,  c  Yes,  I 
will  take  her;  the  Lord  will  provide,' — and  then 
your  letter  came. 

"  Some  time  ago  an  ayah  was  converted  in  one  of 
our  meetings  out  in  the   district;  Padri  Chunni  Lai 

[279] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

baptized  her  and  she  immediately  began  to  work  for 
the  Lord.  She  ministered  to  a  poor  woman  who  was 
ill,  caring  for  her  and  feeding  her  two  hungry  young 
daughters.  The  woman  told  her  that  a  Mohammedan 
had  offered  her  twenty  rupees  for  the  two  girls.  This 
amount  looked  large  and  she  was  inclined  to  sell  them 
but  the  Christian  woman  took  them  all  to  her  home 
and  persuaded  the  mother  to  let  her  send  the  older 
girl  to  me.  As  soon  as  she  arrived  a  missionary  lady 
who  was  visiting  us  promised  to  pay  the  amount 
needed  for  her  support.  Now  the  ayah  is  going  away 
to  her  home  and  your  letter  makes  it  possible  for  me 
to  take  the  younger  girl  also. 

"  Another  little  orphan  was  sent  me  by  one  of  our 
preachers.  She  was  so  emaciated  that  I  feared  she 
could  not  live,  but  with  God's  blessing,  milk,  cod- 
liver  oil  and  soup  have  brought  her  through  and  we 
have  baptized  her,  Ruth.  She  is  a  dear  little  girl, 
readily  absorbing  Gospel  truth,  and  is  such  a  good  ex- 
ample to  the  other  children.  Would  you  like  to  sup- 
port her  for  a  year  or  two  ?  I  feel  that  it  will  pay. 
Would  you  or  the  Rani  like  to  name  the  little  girl 
who  has  not  been  baptized  ?  God  bless  the  dear 
Rani  and  her  family.  The  greatest  blessing  that  I 
could  wish  them  is  that  they  may  know  His  love." 

The  Rani  is  very  much  pleased  to  know  that  the 
money  has  been  so  satisfactorily  applied,, 

[  280] 


Birth  of  an  Heir 

Miss  Driver  decided  to  send  a  part  of  the  money 
given  her  to  Jerusalem  to  help  a  little  girls'  school 
there  which  is  under  her  Church  Missionary  Society, 
and  she  wrote  telling  of  the  birth  of  the  little  prince 
with  the  request  that  they  would  pray  that  he  might 
grow  up  to  be  a  good  man, 


[281] 


XX 

A  Visit  to  Besau 


May  12,  iSpj. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Miss  Driver  has  just  come  in  to  breakfast 
which  we  seldom  take  together  as  she  usually  goes 
early  in  the  morning  to  the  palace  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren and  does  not  return  until  after  my  breakfast 
hour. 

The  Rani  is  trying  to  arrange  for  her  elder  daugh- 
ter's engagement.  She  has  been  told  of  a  young  man, 
eighteen  years  old,  from  near  where  she  lived  before 
she  was  married.  She  thinks  he  will  be  a  suitable 
husband  for  her  daughter.  I  hope,  if  it  is  best,  that  the 
engagement  may  take  place,  for  the  marriage  arrange- 
ments are  a  great  anxiety  to  the  parents. 

I  have  had  very  few  patients  to-day — not  more 
than  ten  or  twelve.  A  dear  little  boy,  six  years  of 
age,  is  staying  on  my  veranda.  I  have  twice  operated 
on  him  for  ascites  and  I  trust  that  the  difficulty  is 
overcome  and  that  I  shall  be  able  to  send  him  home 
soon,  quite  well.  He  is  a  bright  little  fellow  from 
the  country  and  he  has  quite  won  my  heart ;  I  dislike 
to  give  him  up  for  he  has  been  great  company  for  me 
while  I  have  been  alone. 

[  282] 


A    Visit  to  Besau 

I  have  been  out  in  the  city  to  visit  a  patient  ill 
with  typhoid  fever.  He  has  been  ill  now  for  fifteen 
days  and  I  am  doubtful  about  his  recovery  for  his  sur- 
roundings are  very  unfavorable.  He  is  about  twenty 
years  old  and  belongs  to  a  wealthy  Mohammedan 
family,  but  they  live  in  a  most  unsanitary  manner. 

There  is  still  considerable  interest  manifested  in 
my  Bible  class.  On  Sunday  our  lesson  was  the 
twenty-fourth  chapter  of  Matthew's  Gospel  and  a 
Hindu  gentleman  who  was  present  acknowledged  that 
he  is  convinced  of  the  truth  of  our  religion.  He  said 
that  he  is  praying  daily  that  God  will  help  him  to  see 
the  right  way ;  and  that  in  his  business  matters  of  late 
he  has  had  several  answers  to  his  prayers  which  en- 
courages him  to  continue  to  pray.  After  the  lesson  is 
over  we  have  a  short  time  for  conversation,  which 
sometimes  seems  almost  like  a  class-meeting. 

Smallpox  is  raging  terribly  here,  principally  among 
children.  Yesterday  I  vaccinated  the  Rani's  children. 
I  have  been  vaccinated  several  times  since  I  was  a 
child  but  without  results.     I  think  I  must  try  again. 

Baghor,  'June  23 ,  iSpj. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

We  came  up  here  on  the  26th  of  May  with 
the  little  prince,  intending  to  stay  only  a  few  days 
but  the  place   is  so  much  cooler  than  the  city  that 

[283] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

we  have  thought  best  to  remain  until  the  rains  begin. 
It  hardly  seems  possible  that  there  could  be  so  much 
difference  in  the  heat  only  five  miles  from  Khetri; 
we  are  fourteen  hundred  feet  higher  than  the  city, 
however. 

We  have  quite  a  company  here  living  in  tents.  Our 
home  is  in  a  bungalow  which  the  Rajah  built  three  or 
four  years  ago  for  himself  as  he  often  comes  out  this 
way  to  shoot  tigers.  There  is  but  one  room  and  it 
has  eight  outside  doors  but  no  windows  and  when  the 
doors  are  all  closed  the  only  light  we  get  comes  through 
the  cracks.  We  keep  the  doors  closed  through  the 
hottest  part  of  the  day — from  twelve  until  two  o'clock 
— while  we  slip  into  our  dressing-gowns  and  lie  down 
to  sleep.  This  rest  is  a  great  boon.  I  am  highly 
favored  in  that  I  have  not  much  to  do  these  days  and 
am  not  obliged  to  go  out  into  the  heat.  While  the 
little  prince  was  so  ill  in  Khetri  my  strength  was  well 
tested.  He  is  quite  well  and  plump  now  and  it  does 
not  seem  possible  that  he  has  been  so  ill. 

I  told  the  Rani  this  morning  that  the  baby  is  now 
the  ruler,  that  his  father,  the  prime  minister,  and  the 
council  have  to  order  all  the  affairs  of  the  state  with 
reference  to  him,  and  that  we  ourselves,  and  all  the 
servants,  had  to  do  what  would  prove  best  for  the  little 
prince. 

The  Rani's  youngest  daughter  takes  her  tea  with 

[284] 


A   Visit  to  Besan 

me  early  in  the  morning  and  at  two  o'clock  and  always 
expects  a  piece  of  short  bread  with  her  milk.  I  en- 
joy having  the  children  with  me. 

The  Rani  and  I  have  enjoyable  times  reading  to- 
gether. The  Old  Testament  is  quite  like  a  story  to 
her  and  she  is  never  tired  of  reading  it  and  asking 
questions. 

I  have  been  baking  bread  this  morning.  It  did  not 
bake  well  but  is  better  than  none.  It  was  baked  in  a 
small  iron  oven  with  coals  above  and  below.  I  will 
try  again  and  the  next  time  I  will  steam  the  loaf. 

I  rise  about  five  o'clock  every  morning,  take  the 
cream  off  a  quart  of  buffalo's  milk,  put  it  in  a  teacup 
and  hand  it  to  the  cook  to  make  butter  for  the  day. 
He  stirs  it  with  a  spoon  for  about  twenty  minutes  and 
the  butter  comes — a  nice  little  ball  weighing  one  or 
two  ounces.  Buffalo  milk  is  very  rich  if  the  animal 
is  well  fed.  The  Rani  has  two  cows  and  one  buffalo 
here. 

The  cook  has  just  brought  my  breakfast  of  cracked 
wheat,  curry  and  rice.  He  looks  at  my  new  bread 
as  if  he  thought  it  a  failure. 

July  I  ph. 

We  came  in  from  Baghor  two  weeks  ago  and  are 
glad  to  be  at  home  again  after  spending  a  time  in  a 
real  tiger  jungle.  I  have  felt  rather  timid  since  read- 
ing of  a  jungle  tiger  in  Southern  India  which  appeared 

[285] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

recently  on  the  railroad  track  with  two  cubs  and 
killed  a  native  and  a  European.  The  brute  leaped 
suddenly  from  among  the  bushes  and  the  low  growth 
along  the  track. 

We  used  to  sit  out  at  evening  until  quite  dark,  un- 
til the  Rajah  sent  us  word  to  be  careful  as  there  were 
tigers  and  leopards  on  all  sides  of  us. 

July  18th. 

On  Monday  I  left  home  to  go  to  a  native  state 
about  fifty  miles  from  here  to  see  a  sick  child,  the 
heir  to  the  state.  His  father  died  about  two  months 
ago,  and  it  is  thought  that  he  was  poisoned  by  his 
prime  minister.  His  widow,  who  is  the  sister  of  the 
Rani  of  Khetri,  was  married  a  little  more  than  two 
years  ago.  She  is  a  young,  pretty  woman  who  must 
now  endure  the  trials  and  privations  of  widowhood, 
which  are  many  and  severe.  She  is  very  much  afraid 
that  her  child  may  also  be  poisoned.  If  he  lives  her 
life  will  be  more  desirable  but  there  will  be  much  to 
endure  and  it  will  be  hard  enough  at  best.  She  is 
supposed  to  lose  all  interest  in  life,  take  little  food  and 
eat  but  once  a  day ;  she  must  wear  a  simple  wrap  of 
cloth  about  her  body,  and  the  sooner  she  dies  the  bet- 
ter pleased  will  be  the  people  of  her  state. 

My  journey  there  was  quite  enjoyable.  I  travelled 
as  usual  on  an  elephant  or  in  the  palki,  with  an  escort 

[286] 


A   Visit  to  Besau 

of  thirty  men  on  camels  and  four  men  on  horses  to 
lead  the  way,  as  we  went  through  fields  and  by-ways 
across  the  plains.  My  tent  was  sent  on  twenty  miles 
to  the  place  where  we  were  to  spend  the  night.  The 
day  was  cool  and  cloudy  and  the  ride  over  the  hills 
was  inspiring.  We  reached  the  tent  about  eight 
o'clock  in  the  evening,  crossing  a  river  bed  of  sand 
with  not  a  sprig  of  grass  or  a  shrub  to  be  seen  on 
either  side.  In  the  rainy  season  this  is  a  most  danger- 
ous river.  I  am  told  that  the  streams  come  rushing 
down  from  the  surrounding  hills  with  such  force  and 
swiftness  that  our  elephant  could  not  stand  against  it. 

We  crossed  at  six  o'clock  and  there  was  not  a  drop 
of  water  in  the  river,  but  soon  after  we  reached  my 
tent,  which  was  little  more  than  a  mile  from  the  river, 
it  began  to  rain  and  rained  hard  all  night.  The  wind 
blew  and  my  tent  swayed  but  did  not  come  down,  but 
my  cook's  small  tent  was  blown  down  and  the  men 
had  quite  a  serious  time  putting  it  up  again. 

Some  of  our  party  left  home  a  little  later  than  I  did 
and  when  they  reached  the  river  they  found  that  they 
could  not  cross  so  they  were  obliged  to  remain  on  the 
other  side  until  morning.  The  three  women  whom 
the  Rani  sent  to  accompany  me  were  in  that  party, 
among  them  the  Pasbandoi  the  late  Rajah,  a  very  lovely 
native  woman.  She  travelled  in  state,  with  a  horse- 
man riding  in  front  of  her  conveyance  carrying  a  sil- 

[287] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

ver  sceptre,  and  her  two  women  followed  the  convey- 
ance on  a  camel,  with  a  camel  train  of  men  servants 
behind. 

Although  this  woman  was  a  concubine  of  the  late 
Rajah  she  is  greatly  respected  for  her  goodness  and 
purity  of  life.  She  did  not  choose  the  life  she  was 
obliged  to  lead.  She  is  obliged  to  live  like  a  widow, 
eats  only  once  a  day,  dresses  only  in  brown  cloth,  and 
spends  most  of  her  time  in  worship,  and  she  must  do 
all  this  in  honor  of  a  man  whom  she  despised.  She 
was  a  young  married  girl  when  he  took  her  away  to 
live  in  his  palace,  and  her  boy  husband  whom  she 
loved  died  soon  after  her  abduction. 

The  Pasband's  tent  was  not  far  from  mine  and  after 
her  arrival  I  went  to  see  how  she  had  passed  the  night 
and  if  she  had  trouble  in  crossing  the  river.  She  said 
she  got  on  very  well  but  was  glad  to  have  a  few 
hours  rest  before  starting  on  again. 

We  did  not  leave  camp  until  half-past  ten  in  the 
forenoon.  In  the  meantime  my  cook  brought  me  a 
breakfast  of  native  food,  and  all  the  people  made  their 
bread  and  ate  it.  This  part  of  camp  life  is  always  in- 
teresting to  me.  I  never  get  tired  of  seeing  the  ani- 
mals fed,  and  the  men  make  their  bread  and  bake  it 
over  the  little  fires  in  the  camp.  They  sit  down  and 
eat  it  with  much  enjoyment  for  the  jolting  of  the 
camels  gives  them  a  good  appetite. 

[288] 


A   Visit  to  Besau 

On  the  twentieth  the  rain  ceased  long  enough  for 
us  to  reach  Junjun,  a  city  twelve  miles  distant  from 
our  first  camp,  and  I  rode  all  the  way  on  the  elephant. 
We  reached  the  city  about  one  o'clock  and  stopped 
in  an  old  building,  belonging  to  the  Thakur  of 
Besau,  which  is  used  as  offices  for  the  men  who  at- 
tend to  suits  and  other  business  transactions  for 
him.  The  rest  of  the  party  came  up  bringing 
my  palki  and  my  servant  with  the  lunch  box  and 
soon  my  lunch  was  brought  up-stairs  to  the  room 
where  I  was  resting  while  waiting  until  it  was  time  to 
move  on. 

Junjun  is  a  very  old  city  situated  at  the  foot  of  a 
hill.  There  are  a  few  nice  buildings  belonging  to  the 
different  Thakurs  of  the  district  who  come  here  to 
attend  court  or  for  other  business.  I  noticed  the  out- 
lines of  a  very  pretty  palace  which  was  commenced 
by  Abi  Sing,  one  of  the  early  Rajahs  of  Khetri,  but 
was  never  finished. 

After  lunch,  as  we  were  about  to  leave,  a  great 
crowd  of  people  came  about  me  and  began  to  clamor 
for  medicine,  holding  up  their  hands,  asking  me  to 
notice  their  pulse,  and  telling  me  of  their  ailments. 
Poor  things,  how  utterly  destitute  some  of  them  were, 
suffering  for  food  as  well  as  proper  medical  care.  I 
felt  like  staying  among  them  and  doing  what  I  could 
to  relieve  them  but  my  stock  of  medicines  soon  gave 

[289] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

out  and  we  had  to  hasten  on  to  our  next  tent  which 
was  a  long  way  off. 

It  was  late  when  we  reached  the  place  and  I  found 
that  my  tent  had  not  been  put  up,  but  the  men  soon 
pitched  a  small  hunter's  tent  for  me  and  I  was  glad 
to  lie  down  on  a  comfortable  cot  after  my  long  ride 
on  the  elephant.  It  was  too  late  for  me  to  take  din- 
ner but  the  rest  cooked  and  ate  their  food  and  finally 
lay  down  to  sleep. 

At  three  o'clock  the  watchman  called  out  for  all  in 
the  camp  to  get  up  and  be  ready  for  an  early  start. 
My  cook  got  up  and  went  to  the  well  to  bathe  and 
say  his  prayers.  He  stumbled  and  hurt  his  leg  and 
crawled  back  to  his  tent  in  great  pain.  One  of  the 
servants  came  to  call  me  and  I,  thinking  it  was  only  a 
sprain,  gave  an  order  to  one  of  the  men  to  prepare 
some  hot  water  and  foment  it,  but  when  I  went  to 
him  an  hour  later  I  found  on  second  examination  that 
there  was  dislocation.  As  I  had  no  chloroform  with 
me  I  was  obliged  to  reduce  it  without  and  I  got  the 
bone  in  place  the  first  trial.  When  we  were  ready  to 
leave  I  had  him  put  on  the  elephant  as  he  could  not 
ride  the  camel,  but  the  motion  of  the  elephant  caused 
him  much  suffering. 

We  arrived  in  Besau  about  ten  o'clock  and  were 
directed  to  the  palace  where  we  found  a  crowd  of  men 
to  receive  us  but  not  a  woman  servant  appeared.      I 

[  290] 


A    Visit  to  Besau 

was  asked  to  go  up-stairs  and  a  dozen  or  more  men 
followed  me.  I  was  ushered  into  a  very  comfortable 
room,  the  walls  of  which  were  covered  with  hideous 
paintings  of  all  the  former  rajahs  of  the  state  and  in 
a  quiet  corner  I  discovered  the  portrait  of  the  Rajah 
of  Khetri,  taken  when  he  was  quite  young. 

After  some  time  and  a  great  deal  of  ceremony  I 
was  asked  to  go  down  to  the  ground  floor  to  see  the 
sick  child.  The  mother  was  sitting  on  the  floor  hold- 
ing her  skeleton  child,  for  the  little  one  had  been  fed 
with  opium  ever  since  its  birth,  and  for  some  time  past 
had  been  ill  with  fever.  I  remained  three  days  with 
them  and  left  the  little  fellow  somewhat  better.  The 
mother  promised  to  send  a  messenger  to  me  every  day 
or  two  if  I  would  continue  to  treat  the  child.  I  could 
not  remain  longer  as  the  Rani  feared  that  the  little 
prince  would  need  care  as  he  was  not  well  when  I  left. 
I  was  very  glad  to  be  able  to  remain  as  long  as  I  did 
for  it  seemed  such  a  comfort  to  the  poor  mother  to 
have  me  with  her  and  she  began  to  be  more  hopeful 
about  her  child.  There  was  a  large  household  of 
women  and  a  fine  opportunity  to  talk  with  them  and 
to  give  books  and  tracts  to  those  who  could  read. 

On  our  way  home  we  stayed  over  Sunday  near  a 
village  of  a  few  hundred  inhabitants  and  during  the 
day  a  great  many  people  came  to  my  tent  for  medicine 
and  for  books.     I  asked  them  to  sit  down  and  I  would 

[29I] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

tell  them  something  from  our  religious  books.  I  be- 
gan to  sing  a  hymn  in  Hindustani  and  some  of  my 
servants  came  and  joined  in  the  singing  and  then  I  told 
the  people  about  Christ  feeding  the  five  thousand. 
They  listened  most  attentively  while  I  told  them  what 
they  must  do  to  be  saved.  I  must  have  spoken  more 
than  an  hour,  and  when  I  dismissed  them  some  re- 
mained wanting  to  hear  more.  I  was  much  pleased 
with  the  priest  of  the  village.  He  was  the  only  one  in 
the  place  who  could  read,  so  I  gave  him  a  number  of 
books  and  he  promised  to  call  the  people  together  after 
they  returned  from  the  fields  at  evening  and  read  to 
them.  He  is  quite  a  singer  and  was  anxious  to  learn 
some  of  the  hymns  which  we  sang.  I  gave  him  a 
hymn-book  and  he  learned  to  sing  several  hymns  from 
one  of  my  servants. 

Our  journey  home  was  pleasant  and  I  trust  that  our 
visit  was  profitable  to  many. 

I  have  had  news  that  the  little  sick  child  is  much 
better. 

September  p,  iSpj. 

I  have  been  away  for  about  three  weeks  and  find 
myself  quite  weary  though  my  journey  was  a  pleasant 
one.  I  found  that  Miss  Driver  had  gotten  on 
very  well  in  my  absence.  As  we  have  only  one  cook 
I  was  obliged  to  take  him  with  me  and  the  Rani  ar- 
ranged to   have   Miss   Driver's    food    sent   from  her 

[292] 


A   Visit  to  Besan 

kitchen.  I  had  an  interesting  time  at  one  of  my  stop- 
ping-places on  the  way  home.  So  many  people  gath- 
ered about  my  tent  that  I  asked  them  to  sit  down  and 
listen  to  some  words  from  my  religious  Book.  My 
servants  came  near  and  I  asked  them  to  sing  a  Hindi 
hymn ;  this  pleased  the  crowd  and  afterward  I  told 
them  about  Jesus  who  is  the  world's  Saviour.  They 
were  very  attentive  and  I  enjoyed  talking  to  them. 
When  I  dismissed  them  some  remained  to  ask 
questions. 

I  always  carry  a  small  supply  of  books  and  tracts  as 
well  as  medicines,  and  when  I  found  that  some  could 
read  I  gave  out  a  number  of  books  and  told  them  that 
I  should  expect  those  who  could  read  to  read  them  to 
the  others.  I  had  a  copy  of  the  Life  of  the  Queen  of 
England  with  a  picture  of  her  on  the  cover,  and  notic- 
ing a  very  intelligent  looking  young  man  among  the 
company  I  gave  it  to  him.  He  was  very  much 
pleased  and  said  that  he  would  read  it  to  the  people  of 
his  village  if  he  could  persuade  them  to  come  to  him 
in  the  evenings. 

"  So  we  plough  the  fields  and  scatter  the  good 
seed,  but  it  is  fed  and  watered  by  God's  Almighty 
Hand." 


[293] 


XXI 

A  Marriage  Arrangement 

October  <5,  1893. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

.  The  Rani  continues  to  read  with  me 
every  day  or  with  Miss  Driver  if  I  am  not  able  to  go 
to  her.  My  Parsee  friend  joins  us  in  reading  the 
New  Testament.  I  have  not  met  a  native  woman  so 
intensely  interested  in  the  Bible  as  the  Rani  has  been 
the  last  two  months.  It  does  not  matter  what  she 
may  be  doing  when  I  go  there  she  leaves  it  all  and 
calls  for  her  books  ;  the  baby  is  sent  away  and  the 
servants  dismissed  for  the  time  and  she  reads  not 
only  one  chapter  but  two  or  three  before  she  is  will- 
ing to  stop,  and  she  does  not  like  to  pass  over  any- 
thing that  she  does  not  understand.  She  seems  to  find 
in  the  New  Testament  just  what  she  has  been  want- 
ing for  years. 

The  Rajah  seems  rather  anxious  over  it  but  says 
nothing  for  he  said  in  Agra  that  we  might  read  the 
Bible  with  the  Rani  every  day  so  I  am  doing  just  as 
he  gave  me  permission  to  do.  He  thought  the  Rani 
so  grounded  in  the  Hindu  faith  that  the  reading  of 
the  Bible  would  not  move  her.     He  does  not  under- 

[294] 


A  Marriage  Arrangement 

stand  the  change  in  her  mind  which  has  already  taken 
place. 

November  4,    1893. 

The  Rani  is  troubled  about  baby,  for  the  Rajah  is 
at  home  and  wants  her  to  part  with  the  little  one.  It 
is  the  custom  with  these  royal  people  to  take  the  little 
boys  away  from  their  mother  at  an  early  age  and  send 
them  out  to  the  father's  apartments  and  have  them 
cared  for  entirely  by  men.  They  think  they  will 
never  be  brave  if  they  remain  in  the  zanana  with 
their  mother  and  woman  servants.  The  Rani  refuses 
to  part  with  him  so  early  as  he  has  no  teeth  yet,  and 
he  gets  ill  so  easily  from  the  least  exposure.  I  do 
not  know  how  the  matter  will  end  but  I  fear  the  Rajah 
will  have  his  way. 

Yesterday  the  Rani  asked  my  advice  about  going  to 
visit  her  mother  with  the  baby,  as  she  had  received  a 
letter  asking  her  to  come.  She  says  if  she  goes  she 
can  perhaps  arrange  to  stay  with  her  mother  until  the 
little  prince  is  three  years  old.  He  is  very  well  now 
and  is  growing  every  day.  They  call  him  Moti  Raj, 
i.  e.,  the  Pearl  of  the  Kingdom. 

I  have  spoken  to  the  Rani  about  going  to  America 
and  her  reply  was,  "  Not  till  baby  is  five  years  old," 
and  when  I  said  I  could  not  stay  so  long,  she  said, 
"  You  must  stay  two  years  more,  then  I  will  give  you 
leave  to  go  to  America  for  six  months." 

[295] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Five  years  is  the  usual  time  for  a  government 
servant  to  remain  in  the  country  without  taking  fur- 
lough, and  our  single  lady  missionaries  have  the  same 
rule,  so  I  will  stay  one  year  more  if  nothing  occurs  to 
call  me  home. 

November  18th. 

I  am  kept  very  busy  with  sick  people  and  this  will 
continue  unless  the  river  is  drained  for  it  is  now  only 
a  dirty  stream  of  nearly  stagnant  water.  I  have 
asked  the  prime  minister  to  have  it  drained  and  have 
just  heard  that  one  hundred  rupees  had  been  granted 
for  the  purpose,  but  this  will  only  pay  for  about  a 
mile  of  drainage,  so  I  shall  have  to  make  another 
request. 

I  have  been  this  morning  to  see  a  nice  Brahman 
woman  who  has  been  brought  here  from  a  city 
ten  miles  distant  to  be  treated.  Her  husband, 
sons  and  daughters,  and  servants  galore  came  with 
her.  As  I  have  no  house  near  mine  which  will  ac- 
commodate so  many  people  they  will  remain  in  the 
city.  They  seem  to  be  a  very  loving  family,  quite 
devoted  to  each  other  and  it  is  a  pleasure  to  visit 
them.     I  hope  I  may  be  able  to  help  her. 

They  will  remain  but  a  few  days  and  will  continue 
the  treatment  at  home  as  she  is  not  willing  to  be 
separated   from   her  family.     They  wish  me  to  come 

[296] 


A  Marriage  Arrangement 

to  their  home  once  a  week  and  I  shall  be  glad  to  do 
so  if  I  can  arrange  my  work  to  leave  for  a  day  ;  it 
will  give  me  a  pleasant  outing  on  the  elephant. 

Yesterday  I  was  called  to  the  city  to  see  a  woman 
who  had  been  bitten  by  a  snake — a  cobra,  but  she  died 
before  I  reached  her. 

As  I  came  from  the  city  I  had  to  stop  to  see  two  or 
three  other  ailing  ones,  as  is  usually  the  case,  no  mat- 
ter how  hurried  I  am  at  the  dispensary,  and  on  my 
return  the  Rani  sent  for  me  to  see  her  little  Bai,  the 
baby.  I  asked  the  little  one  if  she  felt  sick  and  she 
pulled  up  her  little  jacket  and  put  her  hand  over 
her  body  in  several  places,  saying  she  had  pain, 
then  she  laughed  and  ran  away.  I  told  the  Rani 
that  I  was  sure  the  little  girl  was  not  in  need  of 
medicine.  She  is  so  fearful  of  losing  the  child  that 
the  least  thing  troubles  her.  Young  as  she  is  the 
state  recently  spent  eighteen  thousand  rupees  in  mak- 
ing little  Bai's  marriage  arrangements. 

'January  /,  z8p^.. 

Dear  Sister  H : 

I  took  breakfast  up-stairs  with  Miss  Driver  in 
her  room  as  she  was  not  able  to  come  down.  We 
read  the  Ninetieth  Psalm  together  and  had  prayers. 
It  was  cloudy  and  cold  in  the  early  morning  and  only 
three  persons  came  to  the  dispensary  but  after  a  while 

[297] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

the  sun  came  out  and  I  went  out  on  the  elephant  to 
visit  a  patient  in  a  village  a  mile  and  a  half  distant, 
who  is  head  gardener  to  a  wealthy  man.  My  patient 
is  ill  with  pneumonia  and  his  surroundings  are  not 
conducive  to  his  speedy  recovery.  There  was  a  cow 
in  the  room  with  him,  and  just  behind  his  cot  was  a 
large  hole  in  the  wall  just  where  the  wind  would  blow 
over  him.  It  is  wonderful  how  much  these  poor  peo- 
ple can  endure.  Under  such  circumstances  we  could 
scarcely  expect  one  of  our  people  to  recover  from  such 
a  dangerous  disease.  My  servant,  Bhima,  has  been 
very  faithful  in  carrying  out  my  orders  for  this  man 
and  I  find  him  very  much  better  to-day.  I  asked  to 
have  the  cow  taken  outside  and  the  door  opened  to 
air  the  place  for  Bhima  had  filled  the  hole  in  the  wall, 
the  only  place  for  fresh  air,  though  in  the  wrong 
place.  It  has  been  a  busy  day,  putting  up  prescrip- 
tions for  the  children  at  the  palace  and  for  others,  ar- 
ranging the  house,  packing  my  trunk  and  lunch  basket 
and  settling  accounts. 

This  evening  I  have  been  up  to  see  the  Rani  and 
the  children  and  had  a  nice  little  visit  with  them. 
Baby  begged  to  come  to  me  at  once.  Dear  little  pet ! 
he  is  a  real  well-spring  of  pleasure. 

It  has  rained  so  much  that  it  has  been  impossible  to 
get  camels  for  the  men  and  luggage  so  I  may  not  get 
oft  to-morrow  as  I  hoped  and  expected. 

[298] 


A  Marriage  Arrangement 

Camp  Naranole^  "Jan.  flb. 

Two  Mohammedan  dancing  women  came  to  the 
dispensary  this  morning.  One  of  them  is  a  bright  ap- 
pearing young  woman  rather  refined  in  her  manners  ; 
she  said  that  she  fell  off  a  camel  fifteen  days  ago  and 
has  suffered  great  pain  ever  since.  I  found  she  had 
been  severely  injured  by  the  fall  and  I  fear  she  will 
not  soon  recover.  She  handed  me  two  rupees  as  she 
was  leaving  and  I  was  about  to  refuse  it  when  I  re- 
membered that  women  of  her  profession  are  never 
poor. 

The  camels  came  at  ten  o'clock  and  we  were  soon 
on  the  way,  taking  the  road  by  Nalpore  instead  of  by 
Shimala  as  it  is  much  shorter,  and  arriving  at  Naranole 
at  six  o'clock,  just  before  dark. 

January  jtb. 
I  had  a  good  night's  rest  and  we  left  early  this 
morning  as  we  had  twenty-six  miles  of  travel  to  this 
place,  Kund,  where  we  arrived  at  three  o'clock  this 
afternoon.  I  came  six  miles  in  my  palki  and  the  rest 
of  the  way  on  the  elephant.  The  palki  bearers  lagged 
behind,  so  I  had  no  choice  but  to  take  the  twenty 
miles  in  this  way,  but  I  was  too  tired  to  speak  when 
I  arrived  here.  My  head  man  gave  the  bearers  a 
good  scolding  and  said  he  would  report  them  when  he 
got  back  to  Khetri.     After  a  refreshing  cup  of  tea  I 

[299] 


A   Glt?npse  of  India 

changed  my  dress  and  went  to  call  on  Mrs.  Seale. 
She  was  glad  to  see  me  and  asked  me  to  spend  the 
night  with  her  instead  of  in  my  tent  which  I  was  glad 
to  do.  I  had  brought  her  a  Christmas  cake  and  one 
hundred  fine  large  oranges  and  some  sweets  for  the 
children.  About  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  Mrs.  Seale's 
house  are  the  slate  quarries  where  a  great  many  men 
are  employed  in  getting  out  slate  for  roofing  and  floor- 
ing. Mr.  Seale  has  the  slate  carried  on  camels  to 
Rewari,  the  nearest  railway  station. 

Cawnpore^  Jan.  Jth. 

I  left  Rewari  at  one  o'clock  yesterday  afternoon 
and  reached  Delhi  at  three  and  took  the  mail  train  for 
Cawnpore  at  nine  o'clock  in  the  evening  and  arrived 
here  at  six  this  morning.  I  am  feeling  quite  well 
after  my  journey,  and  am  ready  to  go  to  Conference. 
I  am  staying  with  my  old  friend  Mrs.  Hoskins.  It 
seems  so  good  to  see  the  old  friendly  faces  after  eight 
months  of  native  surroundings. 

I  will  mail  this  to-day  and  write  you  about  the  Con- 
ference in  my  next  letter. 

Khetri,  Jan.  27,  1894. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

Your  last  letter  reached  me  at  Cawnpore  while 
I  was  at  the  Conference.  I  returned  here  on  the 
twentieth  in  a  hard  rain-storm.     My  journey  and  the 

[  300] 


A  Marriage  Arrangement 

meeting  with  the  friends  of  other  days  have  quite  re- 
freshed me. 

The  Conference  meetings  were  very  profitable. 
The  Ladies'  Conference  met  every  morning  at  eleven 
and  continued  till  two  o'clock.  There  was  much  dis- 
cussion and  planning  over  the  estimates  and  appropri- 
ations, for  some  of  the  ladies  who  have  an  extensive 
work  are  left  without  money  to  carry  it  on.  I  do  not 
know  how  this  could  have  happened  for  the  executive 
committee  at  home  are  generally  very  careful  to  see 
that  each  department  of  work  has  its  share  of  the  ap- 
propriation. 

During  theyear  1893  tne  conversions  and  baptisms  in 
the  North  India  and  the  Northwest  India  Conferences 
numbered  over  eighteen  thousand.  Nearly  all  of  these 
converts  are  from  the  lower  classes  and  are  quite  illit- 
erate, so  they  must  be  taught  to  read  and  instructed  in 
spiritual  things.  Think  of  all  that  must  be  accom- 
plished by  a  few  missionary  workers  !  Yet  if  this 
teaching  is  neglected  many  of  these  people  will  return 
to  their  heathen  customs  and  so  bring  disgrace  on  the 
Christian  religion. 

The  Conference  plans  to  send  a  native  pastor  or 
teacher  to  the  villages  where  there  are  Christians  to 
teach  them  to  read  the  Scriptures  and  to  preach  to 
them.  It  is  wonderful  how  much  they  can  learn  in  a 
year,  but  their  brain  power  has  never  been  overtaxed. 

[  301  ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

The  Rani  gained  her  point  about  the  little  prince 
and  she  still  has  him  with  her.  This  is  his  birthday, 
dear  little  fellow.  His  first  year  of  life  has  been  a 
hard  one ;  he  is  not  well  now  for  his  teeth  are  troub- 
ling him  and  he  has  fever  again. 

The  guns  are  firing  from  the  fort  in  honor  of  the 
return  of  the  Rajah  who  went  to  Bombay  in  Decem- 
ber to  meet  the  Nawab  of  Rampore,  who  has  just  re- 
turned from  America. 

We  are  having  a  cold  season  for  this  part  of  India. 
Water  has  frozen  at  night  and  vegetables  and  flowers 
are  frosted. 

I  wrote  you  last  June  that  the  Rani  was  sending 
some  of  her  men  and  a  Brahman  woman  to  a  native 
state  to  see  if  an  arrangement  could  be  made  for  the 
engagement  of  her  eldest  daughter  with  the  son  of  the 
Rajah  of  Shahpuri.  It  has  taken  all  this  time  to  man- 
age the  affair.  Three  or  four  times  men  have  gone 
back  and  forth  and  the  matter  has  been  fully  discussed 
by  both  parties.  First  the  inquiry  was  about  the  girl's 
looks — was  she  a  beauty  or  was  she  plain-looking, — 
then  about  her  disposition,  had  she  her  mother's  tem- 
per or  her  father's ;  can  she  read  and  is  she  really 
clever  ?  If  all  is  satisfactory  so  far  then  comes  the 
real  business.  How  much  is  the  Rajah  willing  to 
spend  on  the  wedding  ?  What  dowry  will  he  give  ? 
Will  it  be  in  money  or  jewels  ?     All  this  is  now  set- 

[  302] 


A  Marriage  Arrangement 

tied.  They  will  spend  one  hundred  and  ten  thousand 
rupees,  mostly  in  money  and  jewels. 

Then  the  Rajah  of  Khetri  presents  his  requests. 
He  wishes  his  daughter  to  have  yearly  ten  thousand 
rupees  for  her  own  private  pocket-money,  and  he  does 
not  wish  the  marriage  to  take  place  until  she  enters 
her  fourteenth  year.  On  the  answer  to  these  requests 
hangs  the  future  of  dear  Bai.  If  the  father  of  the 
young  man  consents  to  give  the  yearly  allowance  de- 
sired and  to  wait  until  the  time  stated  for  the  mar- 
riage then  the  arrangement  will  be  completed. 

It  seems  a  very  good  opportunity  for  Bai.  The 
Rajah  of  Shahpuri  has  taken  great  care  of  his  son,  and 
had  him  educated  in  the  Ajmere  College  under  an 
English  gentleman  who  has  had  constant  oversight  of 
him,  and  it  is  said  that  the  young  man  has  no  bad 
habits.  He  is  eighteen  years  old  and  Bai  is  nearly 
twelve. 

Neither  the  Rajah  nor  his  son  are  idol-worshippers. 
They  belong  to  the  Arya  Somaj,  a  sect  which  does  not 
believe  at  all  in  the  Son  of  God,  but  does  believe  in 
worshipping  God  alone.  I  think  it  will  be  easier  for 
Bai  with  the  teaching  she  has  had  to  go  into  this 
family  than  into  a  bigoted  Hindu  family  where  she 
would  be  obliged  to  worship  the  household  gods. 
Dear  little  girl,  she  wants  to  serve  God  in  the  right 
way  and   to   do   right  but   she  will  have    many  trials 

[303] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

even   in  this   family  which   she  is  about  to  enter,  for 
they  are  far  from  Christ. 

February  8y  i8g^ 

My  dear  M : 

The  Rajah's  secretary  has  just  come  to  ask 
me  to  go  with  the  Rani's  two  little  girls  and  the 
Parsee  and  his  wife  to  the  new  reservoir.  He  has 
had  tents  pitched  for  us  and  we  will  take  our  tea 
things  and  have  tea  there  and  then  have  a  boat-ride. 
This  being  a  holiday  he  thought  we  ought  to  celebrate 
in  some  way.  Miss  Driver  will  not  be  able  to  go  as 
it  has  been  raining  and  is  too  damp  and  cold  for  her. 
Baby  has  cut  one  upper  tooth  and  he  has  been  vacci- 
nated and  has  been  rather  ill  with  both  these  troubles 
but  he  is  better  to-day.  The  Rani  and  I  finished  the 
reading  of  the  New  Testament  yesterday. 

The  Rani  seems  very  happy.  She  was  out  to  the 
reservoir  a  short  time  ago,  and  one  evening  the  Rajah 
sent  all  the  men  away  from  the  place  and  took  her 
down  and  showed  her  the  masonry  and  explained  the 
works  to  her.  She  enjoyed  these  few  days  in  the 
country  and  came  home  refreshed  and  pleased  with 
her  visit.  We  were  invited  to  go  with  her  but  it 
was  difficult  to  get  men  enough  to  carry  the  palkis  on 
so  short  a  notice  and  it  was  too  hot  for  us  to  go  on 
the  elephant  so  we  declined. 

The  Rajah's  men  have  caught  the  tigress  of  which 

[304] 


The  Khetri  Heir. 


A  Marriage  Arrangement 

we  were  so  much  afraid  when  at  the  country  seat  last 
summer.  She  was  seen  going  into  one  of  the  copper 
mines  and  twenty  men  were  sent  out  to  entrap  her. 
They  placed  a  strong  cage  over  the  opening  of  the 
mine  and  watched  for  several  days  and  at  last  she 
ventured  to  come  up  into  the  cage.  We  are  glad  to 
have  her  caught  but  do  not  like  to  have  the  creature 
become  a  resident  of  Khetri,  and  live  near  us.  A 
stronger  cage  has  been  prepared,  but  I  do  not  think 
any  bars  can  securely  hold  a  fierce  jungle  tiger. 

My  ayah  has  just  come  in  to  say  that  the  men 
have  arrived  with  the  tigress  and  have  taken  it  to  the 
gateway  of  the  Rani's  palace  and  she  has  been  down 
to  look  at  it.  I  hope  they  will  not  send  it  down  here 
for  me  to  see  ! 

February  2  2d. 

The  birthday  of  the  little  prince  was  celebrated  on 
the  fourteenth  of  this  month,  though  he  was  born  on  the 
27th  of  January.  The  real  birthday  is  not  celebrated 
among  the  Hindus  but  their  pundit  or  priest  appoints  a 
propitious  day.  A  durbar  or  reception  was  held  for  him 
and  the  men  and  children  who  came  were  dressed  in 
bright  yellow  coats,  making  a  brilliant  looking  company. 

The  baby  prince  wore  a  little  yellow  silk  coat  and 
pants.  Such  a  little  mite  in  pants  looked  very  com- 
ical. Presents  of  various  kinds,  and  money  were 
brought,  every  one  giving  according  to  his  salary. 

[305] 


XXII 
A  Royal  Wedding 


Khetriy  Rajputana,  India ,  "June  22,  18 '94.. 

My  dear  Miss  J : 

Your  letter  of  March  1st  reached  me  in  April 
and  as  soon  as  I  had  finished  reading  it  I  wrote  one 
sheet  in  answer  and  then  was  called  away ;  now  I 
will  make  another  trial  which  I  hope  may  be  suc- 
cessful. 

I  think  our  kind  Father  put  it  into  your  heart  to 
write  to  me  for  your  letter  did  me  much  good,  it  was 
so  natural  and  so  cheery.  I  have  felt  a  fresh  inspira- 
tion ever  since ;  the  thought  of  the  crocuses  and 
snowdrops  of  my  youthful  days  sometimes  gives  me  a 
longing  for  the  homeland. 

I  have  been  without  a  companion  since  the  19th 
of  February.  Miss  Driver  who  had  been  with  me 
four  years  was  obliged  to  take  a  change  but  she 
did  not  expect  to  be  away  so  long  and  I  thought  I 
could  stay  alone  for  a  short  time.  When  I  learned 
that  she  was  too  ill  to  return  I  tried  to  get  some  one 
to  spend  the  hot  season  with  me  but  no  one  seemed 
willing  to  take  the  long  journey  in  the  great  heat  so  I 
have  been  alone  with  natives  all  around  me.     None 

[306] 


to 

s 


hi 


A  Royal  Wedding 

of  them  are  Christians  and  I  have  felt  the  isolation 
very  much  and  have  longed  sometimes  for  some  one 
to  speak  with  in  my  own  language.  Letters  have 
been  a  great  boon  and  so  have  my  home  papers  and 
books, 

You  wish  to  know  of  my  surroundings.  First  I 
will  tell  you  about  our  new  house  which  has  been  in 
process  of  building  for  over  four  years  and  is  not 
completed  yet,  though  it  is  so  nearly  finished  that  I 
moved  into  it  at  the  beginning  of  the  hot  weather. 
It  is  a  stone  building,  the  walls,  roof,  and  door  casings 
all  of  stone,  no  wood  about  it  except  the  doors. 

There  is  a  drawing-room  thirty  feet  by  twenty  and 
a  bedroom  on  each  side  of  this  twenty  by  twenty; 
behind  the  drawing-room  is  the  dining-room  twenty 
by  twenty  feet — a  lovely  room  with  one  fine  arch. 
The  walls  are  colored  bufF,  panelled  with  orange  and 
white.  It  is  very  pretty  and  is  much  admired  by  the 
natives. 

The  drawing-room  is  a  deep  rose  color  panelled  with 
white  and  the  arches  are  prettily  decorated.  The 
bedrooms  are  pale  rose  and  white.  Over  each  door 
is  an  arch  filled  in  with  white  glass  and  the  upper  half 
of  the  doors  are  glass,  The  rooms  are  eighteen  feet 
in  height. 

The  house  stands  on  a  rock  and  is  higher  than  the 
palace  or  any  other  house  in  this  part  of  the  town, 

[  307] 


A   Glimpse  of  ftidia 

and  we  were  hoping  that  on  account  of  the  height  it 
would  be  very  cool  but  the  rocks  around  it  absorb  the 
heat  so  it  is  not  as  cool  as  we  thought  it  would  be. 
It  will  be  more  comfortable  in  the  cold  season.  From 
the  veranda  and  the  housetop  we  have  a  fine  view  of 
Khetri,  which  is  a  city  of  six  thousand  inhabitants. 
Its  site  is  elevated,  and  in  the  rainy  season  the  dark 
green  foliage  in  the  background  extending  over  the 
surrounding  hills  makes  a  varied  and  pleasing  land- 
scape, while  the  light  yellow  hills  formed  of  sand 
blown  in  waves  from  the  desert  add  to  the  artistic 
effect. 

The  houses  of  the  city  are  of  stone,  many  of  them 
plastered  outside  and  whitewashed.  A  number  of 
handsome  temples  can  be  seen  from  the  house.  In 
the  rest-houses  are  other  temples,  one  of  which  is 
tastefully  decorated  in  colors  with  kiosks  and  min- 
arets. At  evening  the  gongs  are  struck  for  prayers. 
It  reminds  me  of  home  and  is  the  only  familiar  sound 
I  hear  in  this  far-away  place. 

There  are  no  wild  flowers  here,  and  English  flow- 
ers, especially  annuals,  do  not  come  to  perfection. 
Creepers  and  flowering  shrubs  grow  well,  and  there 
are  some  very  beautiful  flowering  trees.  The  flowers 
from  the  babool  tree  are  just  beginning  to  drop  and 
I  will  enclose  a  pressed  one.  Just  now  I  have  neither 
garden  nor  potted  plants,  and  there  is  really  no  place 

[3o8] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

for  a  garden  but  I  hope  to  have  potted  plants  in  the 
veranda  in  the  cold  season. 

The  palace  is  so  near  that  I  often  walk  over  there 
in  the  evening.  The  Rajah  has  only  one  wife — a 
bright  and  clever  woman.  She  has  two  daughters 
and  a  son  seventeen  months  old.  The  older  girl  will 
be  twelve  years  old  in  September  and  the  younger  one 
six  in  January.  Both  of  them  are  betrothed  and  the 
older  one,  a  dear  little  girl,  will  be  married  when  she 
enters  her  fourteenth  year.  The  lady  who  was  with 
me  was  her  governess.  She  has  been  taking  music 
lessons  and  learning  English  and  she  reads  well  in 
her  own  language.  On  Sunday  she  made  a  cap  for 
her  little  brother  and  ornamented  it  on  the  crown 
with  a  pink  and  blue  hen  worked  in  wool,  and  around 
the  top  she  worked  the  motto,  "  God  is  Love." 
This  was  all  her  own  idea.  She  has  not  learned  to 
keep  the  Sabbath  and  thought  it  was  all  right  to  make 
the  cap  but  she  wished  in  some  way  to  have  God 
connected  with  it.  She  is  fond  of  learning  verses  of 
Scripture  and  has  a  much  prized  book  in  which  she 
writes  them. 

The  younger  princess  is  bright  and  playful.  She 
has  a  number  of  dolls  which  she  sets  up  in  a  row  and 
in  her  funny  way  she  teaches  them  the  Ten  Com- 
mandments and  the  Lord's  Prayer;  but  it  is  the  little 
prince  who  is  the  great  treasure  of  the  household  and 

[  309] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

the  mother's  idol.  He  does  not  yet  walk  because  he  is 
always  in  some  one's  arms,  and  whatever  he  cries  for 
he  gets  whether  it  is  good  for  him  or  not,  so  he  keeps 
his  doctor  busy  putting  up  prescriptions  for  indiges- 
tion, sleeplessness  and  various  other  ailments.  Not- 
withstanding all  the  bad  management  he  is  a  sweet  little 
fellow,  very  affectionate  and  a  great  pet  with  us  all. 

I  have  a  small  dispensary  where  I  receive  patients 
up  to  twelve  o'clock ;  after  that  they  come  to  my  house 
at  all  hours  of  the  day,  for  many  come  a  long  distance, 
from  the  country  and  the  surrounding  villages,  and 
this  is  one  reason  why  I  have  been  so  long  in  answer- 
ing your  letter.  I  cannot  do  much  in  this  great  heat 
but  look  after  the  sick.  Though  my  out  practice  is  not 
very  extensive  at  this  time  yet  it  takes  much  time 
to  go  among  the  people  and  I  have  only  six  men  to 
carry  my  palki  and  twice  a  day  is  as  often  as  they  can 
carry  me  any  distance. 

I  have  a  little  zanana  work  at  evening  which  I  much 
enjoy,  and  always  a  service  on  Sunday  for  my  servants 
and  any  others  who  wish  to  attend.  We  had  interest- 
ing meetings  last  Sunday,  and  all  joined  heartily  in  the 
hymns ;  some  of  the  men  are  excellent  singers. 

Agra,  Dec.  12,  1894.. 
Dear  Sister  : 

We  are  all  in  Agra,  and  the  Rani  had  planned 

for  us  to  stay  here  until  it  was  time  for  us  to  go  to 

[3io] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

the  hills  for  the  hot  season  but  an  unforeseen  difficulty 
has  arisen  and  she  expects  now  to  return  to  Khetri  in 
a  few  weeks  to  marry  their  daughter.  At  the  time  of 
her  betrothal  it  was  arranged  that  the  marriage  should 
not  take  place  until  next  October  when  Bai  would  be 
thirteen  years  old.  The  young  man  is  now  twenty 
and  he  thinks  he  must  be  married  and  his  father 
threatens  to  break  the  engagement  and  make  another 
arrangement  for  his  son  if  the  Rajah  does  not  allow 
his  daughter's  marriage  to  take  place  early  in  the  year. 
This  would  be  expensive  for  the  Rajah  as  he  has  al- 
ready given  a  part  of  the  marriage  dowry,  so  it  seems 
necessary  to  consent. 

Poor  Bai !  it  seems  dreadful  for  a  child  of  only 
twelve  years  to  be  married.  The  Rani  does  not  like 
the  thought  of  Bai  being  taken  away  so  young  but  she 
says  they  are  forced  to  agree  to  it  as  this  young  man  seems 
to  be  the  only  suitable  person  for  Bai  in  all  Rajputana. 

Physically  Bai  is  as  well  developed  as  an  American 
girl  of  sixteen  but  in  mind  she  is  not  as  mature  and 
still  prefers  her  dolls  and  play  and  her  lessons  to  any- 
thing else.  She  will  probably  have  a  governess  and 
go  on  with  her  lessons  after  she  goes  to  her  husband's 
house.  The  Rajah  comes  soon  to  make  purchases  for 
the  wedding. 

Nineteenth. 

The  Rani  and  Rajah  are  very  busy  in  selecting  and 

[311] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

buying  jewels  and  clothing  for  their  daughter.  Noth- 
ing seems  to  make  native  people  so  happy  as  to  have 
an  occasion  to  buy  jewels.  They  call  jewelers  from 
different  cities  and  take  great  delight  in  the  varieties 
of  beautiful  ornaments  that  are  sent  into  the  zanana. 
Trays  of  them  are  brought  in  worth  thousands  of 
rupees,  necklaces,  bangles,  head  ornaments,  jewels  for 
the  hands  and  feet,  the  toes  and  ankles,  some  in  most 
curious  designs.  The  state  buys  the  jewels  after  the 
Rajah  and  Rani  have  selected  them.  Emeralds, 
pearls,  and  diamonds  are  the  Rani's  choice.  Their 
present  for  the  bridegroom  is  an  emerald  necklace, 
worth,  they  say,  three  thousand  rupees,  and  for  their 
daughter  they  have  bought  a  necklace  and  bracelets  set 
with  pearls  and  diamonds,  beautiful  to  look  at  but  so 
heavy.  I  am  often  asked  to  let  them  see  how  the 
jewels  look  on  a  white  person. 

Great  preparations  are  being  made  for  the  wedding. 
Twenty  thousand  rupees'  worth  of  jewels  are  to  be 
given  besides  quantities  of  clothing,  silverware  and 
other  things.  The  wedding  will  not  cost  less  than 
one  hundred  thousand  rupees.  All  the  arrangements 
will  be  made  by  the  state  officials. 

Khetri,  Jan.  28 ',  1895. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

We  are  in  the  midst  of  the  great  preparations 
[  312] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

for  the  wedding  of  the  princess.  These  have  been 
going  on  several  weeks,  and  this  is  Monday,  only  two 
days  before  the  ceremony.  Already  guests  are  begin- 
ning to  arrive.  The  Rani's  sister  came  on  Saturday 
with  four  hundred  attendants,  consisting  of  noblemen, 
state  officials  and  servants,  with  all  their  trappings. 
There  were  three  elephants  and,  I  think,  two  hundred 
camels  besides  horses,  oxen  and  a  number  of  convey- 
ances. This  is  oriental  style.  On  a  grand  wedding 
occasion  guests  bring  all  the  grand  things  they  have 
in  order  to  make  a  fine  show.  They  think  it  adds  to 
their  dignity  and  importance.  These  people  were  in- 
vited to  come  four  days  before  the  wedding  and  they 
will  be  entertained  and  their  servants  and  animals  fed 
and  cared  for  until  after  the  marriage.  Several  others 
are  expected  to  arrive  to-day. 

The  Rajah  of  Secor  has  already  sent  one  hundred 
fine  horses  and  will  arrive  to-day  with  about  one 
thousand  people,  three  hundred  camels,  oxen,  tents, 
horses,  carriages  and  elephants.  The  Maharajah  of 
Jodhpore  will  arrive  the  day  after  the  wedding  as  the 
Rajah  and  his  suite  cannot  go  out  to  meet  him  in 
proper  style  before  that  time.  We  have  come  down 
into  our  old  home  and  put  our  new  house  in  order  for 
the  Maharajah. 

On  Wednesday,  the  day  of  the  ceremony,  the  Rajah 
and  his  men  will  go  out  to  receive  the  bridegroom  and 

[  313] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

his  father's  family.  The  people  of  Khetri  will  go  out 
about  a  mile  and  the  returning  procession  will  number 
about  six  thousand  people  on  elephants,  camels,  and 
horses,  all  clad  in  bright  colors.  Yellow  is  the  color 
representing  joy  and  gladness.  The  gates  of  the  pal- 
ace gardens  are  trimmed  with  red,  green  and  yellow 
cloth  and  all  Khetri  is  looking  very  bright  and  pretty. 
The  roads  have  been  repaired  and  many  of  the  build- 
ings and  the  filthy  places  made  clean  and  wholesome 
for  the  grand  occasion. 

But  our  poor  little  princess  is  sad  at  the  thought 
that  she  must  so  soon  leave  her  home  and  her  mother. 
She  cries  a  great  deal,  and  the  Rajah,  I  hear,  begins  to 
feel  her  leaving  very  much,  and  sheds  tears  with  her. 
Khetri  will  be  very  lonely  for  us  all  without  our  little 
Bai.  She  was  only  two  and  a  half  years  old  when  I 
came  here  ten  years  ago  in  March.  Bai  would  like 
Miss  Driver  to  go  with  her  to  her  new  home  and  stay 
for  a  while  and  perhaps  she  will  do  so  if  she  is  well 
enough. 

The  walks  and  drives  in  the  public  garden  have 
been  nicely  done  up  and  the  Rajah  has  purchased  a 
beautiful  fountain  to  be  placed  on  the  circular  lawn. 
Men  are  still  at  work  on  the  roads  and  in  the  gardens. 

I  have  had  nothing  to  do  except  to  arrange  the 
Rani's  drawing-room,  and  the  one  in  our  house  for 
the    Maharajah    of  Jodhpore  who    is    somewhat  ac- 

[3H] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

customed  to  English  ways,  so  I  helped  to  arrange  the 
rooms  a  little  after  our  style.  I  will  finish  this  after 
the  wedding. 

February  Jtb. 

There  was  an  immense  number  of  people  present 
for  more  than  a  week  to  attend  the  ceremonies.  I 
will  give  you  an  idea  in  figures  which  the  secretary 
has  given  me.  The  bridegroom's  party  consisted  of 
two  thousand  five  hundred  people  who  brought  three 
hundred  camels,  nine  elephants,  five  hundred  horses 
and  fifty  pairs  of  bullocks  attached  to  conveyances. 
These  all  came  with  him  from  his  father's  city. 

On  the  invitation  of  the  Rajah  of  Khetri  there 
came  over  seven  thousand  nine  hundred  people,  bring- 
ing with  them  nearly  two  thousand  horses,  nineteen 
hundred  camels,  twelve  elephants,  and  seventy-eight 
pairs  of  bullocks  with  conveyances.  All  these  people 
and  their  animals  were  fed  for  more  than  a  week  by 
the  state.  Besides  the  invited  guests  there  were  many 
thousands  who  came  in  to  witness  the  grand  proces- 
sion when  the  bridegroom  came.  The  Rajah  and 
several  thousand  of  his  people  went  to  meet  him  with 
their  horses,  elephants  and  bullocks,  and  the  state 
cavalry  and  infantry  helped  to  form  the  procession, 
headed  by  a  brass  band.  When  the  two  processions 
met  about  two  miles  from  the  city  a  cannon  was  fired 
to  announce  the  meeting.     The  bridegroom  alighted 

[315] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

from  his  horse  and  mounted  an  elephant  and  a  golden 
umbrella  was  held  over  him  and  golden  fans  waved  to 
keep  flies  away.  It  was  a  fine  sight  as  they  entered 
the  city.  Guns  were  fired  and  the  horses  were 
prancing,  but  no  one  in  all  the  crowd  was  hurt,  so  far 
as  I  have  heard. 

February  ijtk. 

My  dear  Miss  G : 

The  wedding  of  the  princess  took  place  on  the 
thirtieth  of  last  month  but  there  were  other  ceremonies 
which  continued  several  days  so  it  seemed  most 
tedious.  I  think  poor  Bai  must  feel  most  thoroughly 
married  after  all  the  ceremonies  she  has  had  to  pass 
through.  She  had  to  sit  nearly  three  hours  under  a 
red  canopy  beside  the  bridegroom — with  her  face 
covered — while  the  priest  read  pages  of  Sanskrit 
which  not  a  person  present  except  the  priests  could 
understand  and  they  constantly  disputed  the  meaning. 
Ghi  was  burned  and  different  flowers  used  which  per- 
haps had  a  special  meaning  but  I  have  not  found  any 
one  yet  who  could  explain  their  significance. 

Near  the  end  of  the  ceremony  the  Rajah  sat  inside 
under  the  canopy  and  the  Rani  outside  in  a  small  en- 
closure and  they  were  connected  to  each  other  by  a 
silken  cord,  showing  that  their  daughter  Bai  was  a 
legal  child. 

Carpets  were  spread  on  the  ground  in  the  court  of 

[316] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

the  Rani's  palace  under  the  red  cloth  canopy  which 
was  arranged  for  the  marriage  and  in  the  centre  of 
this  stood  a  table  with  the  jewels — the  wedding  pres- 
ents, and  near  the  table  on  the  carpet  the  display  of 
silver  articles  was  prettily  arranged.  A  small  silver 
table  about  a  foot  high,  a  large  silver  urn  for  drinking 
water  which  would  hold  ten  or  twelve  quarts,  a  gold 
drinking  vessel,  a  beautiful  silver  bedstead  with  a  green 
and  purple  mattress  and  pillows  of  rich  velvet,  tied  at 
each  post  with  a  silver  cord  and  tassels,  were  among 
the  presents.  The  bride  and  groom  sat  on  this  bed- 
stead while  the  Rajahs  and  people  of  note  came  in 
and  presented  their  gifts  of  money  in  gold  and  silver. 
The  bride  sat  veiled  and  her  husband  received  the 
gifts  for  her.  There  were  bags  of  rupees  near  the 
table  containing  forty  thousand  rupees  in  cash.  The 
bags  were  made  of  clean  white  cloth  and  each  held 
two  thousand  rupees. 

Next  came  the  clothing — sixty  suits  for  the  bride, 
full  large  skirts  trimmed  with  gold  lace  and  scores  of 
lovely  chadars  or  veils  of  fine,  thin  material.  Then 
there  were  numbers  of  shawls,  turbans  and  cloths  for 
the  servants  and  some  to  give  away.  There  must 
have  been  several  hundred  of  these  all  nicely  folded 
and  placed  in  order.  There  were  boxes  of  different 
sizes,  trunks  of  leather  and  of  wood,  cooking  utensils, 
lamps  and  many  things  I  cannot  name. 

[317] 


A  Glimpse  of  India 

Women  servants  stood  around  holding  lighted 
torches  so  the  place  was  well  lighted  and  everything 
could  be  seen  to  advantage.  The  zanana  women 
were  requested  to  retire,  then  the  Rajah  came  in  fol- 
lowed by  his  royal  guests,  then  others  of  note  and  so 
on  till  the  place  was  crowded.  After  viewing  the 
things  for  a  few  minutes  the  Rajah  formed  them  all 
into  a  procession  and  they  walked  around  the  presents 
in  single  file  taking  a  good  look  at  everything.  When 
they  all  went  out  the  Rajah  asked  Miss  Driver  to 
guard  the  silver  and  me  to  stand  by  the  jewels  while 
the  women  passed  around  to  view  them.  There 
were  so  many  women  servants  in  the  crowd  that  there 
was  danger  of  theft.  It  was  rather  late  when  all  this 
was  over,  but  to  me  it  seemed  a  prettier  sight  than 
the  wedding  itself. 

The  state,  I  hear,  gave  twenty  thousand  rupees' 
worth  of  jewels,  the  Rani  gave  five  thousand  and  the 
Rajah  gave  his  share.  Each  rajah  who  was  invited 
gave  jewels  and  clothing,  an  elephant  and  eight  horses 
and  a  sum  of  money,  and  each  guest  gave  according 
to  his  position  in  society.  The  jewels  were  very  fine, 
especially  those  given  by  the  state  and  the  parents. 
The  Rajah  and  Rani  have  very  fine  taste  in  their 
selection  of  jewels. 

Poor  little  Bai  !  Only  twelve  years  old  and  such  a 
host  of  things  to  care  for  !  A  list  of  her  jewels  and  all 

[318] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

the  other  things  was  written  and  given  to  her.  She 
took  one  hundred  men  and  women  from  Khetri  with 
her  when  she  went  to  her  husband's  home.  All  her 
servants  are  from  Khetri.  We  hear  that  Bai  is  very 
happy  but  no  one  knows  whether  it  is  true  or  not. 

The  native  doctor  here  has  had  a  stroke  of  paralysis 
and  I  am  now  looking  after  him.  He  begins  to  im- 
prove a  little  and  I  trust  that  he  may  partially  recover, 
but  he  is  an  opium-eater  and  takes  wine,  too,  so  his 
chance  of  recovery  is  not  as  good  as  it  would  be  if  he 
had  not  indulged  in  these  habits. 

Camp  Rewari,  April  8,  iSpj. 

My  dear  M : 

I  left  Khetri  on  the  30th  of  March  and  ar- 
rived here  on  the  third  of  this  month,  on  my  way  to 
Mount  Abu  to  spend  the  hot  season.  The  Rani  was 
not  ready  to  start  when  I  did  and  she  only  came  in 
last  evening.  It  was  getting  so  hot  that  I  did  not 
like  to  wait  longer  as  after  the  hot  winds  begin  to 
blow  even  night  travelling  is  exceedingly  uncomfort- 
able. 

May  gth. 
We  did  not  reach  Abu  till  the  17th  of  April  and  I 
have  been  busy  getting  settled,  receiving  and  making 
calls,  attending  meetings  and  looking  after  the  children 
and  the  sick  people  in  our  camp. 

[  319] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

I  must  tell  you  how  pleasantly  I  am  settled  here. 
Before  we  left  Khetri  I  told  the  Rajah  that  I  would 
like  him  to  hire  a  house  for  me  if  he  wished  me  to  go 
to  Abu  with  the  family  for  I  was  unwilling  to  go  to  a 
hotel  among  gay  and  fashionable  people  for  two  or 
three  months,  and  he  has  rented  this  house  which 
suits  me  perfectly.  It  belongs  to  an  English  lady  who 
is  a  very  earnest  Christian  ;  she  devotes  much  of  her 
time  to  spiritual  work,  visiting  the  Soldiers'  Hospital 
and  many  families  where  she  reads  the  Bible  to  them. 

The  house  has  a  large  hall  which  is  set  apart  for 
service  for  Dissenters,  as  those  people  are  called  who 
do  not  belong  to  the  Established  Church.  Every  Fri- 
day evening  there  is  a  Bible  class  in  the  hall  with  a 
good  number  in  attendance,  and  every  morning  we 
have  a  short  service  there.  At  first  only  three  women 
and  one  man  came  to  the  meeting,  but  we  prayed  for 
the  outpouring  of  the  Spirit  upon  the  people  of  Abu 
and  God  has  blessed  our  faith.  Two  persons  have 
been  converted  and  several  others  have  been  led  to  at- 
tend the  Wednesday  and  Sunday  evening  services. 
There  is  but  one  church  edifice  here  and  the  clergy- 
man this  season  is  very  ritualistic. 

The  Rani  has  a  very  pleasant  place  about  half  a 
mile  away.  Bai  Sahiba  and  her  husband  are  here  and 
her  parents  are  very  happy  with  their  three  children. 
The  little  prince  is  learning  English  and  we  are  all 

[  320] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

teaching  him  words.  His  pronunciation  is  very  funny 
sometimes.  I  am  afraid  we  shall  spoil  him  for  gov- 
ernor of  the  state,  and  he  has  already  spoiled  me  for 
America.  I  do  not  see  how  I  shall  get  on  without 
him. 

Last  evening  I  called  on  the  Ranis  of  Serohi.  The 
Rajah  of  Serohi  owns  the  whole  of  Abu  which  is  a 
part  of  his  state.  He  has  two  wives,  one  of  whom 
has  a  little  boy  of  seven  years ;  the  younger  wife  has 
two  little  girls,  one  six  and  one  four  years,  and  a  little 
son  about  three  years  old.  All  of  them  are  beautiful 
children.  Two  European  women  have  charge  of 
them ;  one  teaches  them  and  the  other  looks  after 
their  clothes  and  has  a  general  oversight  of  them. 

Both  the  Ranis  are  rather  pretty  and  somewhat  re- 
fined. Each  has  her  separate  apartments,  separate 
servants  and  separate  purses.  They  have  a  nice 
house  furnished  throughout  with  English  furniture. 
The  Rajah  treats  them  kindly  and  seems  fond  of  all 
the  children,  but  I  hear  that  he  loves  the  first  wife 
best,  and  of  course  her  son  is  the  heir. 

The  Rajah  and  Rani  of  Khetri  would  like  to  make  a 
marriage  arrangement  for  their  son  with  the  youngest 
daughter  of  the  Serohi  Rajah,  which  would  be  very 
suitable,  for  the  little  girl  will  be  educated  and  so  will 
our  little  prince. 

I  have  been  asked  to  speak  to  the  European  woman 

[321  ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

in  charge  of  the  children  about  bringing  about  an  ar- 
rangement. Fancy  my  making  a  marriage  arrange- 
ment for  a  child  two  and  a  half  years  old  ! 

In  conversation  with  the  woman  I  found  that  the 
little  girl's  marriage  arrangement  is  already  made. 

July  ph. 

I  have  just  remembered  that  this  is  the  day  when 
you  all  feel  your  independence.  I  hope  you  are  hav- 
ing a  pleasant  day. 

My  engagement  with  the  Khetri  state  expires  on 
the  8th  of  October  but  I  may  not  be  able  to  leave  un- 
til January,  when  our  Conference  will  meet  in  Meerut; 
I  want  to  attend  that  and  then  get  my  luggage  off  to 
Bombay  where  it  will  remain  until  I  sail. 

I  have  not  told  you  what  a  pleasure  it  was  to  us  all 
to  have  Bai  Sahiba  with  us.  She  and  her  husband 
came  to  Abu  and  stayed  six  weeks.  She  seems  very 
happy  in  her  new  relation  ;  her  husband  is  very  kind 
and  indulgent  and  it  appears  to  be  a  very  suitable  mar- 
riage. Bai  is  glad  to  be  with  her  parents  and  her  lit- 
tle sister  and  brother  who  are  so  dear  to  her.  She  will 
go  home  with  us  to  Khetri  and  spend  several  weeks 
and  she  wishes  me  to  engage  a  person  to  teach  her 
painting  while  she  is  there. 

While  in  Abu  I  sent  to  Bombay  and  got  a  book  on 
water-color  painting  and  a  box  of  paints,  thinking  it 

[  322] 


A  Royal  Wedding 

would  amuse  the  children  when  they  were  not  at  their 
lessons,  and  it  proved  to  be  a  pleasure  to  the  parents 
as  well  as  the  children.  They  all  sat  at  a  table  to- 
gether and  the  Rajah  tried  to  outdo  the  Rani  in  pic- 
ture painting,  while  the  children  were  just  as  much  in 
earnest  in  their  endeavor  to  see  which  could  paint  the 
prettiest  bird  or  animal.  Enthusiasm  ran  high  for  a 
time.  Bai  Sahiba  has  done  well  in  music  and  I  do 
not  doubt  that  she  will  make  a  success  in  painting, 
for  she  applies  herself  well  to  anything  which  she  un- 
dertakes. 


[  323] 


XXIII 
Last  Days 


Khetri^  Sept,  29,  1895. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

My  days  are  so  much  alike  that  there  is  not 
much  variety  in  my  letters,  I  fear.  The  daily  round  is 
much  the  same. 

We  had  our  usual  Sunday  service  yesterday  and  I 
will  tell  you  of  a  little  incident  which  will  interest 
you.  A  Brahman  from  the  city  came  in  and  seemed 
inclined  to  talk.  He  said  that  he  received  great  benefit 
from  having  an  idol  in  his  house  and  asked  my  opin- 
ion of  idol-worship.  He  said  that  when  he  entered 
his  house  and  saw  the  idol  it  helped  to  remind  him  of 
his  hour  for  prayer.  I  said  that  God  had  given  us  so 
many  reminders  of  Himself  in  nature  that  it  did  not 
seem  necessary  to  have  an  idol,  the  work  of  men's 
hands,  to  remind  us  to  speak  to  Him.  I  referred  him 
to  the  beautiful  green  hills  around  us,  the  trees  and 
flowers,  and  the  fields  so  rich  in  color,  and  asked  him 
if  these  were  not  sufficient  to  make  us  think  of  God 
and  to  fill  our  hearts  with  praise  and  prayer.  I  then 
turned  to  the  Commandments  in  the  Hindi  Bible  and 
read  them  aloud  to  show  him  that  I  could  not  believe 

[  324] 


Last  Days 

in  idols  when  God  had  so  strictly  forbidden  us  to 
make  any  image,  to  bow  down  to  any  likeness  of  any- 
thing to  worship  it. 

After  I  had  again  read  the  first  and  second  Com- 
mandment he  had  nothing  more  to  say,  but  listened 
attentively  while  we  read  and  explained  a  few  verses 
of  the  sixth  chapter  of  Matthew  and  repeated  the 
Lord's  Prayer.  He  seemed  to  get  a  new  idea  and 
when  we  sang  "Jesus,  Saviour  of  my  Soul "  in  Hindi 
he  joined  most  heartily.  I  am  anxious  to  see  if  he 
will  come  again  next  Sunday,  for  he  seemed  much  im- 
pressed. 

Baby  has  cut  two  more  teeth.  He  was  ill  for  a  few 
days  but  is  better  now  and  is  running  about  with  a 
chicken  under  each  arm.  Our  little  Bai  is  quite  ill 
and  I  feel  troubled  about  her.  She  is  so  delicate  that 
she  will  not  be  able  to  stand  a  severe  illness. 

The  Rani  is  very  unhappy  over  my  leaving.  She 
really  begins  to  believe  that  I  will  go  to  America,  and 
she  is  wondering  whom  she  can  get  in  my  place,  and  if 
they  will  like  another  doctor.  She  makes  herself  very 
unhappy  over  it,  hoping,  I  think,  that  her  sorrow  will 
make  me  change  my  mind  about  leaving. 

Thirtieth. 
We  are  having  very  hot  days  and  no  rain.     I  have 
had  a  very  busy  morning.     Just  after  my  early  cup  of 

[325] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

tea  I  went  to  the  city  to  see  a  wee  baby  who  has  sore 
mouth  and  eyes.  On  my  way  home  I  stopped  at  the 
palace  to  see  the  children,  but  found  that  the  Rajah 
was  in  with  them  so  I  did  not  wait. 

A  number  of  sad  cases  have  come  to  the  dispensary, 
some  of  them  so  hopeless  that  I  long  for  the  marvel- 
lous "  gift  of  healing."  They  come  with  such  faith 
that  I  can  heal  them  and  I  have  to  tell  them  that 
medicine  cannot  cure  them.  To  comfort  them  I  give 
some  simple  remedy. 

Among  the  patients  this  morning  was  a  little  boy 
with  softening  of  the  bones  who  was  brought  to  me 
from  a  distant  village.  Yesterday  a  young  man  six- 
teen years  of  age  was  brought  who  had  the  same 
trouble.  Both  are  Hindus  and  never  take  animal 
food.  I  cannot  persuade  them  to  change  their  diet 
for  their  friends  would  rather  let  them  die  than  have 
them  taste  meat  or  eggs. 

Just  after  my  last  patient  had  gone  I  was  called  to 
the  palace.  The  Rajah  wanted  to  ask  me  about  the 
hill  stations,  which  would  be  the  most  suitable  for 
them  to  go  to  next  hot  season.  The  Rani  is  so  de- 
termined to  leave  Khetri  in  January  when  I  do  that 
the  Rajah  thinks  it  best  to  decide  on  a  place  and  then 
let  the  Rani  go  to  the  nearest  plains  station  and  stay 
there  until  it  is  time  to  go  up  to  the  hills.  They 
finally  decided   on   Almorah,  beyond   Naini  Tal  and 

[326] 


Last  Days 

they  will  go  to   Bareilly  and   remain  there  until  the 
hot  season. 

The  Rajah  asked  if  I  would  not  stay  and  go  to  the 
hills  and  get  a  little  stronger  before  going  to  America. 
I  told  him  I  thought  my  native  climate  would  be  the 
best  for  me.  Then  he  said,  "  You  ought  not  to  re- 
main in  America  more  than  a  year.  You  should  then 
come  back  to  us."  I  replied,  "  I  am  getting  old 
enough  to  go  to  heaven  before  many  years."  "  Yes," 
he  said,  "  but  India  is  just  as  near  heaven  as  America ; 
you  can  go  to  heaven  from  here."  He  seems  to  think 
that  I  must  stay  with  them  as  long  as  I  live.  I  shall 
be  very  sorry  to  leave  them,  especially  the  children. 

October  28th. 

I  have  secured  a  young  lady  to  give  Bai  Sahiba 
painting  lessons.  She  came  from  Meerut  accompa- 
nied by  her  mother,  and  they  will  probably  remain 
permanently,  as  the  Rani  would  like  the  young  lady 
to  be  governess  and  companion  for  little  Bai.  The 
two  women  are  living  with  me.  One  day  last  week 
we  went  out  with  a  party  to  hunt  leopards.  The 
place  was  not  more  than  two  miles  from  our  home 
but  we  had  to  go  up  and  down  very  steep  hills  and 
some  sand  hills. 

Two  leopards  were  shot  by  the  Rajah  and  his  men 
but  we  were  at   a  safe  distance  on  our  elephant  and 

[  327] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

not  in  any  danger.  It  was  quite  exciting  when  the 
men  beat  the  jungle  and  the  leopards  came  out,  run- 
ning here  and  there  to  save  themselves  while  the 
Rajah  and  his  party  were  firing  at  them.  After  the 
leopards  were  dead  the  men  brought  them  to  us.  One 
of  them  was  a  young  one  and  very  prettily  marked, 
the  other  seemed  quite  old.  Before  the  skins  were 
taken  off  they  were  taken  to  the  court  of  the  Rani's 
palace  for  her  and  the  children  to  see.  The  Rajah  is 
very  proud  of  his  tiger  and  leopard  skins. 

We  enjoyed  the  outing  very  much ;  it  was  quite  a 
change  for  us. 

Another  day  I  had  to  go  out  to  a  village  eight  miles 
away  to  see  a  sick  woman.  The  Rajah's  secretary 
made  arrangements  for  us  to  stop  in  a  native  serai  in 
the  village  and  he  sent  out  a  rug  for  the  floor  and 
some  chairs,  and  we  took  cushions  and  pillows.  The 
mattress  from  the  elephant,  spread  on  the  floor,  gave 
us  a  nice  place  to  rest. 

We  took  our  lunch  with  us,  and  the  secretary  sent 
us  some  of  his  food  which  we  enjoyed  very  much. 
One  dish  was  artichokes  cooked  in  butter  and  lemon 
juice,  and  another  was  string  beans  cooked  in  the 
same  way. 

A  crowd  of  people  came  to  see  us,  many  of  them 
with  ailments  of  different  kinds,  and  all  clamoring  for 
medicine.     I    went    to    see  my   sick   woman   in  her 

[328] 


Last  Days 

house  and  ministered  to  her,  and  was  called  to  see 
another  woman  so  it  was  rather  a  busy  day. 

We  took  another  road  coming  home  which  led  us 
through  stony  ravines  and  up  such  steep  hills  that  we 
sometimes  found  it  hard  to  keep  our  seat  on  the  ele- 
phant. One  hill  was  so  steep  and  so  long  that  we  all 
dismounted  and  walked  rather  than  run  the  risk  of 
falling  off  backward. 

The  Maharajah  of  Jodhpore  died  suddenly  about 
twelve  days  ago  and  the  Rajah  has  gone  there  as  he 
and  the  Maharajah  were  warm  friends.  The  chief 
friends  of  the  deceased  were  invited  to  meet  in  Jodh- 
pore on  the  twelfth  day  after  the  death  to  condole 
with  the  family  and  join  in  the  feast  to  be  given  when 
the  days  of  mourning  are  over.  All  mourning  ends 
with  a  feast. 

The  weather  is  much  cooler  and  we  are  all  able  to 
do  more  work.  These  rides  out  into  the  country  do 
us  much  good.  We  hope  to  go  out  again  some  day 
this  week.  I  shall  miss  my  patient  old  elephant  when 
I  leave  Khetri.  I  feel  quite  attached  to  her;  she  has 
been  so  faithful  and  has  so  many  times  carried 
us  so  carefully  over  and  through  really  dangerous 
places. 

Khetri,  November  2gth. 
Your  letter  of  October  9th  came  three  weeks  ago 

[  329] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

and  I  must  try  to  answer  by  this  next  mail.  I  am 
just  as  busy  as  ever. 

Last  week  we  moved  down  to  our  old  house  in 
order  to  give  up  ours  to  the  Agent  General  of  Rajpu- 
tana  who  came  here  for  three  days.  It  was  the 
proper  thing  to  do  but  it  made  a  great  deal  of  extra 
work  for  me.  I  had  to  pack  and  put  away  in  the  store- 
room things  that  we  did  not  need  to  take  with  us,  and 
the  extra  furniture  was  put  away  to  make  room  for 
better  things  from  the  palace.  The  carriage  drive 
from  the  palace  gardens  up  to  our  house  was  bordered 
with  flags  on  poles  which  were  wound  with  bright 
colored  cloth,  and  there  were  six  larger  flags  flying 
from  the  top  of  our  house. 

The  agent  comes  into  Khetri  in  great  style.  The 
Rajah  goes  out  a  mile  to  meet  him  with  carriage  and 
horses,  elephants  and  horsemen,  and  when  they  meet 
guns  are  fired.  The  Rajah  and  the  agent  mount  the 
state  elephant  and  seat  themselves  in  the  state  howdah 
which  is  made  of  silver  and  gold,  and  a  man  sits  at 
the  back  and  waves  a  big  yak  tail  over  them.  Eleven 
guns  were  fired  when  they  reached  the  house  and  dis- 
mounted. The  Rajah  escorted  the  agent  up  the  steps 
and  into  our  drawing-room,  then  left  him  and  went  to 
the  palace  and  in  the  afternoon  they  exchanged  calls. 

Then  came  the  grand  durbar  at  four  o'clock  and 
after  that  a  drive  to  the  gardens.     The  agent  dined 

[330] 


^ 


^3 


WNWCSRs 


Last  Days 

alone  in  our  beautiful  yellow  drawing-room  in  the 
evening.  On  Monday  evening  the  Rajah  gave  a 
grand  dinner  at  the  palace  to  which  we  were  invited 
but  did  not  go.  Although  we  were  not  at  the  dinner 
we  were  at  the  palace  with  the  Rani  in  a  room  so  ar- 
ranged with  a  curtain  that  we  could  see  the  agent  at 
his  dinner.  This  is  a  treat  the  Rani  enjoys,  to  see 
the  table  arrangements  and  people  eating  with  knife 
and  fork.  After  dinner  there  were  fireworks  and  the 
whole  city  was  illuminated  and  the  palace  was  one 
glow  of  light.  The  fort  on  a  hill  twelve  hundred  feet 
above  the  city  was  illuminated  and  was  a  beautiful 
sight.  We  went  up  on  the  roof  of  the  palace  where 
we  could  see  the  whole  display. 

Baby  has  a  cold  and  fever  and  I  remained  at  the 
palace  all  night  to  see  that  the  medicines  were 
properly  given ;  this  morning  he  is  better.  There 
is  great  anxiety  when  anything  is  the  matter  with 
him.  I  get  quite  tired  with  running  back  and  forth 
between  my  house  and  the  palace. 

The  day  I  have  chosen  for  my  departure  from 
Khetri  is,  in  the  estimation  of  the  friends  here,  an 
unauspicious  one  for  starting  on  a  journey  in  the 
direction  in  which  I  shall  travel,  and  as  the  state  ar- 
ranges for  my  journey  as  far  as  the  railway  station,  I 
must  wait  until  the  pundit  announces  an  auspicious 
day  for  travelling  south. 

[331] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Remaining  here  a  few  days  longer  will  not  inter^ 
fere  with  my  steamer  arrangements,  and  it  will  save 
my  friends  here  some  anxiety  for  they  believe  that  I 
should  certainly  meet  with  an  accident  if  I  should 
start  on  a  day  which  the  pundits  consider  unfavorable., 

Metropole  Hotel,  Agra,  Dec.  25,  1895. 
My  dear  Sister  : 

This  is  Christmas  Day,  as  you  see,  but  if  I 
wish  you  a  Merry  Christmas  the  day  will  not  only  be 
gone  before  this  reaches  you  but  the  year  1895  will 
have  passed  away  and  1896  will  be  nearly  a  month 
old,  so  I  will  wish  you  a  joyous  and  happy  New 
Year,  such  an  one  as  God  wishes  all  His  children  to 
have,  with  so  much  of  His  Spirit  and  life  dwelling  in 
us  that  nothing  shall  offend  us  and  we  may  rejoice  al- 
way. 

It  is  the  custom  here  to  send  Christmas  cards  and 
greetings  the  first  thing  in  the  morning,  and  to  friends 
at  a  distance  we  send  by  mail  so  that  they  will  get  our 
greetings  by  the  morning  delivery. 

Christmas  bells  began  to  ring  at  nine  o'clock  for 
morning  service.  We  had  a  very  good  Christmas 
service  in  our  church,  a  good  sermon  and  responsive 
readings  from  Isaiah  ninth  chapter  and  Luke  second 
chapter.  The  hymns  were  beautiful  and  heartily 
sung. 

[  332] 


Last  Days 

The  text  was  the  sixth  verse  of  Isaiah  ninth.  Our 
minister  is  a  talented  Anglo-Indian,  well  educated 
and  a  good  preacher.  The  congregation  includes 
Irish,  Scotch  and  English  soldiers,  some  Anglo-Indians 
and  Hindustanis,  and  one  American  always  when  she 
is  in  from  Khetri. 

Bishop  Thoburn  is  holding  the  Bombay  Conference 
this  week  and  on  January  3d  the  North  India  Con- 
ference will  meet  in  Moradabad.  On  the  tenth  the 
Northwest  India  Conference  meets  in  Meerut.  This 
is  the  Conference  to  which  I  belong. 

^January  24,  1896. 
A  week  ago  I  returned  from  the  Conference,  the 
last  one,  probably,  which  I  shall  attend  in  India. 
Bishop  Walden  and  his  wife  from  America,  "  Mother  " 
Nind,  who  has  been  visiting  our  Eastern  missions, 
and  her  travelling  companion,  Miss  Baucus  of  Japan, 
and  Rev,  Spencer  Lewis  and  family  of  China,  were 
present.  One  of  the  sessions  of  the  Conference 
was  given  to  a  self-support  demonstration.  Twenty- 
seven  of  the  native  ministers  had  been  for  the  past 
year  depending  for  their  support  on  the  native  con- 
gregations to  which  they  minister  and  they  were 
called  forward  to  give  their  experience  and  to  let  us 
see  that  they  had  been  as  well  cared  for  as  those  who 
had  been  on  regular  salary.     Toward  the  close  of  the 

[  333] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

meeting  the  specimens  of  their  industries  which  had 
been  brought  by  the  native  Christians  to  be  sold  for 
the  benefit  of  the  Self-Support  Fund  were  sold  at  auc- 
tion and  quite  a  sum  netted  to  begin  the  work  of  the 
next  year. 

The  things  were  arranged  in  the  chapel  hall  of  the 
school  building.  There  were  small  cotton  rugs  from 
the  weavers,  shoes  from  the  shoemakers,  some  fine 
deerskins  given  by  a  licensed  hunter,  goatskins 
nicely  prepared,  a  few  chickens,  baskets  of  eggs,  jars 
of  flour  and  other  grains,  stamped  cloth,  fans  made 
by  the  women,  some  beautiful  darned  lace,  and  vari- 
ous other  things.  Everything  was  sold.  This  to  me 
was  quite  a  new  phase  of  mission  work.  These  self- 
support  ministers  have  no  fixed  sum  to  their  credit 
but  take  what  their  people  give  them. 

Quite  a  number  of  the  people  present  are  leaving 
for  America  soon,  some  of  them  from  our  missions — 
North  and  South  India — and  the  China  and  Japan 
missionaries,  together  with  the  visitors  from  America. 
I  expect  to  sail  with  one  company  on  March  23d. 

I  am  staying  with  Miss  Yerbury,  who  was  one  of 
my  students  fourteen  years  ago.  She  attended  the 
Madras  Medical  College  for  four  years  and  passed  her 
examinations  there  and  then  had  five  years  in  the  Duf- 
ferin  Hospital.  After  that  she  went  to  England  and 
Germany  and  took  her  degree  and  returned  to  India 

[334] 


Last  Days 

a  year  ago,  and  now  holds  the  senior  position  in  the 
Lady  Lyall  Hospital.  She  was  born  in  India  of 
English  parents  who  died  when  she  was  young. 
While  with  me  as  a  patient  in  Bareilly  I  persuaded 
her  to  study  medicine.  She  is  one  of  the  most  suc- 
cessful lady  practitioners,  popular  with  the  natives, 
and  is  doing  a  fine  work.  In  addition  to  her  hospital 
work  she  has  charge  of  the  Training  School,  and  lec- 
tures in  the  Medical  School. 

Red  Seay  March  28th. 

We  expect  to  reach  Suez  on  the  thirtieth  and  Port 
Said  on  Tuesday.  Our  voyage  from  Bombay  has 
been  most  delightful,  no  winds  or  storms  to  impede 
our  progress.  On  the  sixth  day  from  Bombay  we 
arrived  at  Aden  where  we  remained  ten  hours  to  un- 
load freight  and  take  on  coal.  Our  steamer,  the 
Oceanic^  consumes  fifty  tons  of  coal  a  day  and  the 
average  run  is  three  hundred  and  fifty  miles.  There 
are  over  three  hundred  people  on  board,  seventy-two 
of  whom  are  first-class  passengers.  Our  missionary 
party  of  eleven  sit  together  at  meals  and  have  our 
chairs  near  each  other  on  deck  and  pass  the  time 
pleasantly  in  reading,  chatting  and  writing  letters. 

Mrs.  Nind  has  decided  not  to  go  to  Palestine  but 
Miss  Baucus  and  I  will  go  unless  our  agent  at  Port 
Said   advises   us   not   to  do   so  on  account  of  cholera 

[  335  ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

which  was  prevalent   in   India  when  we  left  and  may 
be  in  Jaffa  and  Jerusalem. 

Twenty -ninth. 
We  had  a  very  hot  night  and  it  is  uncomfortably 
warm  this  morning.  Mrs.  Nind  says  she  does  not 
wonder  that  the  Israelites  wanted  to  turn  back  when 
they  reached  the  Red  Sea  if  it  was  as  hot  then  as  it  is 
now.  We  have  passed  the  twelve  large  rocks  which 
are  called  "  The  Twelve  Apostles." 

Thirtieth. 

We  reached  Suez  to-day  and  stopped  to  take  on  a 
pilot  to  take  us  through  the  canal.  It  takes  twenty 
hours  to  go  through  as  steamers  go  only  from  five  to 
seven  miles  an  hour.  The  company  pays  at  the  rate 
of  ten  shillings  apiece  for  each  passenger  and  a  certain 
rate  a  ton  for  the  cargo,  and  this  steamer's  payment 
will  amount  to  six  or  seven  thousand  dollars. 

The  sail  through  the  canal  has  been  very  pleasant 
so  far.  I  noticed  some  improvements  along  the  line 
of  the  railway.  The  fresh  water  canal  recently  built 
by  the  Khedive  from  the  Nile  to  Suez  will  prove  a 
great  blessing.  The  green  fields  that  we  see  in  the 
distance  and  the  little  houses  which,  though  rude, 
look  comfortable,  add  to  the  scene  and  the  mustard 
fields  which  are  now  in  blossom  enrich  the  landscape. 
We  have  just  been  on  deck  to  get  a  view  of  the  First 

[336] 


Last  Days 

Bitter  Lake,  through  which  we  move  faster  as  there 
are  no  near  shores  to  wash  away  as  in  the  canal. 
With  my  field-glass  I  get  a  fine  view.  I  have  never 
enjoyed  a  sail  through  the  canal  so  much  before. 
The  sun  is  hot  but  there  is  a  cool  breeze  which  makes 
it  very  pleasant.  We  shall  soon  reach  Port  Said  and 
there  we  shall  take  a  steamer  for  Joppa. 


[  337] 


Part  III 

Return  to  India 
iqo6-iqo8 


Dr.  C.  A.  Swain, 

1906. 


XXIV 

Return  to  India 


Bareilly,  Jan.  2,  190J. 
My  dear  Dr.  Mary  : 

We  sailed  from  New  York  on  the  6th  of 
November  and  after  a  few  days'  rest  once  more  left 
Liverpool  for  the  land  of  the  Hindus.  After  a 
pleasant  voyage  we  landed  in  Bombay  on  the  morning 
of  December  20th  and  I  went  direct  to  Delhi 
where  I  spent  some  days  of  quiet  rest,  then  I  went  to 
Moradabad  to  spend  Christmas  arriving  there  on 
Christmas  eve  in  time  to  join  a  dinner  party  of 
twenty-four  at  Mrs.  Parker's,  including  my  old  friends, 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Waugh,  and  several  Americans  who 
arrived  in  the  country  before  we  did. 

On  the  twenty-seventh  we  all  came  to  Bareilly, 
dear  old  Bareilly  !  where  so  many  years  of  my  life 
were  spent.  Great  changes  have  taken  place  here. 
I  see  new  faces  instead  of  old  friends.  The  trees 
which  I  planted  have  become  immense,  especially 
those  which  belong  to  the  banyan  family.  The 
mango  grove  which  we  planted  twenty-two  years  ago 
is  now  in  its  glory  and  the  fruit  must  bring  a  good 
income  for  the  dispensary.  There  are  marks  of  im- 
provement everywhere.     The  farming  country  is  bet- 

[341] 


A   Gliv?pse  of  India 

ter  watered  and  some  of  the  fields  give  promise  of  a 
bountiful  harvest. 

The  private  secretary  of  the  late  Rajah  met  me  in 
Delhi ;  he  was  among  the  first  to  welcome  me  back  to 
India.  He  is  planning  for  me  to  see  the  dear  little 
prince  and  his  sisters  if  they  can  come  to  Jeypore.  I 
cannot  go  to  their  homes  as  they  are  so  far  from  the 
railroad. 

Bareilly,  'Jan.  2^  Ipo^. 

My  dear  Mrs.  H : 

You  asked  me  to  write  you  a  full  account  of 
the  Jubilee  and  I  will  endeavor  to  do  so  from  the 
"  notes  "  that  I  have  taken. 

Early  in  December  about  fifty  visitors  from  America 
arrived  in  India  to  be  present  at  the  Jubilee,  among 
them  Bishop  Fitzgerald  and  family,  Bishop  and  Mrs. 
Foss,  Dr.  Leonard,  Mrs.  E.  B.  Stevens  and  daughter, 
and  Bishops  Thoburn  and  Oldham,  and,  to  the  joy  of 
all,  Mrs.  William  Butler  with  her  son  and  daughter. 

Many  of  the  visitors  tarried  on  the  way  up-country 
to  attend  the  Southern  Conferences  but  were  on  hand 
at  the  appointed  time  to  participate  in  the  opening  ex- 
ercises of  the  Jubilee  which  took  place  December 
28th  and  continued  over  New  Year's  Day,  1907.  It 
was  fitting  that  the  Jubilee  should  be  held  in  Bareilly, 
that  being  Dr.  Butler's  first  home. 

[  342] 


Return  to  India 

Eight  tents  had  been  so  arranged  that  a  commodious 
auditorium  was  ready  to  seat  the  assembly  which  some 
days  numbered  thirty-five  hundred  people  including 
European  and  Indian  Christians.  After  the  opening 
hymn  Bishop  Thoburn  prayed  in  Hindustani  and  the 
whole  congregation  joined  in  the  Lord's  Prayer  in 
their  several  languages. 

Bishop  Warne  gave  words  of  welcome  from  the  en- 
tire Methodist  Mission  and  introduced  the  Nawab  of 
Bareilly  who  read  a  fine  address  of  welcome  on  behalf 
of  the  Municipality.  Then  occurred  the  introduction 
of  the  bishops  and  others  by  the  older  members  of  the 
mission  with  appropriate  words  of  welcome.  Mrs. 
Parker,  who  with  Mrs.  Butler  organized  the  Woman's 
Foreign  Missionary  Society  in  America  thirty-nine 
years  ago,  introduced  Mrs.  Butler  to  the  audience,  and 
Bishop  Thoburn  presented  Dr.  John  Butler  of  Mexico, 
and  Miss  Clementina  Butler  of  Massachusetts. 

A  reception  was  held  in  the  evening  in  the  Bareilly 
palace  of  the  Nawab  of  Rampore  who  had  placed  it  at 
the  disposal  of  the  committee  for  the  occasion,  and  a 
large  company  of  Christians — European,  Indian, 
Burmese  and  those  from  Malaysia  and  the  Philippines 
spent  a  delightful  evening  in  getting  acquainted  with 
each  other  and  in  conversation  and  listening  to  fine 
music. 

The     devotional    meeting    Saturday    morning    was 

[  343] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

largely  attended  and  in  the  forenoon  there  was  an 
English  service  in  the  church  and  the  Indian  Chris- 
tians held  a  service  among  themselves  in  the  tabernacle. 

Bishop  Foss,  in  the  English  service,  held  his  audi- 
ence in  closest  attention,  giving  a  most  inspiring  ad- 
dress. He  referred  to  his  previous  visit  to  India,  say- 
ing, "  Nine  years  ago  I  visited  Naini  Tal  and  looked 
out  upon  fifty-three  peaks  of  the  Himalaya  Mountains, 
a  beautiful  and  wonderful  sight,  but  it  was  not  to  be 
compared  to  what  we  are  seeing  at  this  Jubilee." 

Fanny  Crosby  had  written  a  hymn  specially  for  the 
Jubilee  which  was  sung  with  much  enthusiasm  and 
then  followed  an  incident  of  great  interest.  Dr.  T. 
S.  Johnson,  who  was  presiding,  asked  that  the  mem- 
bers of  the  First  Conference  in  India  come  forward 
and  six  veterans  stepped  forward,  among  them  Bishop 
Thoburn. 

A  reminiscence  meeting  was  held  after  dinner  Sat- 
urday evening  and  early  experiences  of  the  missionaries 
excited  much  interest. 

Sunday  was  preeminently  a  Sabbath  Day.  At  eight- 
thirty  in  the  morning  occurred  the  love-feast  with 
about  twenty-five  hundred  people,  chiefly  natives, 
seated  in  the  auditorium.  A  few  of  the  Europeans 
began  to  give  their  testimony,  the  native  Christians 
following  in  rapid  succession,  sometimes  half  a  dozen 
or  more  in  different  parts  of  the  audience  speaking  at 

[  344  ] 


Return  to  India 

once,  telling  with  beaming  faces  of  what  God  had 
done  for  them.  Those  who  were  present  on  that 
Sunday  morning  can  never  forget  the  inspiiation  of 
that  hour. 

When  Mrs.  Butler  arose  to  speak  "  Caroline 
Mamma/'  a  dear  old  Hindustani  saint,  pressed  for- 
ward and  embraced  her,  and  then  another  aged  woman, 
who  was  one  of  the  first  girls  received  into  the  Bareilly 
Orphanage,  and  the  only  one  of  that  group  now  liv- 
ing, was  called  forward.  She  has  been  a  faithful  Bible 
woman  for  over  thirty  years,  and  she  gave  a  glowing 
testimony  to  God's  faithfulness. 

The  descendants  of  Joel  Janvier,  Dr.  Butler's  first 
helper,  were  introduced,  and  there  were  twelve  native 
men  present,  who  saw  Dr.  Butler  when  he  came  to 
India  fifty  years  ago,  who  were  presented  to  the  au- 
dience. Such  a  love-feast  was  never  before  seen  and 
many  remarked,  "  I  never  saw  anything  to  equal  this  !  ': 

Bishop  Fitzgerald  preached  the  Jubilee  sermon  at 
the  noon  service,  Nathaniel  Jordan  interpreting. 
The  text  was  Hebrews  11:5,"  Enoch  pleased  God," 
and  the  discourse  was  an  earnest  and  inspiring  one. 
At  the  five  o'clock  service  Dr.  Goucher  and  Bishops 
Thoburn  and  Oldham  spoke  on  "  Facing  the  Future," 
giving  many  inspiring  thoughts.  The  after-dinner 
social  meeting  was  a  fitting  close  to  the  holy  day. 
Miss  Butler  read  some  extracts  from  her  father's  early 

[  345  ] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

letters,  in  one  of  which  he  mentioned  his  church  of 
four  members.  The  hopeful  tone  of  these  letters 
thrilled  many  hearts  as  we  realized  the  fulfillment  of 
his  hopes.  A  deeply  spiritual  tone  characterized  the 
meeting,  the  presence  of  the  Master  being  most  man- 
ifest, His  Spirit  brooding  over  the  assembly. 

Monday  was  given  to  the  introduction  of  the  fra- 
ternal delegates  with  speeches  from  them  and  other 
visitors.  Wesleyan  Methodism,  the  Church  of  Eng- 
land, the  American  Society  of  Friends,  the  Baptist 
Churches,  the  Presbyterian  Churches  of  America  and 
Canada  and  the  American  Board  of  Foreign  Missions 
were  all  represented  by  delegates,  and  their  visitors 
from  China,  Japan,  Italy,  Australia  and  the  Philip- 
pines. Dr.  Creegan,  secretary  of  the  American 
Board,  who  is  on  a  missionary  tour,  made  the  happy 
remark,  "  Ours  (the  A.  B.  F.  M.)  is  the  oldest  mis- 
sionary society  in  America.  I  bring  the  greetings  of 
the  oldest  to  the  greatest  missionary  Board." 

Many  letters  and  telegrams  from  bishops,  mission- 
aries and  friends  who  could  not  be  present  were  re- 
ceived. 

A  solemn  watch-night  service — a  benediction  of 
consecration  and  power — closed  the  day  and  year. 

The  first  meeting  of  the  new  year  was  an  inspiring 
one.  It  was  an  "  educational  meeting "  in  more 
senses   than  one.     The   shout  went  up,  "  Masih   ki 

[346] 


Return  to  India 

Jai  " — "  Victory  to  Jesus  "  as  the  audience  realized  the 
full  meaning  of  what  they  saw  and  heard.  There  was 
a  school  of  heathen  boys  taught  by  a  Christian  teacher, 
and  a  village  school  of  Christian  boys,  both  reciting 
Christian  truths,  but  contrasting  in  personal  appear- 
ance, the  latter  showing  the  influence  of  Christian 
family  life, 

Mrs.  Dease  brought  what  she  called  her  "  Entering 
Wedge,"  over  two  hundred  girls  from  the  city  schools, 
girls  of  different  castes,  some  married,  some  widows, 
all  quite  ready  with  their  answers  to  Bible  questions. 
Fifty  of  Mrs.  Chew's  little  Orphanage  girls  gave  a 
doll's  drill,  and  sang  "  Sleep,  baby,  sleep "  very 
sweetly.  Then  came  a  breeze  from  the  Himalayas. 
Some  of  Miss  Budden's  Christian  people  had  walked 
ninety  miles  through  the  mountains  to  the  nearest  rail- 
way station — a  march  of  nine  days.  They  sang  one 
of  their  songs,  led  by  a  blind  youth.  Dr.  Sheldon's 
converted  Thibetan  boy  recited  a  verse  of  Scripture 
in  his  own  language  and  sang  a  hymn  with  her,  and  a 
Nepalese  boy  recited  in  his  mother  tongue. 

Other  phases  of  this  educational  work  were  :  A 
class  of  young  women  nurses  from  the  Bareilly  Hos- 
pital ;  the  exhibition  of  specimens  of  industrial  work 
— beds,  chairs,  woven  wire  mattresses — made  by  the 
boys  in  the  Shahjahanpore  Orphanage  ;  and  fine  rugs, 
brass  and  woodwork  from  the  Phalera  Industrial  Mis- 

[347] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

sion  which  was  organized  during  the  famine  of 
1898. 

Mrs.  Matthews'  girls  and  women  from  the  Aligarh 
Widows'  Home  wore  clothes  made  from  cloth  of  their 
own  weaving.  They  work  in  the  fields,  raise  grain 
and  vegetables,  make  bread  for  the  English  residents, 
and  have  more  orders  for  their  beautiful  pillow  lace 
than  they  can  supply.  Under  Mrs.  Matthews'  super- 
vision forty  of  her  well-trained  girls  did  the  cooking 
for  the  three  hundred  and  fifty  guests  and  mission- 
aries, making  all  the  bread  used,  and  also  serving  the 
tables. 

A  paper  on  "  Commercial  Education  "  was  read  by 
one  of  the  Reid  Christian  College  students,  and  there 
were  songs  and  recitations  by  some  of  the  young 
women  of  the  Isabella  Thoburn  College.  Professor 
J.  R.  Chitamber,  son  of  a  converted  Brahman,  gave  a 
fine  address  on  "  What  Christian  Education  has  Done 
for  Me."  The  Rev.  Ganga  Nath  of  the  Lucknow 
Mission  Press  spoke  briefly  of  the  work  of  the  Press. 
He  is  also  of  Brahman  birth,  and  as  a  boy  used  to 
light  the  fires  on  the  altar  of  heathen  temples ;  now  he 
is  sending  the  light  of  the  Gospel  into  heathen  homes. 

The  Epworth  League  Rally  on  Tuesday  afternoon, 
with  its  vast  procession  and  various  banners,  was  most 
inspiring.  A  prayer  in  Canarese  was  followed  by  a 
Psalm  in   Hindustani  recited  in  concert ;   hymns  were 

[343] 


Re ttcrn  to  India 

sung  in  various  languages,  and  some  fine  papers  by 
missionaries  were  read,  the  services  closing  with  the 
Recessional  sung  by  the  students  of  the  Isabella  Tho- 
burn  College. 

The  closing  exercises  of  the  'Jubilee  on  Tuesday 
evening,  January  ist,  were  full  of  interest  and  were 
participated  in  by  quite  a  number  of  the  visitors.  The 
large  congregation  of  people  from  different  countries 
and  of  different  races  sang  the  Doxology  with  reverent 
spirit  and  the  Benediction  was  pronounced  in  Hindu- 
stani by  Bishop  Thoburn. 

Only  one  tent  is  standing  on  the  grounds  this 
morning.  Many  of  the  visitors  have  left,  some  to  re- 
turn to  America,  others  to  visit  other  of  our  Eastern 
mission  fields. 

An  interesting  incident  occurred  at  one  of  the  even- 
ing services.  Five  hundred  and  twenty-three  converts 
from  heathenism  were  presented  for  baptism  and  rec- 
ognition as  Christians.  Special  prayer  was  asked  for 
these  candidates,  who  had  been  previously  instructed 
by  Christian  pastors.  Bishop  Thoburn  prayed,  and 
then  occurred  the  ceremony  of  cutting  off  the  sacred 
lock  of  hair,  and  the  ritual  service  was  read  and  ex- 
plained. The  cutting  off  of  the  chuiia  or  sacred  lock 
of  hair  from  the  crown  of  the  head  signifies  the  separa- 
tion from  idolatry.  One  native  presiding  elder 
brought  over  three  hundred  candidates  for  baptism  and 

[  349] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

said  many  more  would  have  come  if  he  could  have  ar- 
ranged for  them. 

Two  or  three  hundred  Hindus  were  close  observers 
of  this  ceremony  and  one  remarked,  "  All  the  people 
will  become  Christians  soon  !  " 

Bareilly,  'Jan.  p,  ipoy. 

.  ,  .  In  my  Jubilee  letter  I  did  not  say  much 
about  the  women  who  were  present,  but  the  Woman's 
Foreign  Missionary  Society  was  by  no  means  in  the 
background.  I  mentioned  that  Mrs.  Butler,  wife  of  the 
founder  of  the  mission,  and  herself  the  first  woman 
missionary  of  our  Church  to  tell  the  women  and  chil- 
dren of  India  of  a  loving  Saviour,  despite  her  eighty- 
six  years,  had  dared  to  undertake  the  long  journey 
from  America  that  she  might  see  and  rejoice  in  the 
wonderful  work  of  God  in  this  land.- 

When  she  appeared  on  the  platform  she  needed  no 
introduction.  The  native  Christians  voiced  their  de- 
light in  her  presence  by  singing  heartily,  "  Glory, 
glory,  hallelujah ! "  as  she  took  her  seat.  Bishop 
Foss  spoke  eloquently  of  the  Woman's  Foreign  Mis- 
sionary Society  which  is  doing  so  much  for  the  women 
of  all  lands,  and  gave  Mrs.  Butler  credit  for  her  part 
in  the  work  in  the  Society. 

Mrs.  Foss  made  a  very  pleasing  speech,  saying  that 
the  Society  in  America  had  sent  her  to  India  to  give 

[350] 


Return  to  India 

the  greetings  of  that  great  organization.  She  spoke 
of  its  unparalleled  success,  and  encouraged  the  workers 
and  the  Christians  by  telling  of  the  continued  prayers 
of  the  women  of  America  for  God's  blessing  on  those 
who  love  Him,  and  for  the  Spirit's  converting  power 
on  the  hearts  of  those  who  are  yet  far  from  Him.  She 
said,  "  I  had  no  conception  of  the  extent  of  the  work 
here.  It  overwhelms  me."  Referring  to  the  small 
beginnings  of  1869  and  the  two  missionaries  sent  out 
that  year,  she  contrasted  it  with  the  present  when  the 
Society  supports  five  hundred  missionaries,  and  owns 
over  a  million  dollars'  worth  of  property  in  foreign 
lands.  As  Mrs.  Foss  took  her  seat  Bishop  Warne  re- 
marked that  the  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society 
sent  more  money  to  India  than  did  the  General 
Board. 

It  was  a  pleasure  to  have  Mrs.  Stevens  and  her 
daughter  with  us.  Mrs.  Stevens  has  been  president 
of  the  Baltimore.  Branch  of  the  Society  for  thirty  years 
and  has  a  deep  interest  in  all  the  work.  Mrs.  Fitz- 
gerald, Mrs.  Warne  and  Mrs.  Oldham  all  had  words 
of  cheer  for  both  workers  and  converts. 

I  am  sure  you  would  have  been  interested  in  the 
papers  given  by  some  of  the  mission  ladies.  Miss 
Lilavati  Singh  read  a  paper  on  "  The  Future  of 
Education  for  Indian  Women,"  showing  what  had 
been  accomplished  in  fifty  years,  beginning  with  the 

[351] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

few  little  girls,  children  of  the  mission  servants, 
gathered  into  a  school  on  the  veranda  of  the  mission 
house,  with  now  a  school  system  for  the  education  of 
girls  all  over  the  Empire.  "  The  Methodist  Mission 
has  a  thousand  schools  with,  at  the  best  computation, 
ten  thousand  girls  in  attendance,  and  other  missions, 
too,  count  their  girl  pupils  by  thousands,  and  a  large 
per  cent,  of  the  girls  are  Christians,"  she  said.  She 
showed  the  capability  of  the  females  of  India  in  the 
fact  that  in  the  B.  A.  and  F.  A.  examinations  the  last 
year  girls  held  the  first  place,  and  she  told  of  the  in- 
fluence of  Christianity  on  Hindu  and  Mohammedan 
women  who  are  becoming  morally  and  socially 
emancipated  from  the  bondage  of  their  former  lives. 

Miss  Budden  who  has  had  large  experience  in 
evangelistic  work  emphasized  the  need  of  consecrated 
Bible  women  to  carry  the  message  of  salvation  to  the 
women  of  the  towns  and  villages,  and  wished  that  we 
might  have  many  more  women  trained  for  this  special 
work. 

Dr.  Edna  Beck  of  Phalera  gave  an  account  of 
the  medical  work,  and  showed  how  beautifully 
the  medical  and  evangelistic  work  supplement  one 
another. 

Miss  Blair's  practical  paper  on  "  Literature  for  the 
Women  of  India "  gave  food  for  thought.  While 
editor  of  the  Woman's  Friend  in  Bengali  she  began  to 

[352] 


Return  to  India 

realize  the  need  for  pure  literature  which  will  be 
both  interesting  and  profitable  to  the  increasing  num- 
ber of  readers  among  Christian  and  non-Christian 
women. 

A  paper  on  zanana  work  by  Miss  Nichols  of  Bom- 
bay was  most  interesting.  The  facts  and  incidents 
which  she  narrated  stirred  our  hearts.  Many,  many 
are  the  women  who,  in  their  hearts,  believe  that  the 
religion  of  Christ  is  to  them  salvation. 

One  of  the  most  effective  agencies  in  our  work  is 
the  school  work  and  Miss  Anna  Lawson's  paper  on 
boarding-schools  gave  a  review  of  the  schools  of  our 
mission  from  the  first  established  by  Mrs.  Parker  with 
two  pupils  to  the  last  one  that  came  into  existence. 
All  our  conferences  carry  on  this  form  of  work  and 
many  trained  workers  have  gone  out  from  the 
schools  as  wives  of  pastors  and  teachers  and  are  em- 
ployed as  Bible  women,  some  of  them  giving 
nearly  their  whole  time  to  village  schools  and  evan- 
gelistic work. 

The  Jubilee  meetings  were  too  immense  in  numbers 
and  matter  to  be  wholly  enjoyable.  We  could  not 
appreciate  and  digest  so  many  good  things  in  so  short 
a  time,  but  all,  I  am  sure,  carried  away  pleasant 
memories  of  the  occasion,  with  a  thanksgiving  in 
their  hearts  that  so  many  of  the  people  of  India  are 
being  brought  into  Christ's  kingdom. 

[  353] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Aj?nere,  'Jan.  28 ',  1907. 
My  dear  Dr.  Slade  : 

I  was  glad  to  be  able  to  attend  the  Northwest 
India  Conference  at  Muttra.  It  closed  on  the 
twentieth  and  I  have  been  here  a  week.  A  letter  of 
welcome  and  an  invitation  from  the  little  Prince  of 
Khetri  and  his  sisters  to  visit  them  here  brought  me 
home  with  one  of  our  missionaries  who  has  the  charge 
of  a  mission  boarding-school  for  girls. 

The  young  Rajah  called  on  me  on  Thursday.  He 
is  a  fine  lad  of  fourteen,  tall  and  manly.  He  wore 
an  English  riding  suit  and  a  handsome  turban.  He 
greeted  me  very  cordially,  and  said  he  did  not  remem- 
ber me  but  he  had  my  photograph  with  a  baby  in  my 
arms  which  he  had  been  told  was  himself.  We  sat 
down  together  on  the  sofa  and  I  asked  him  if  I  might 
drop  his  title  and  call  him  by  his  name,  Jai  Singh,  as 
it  made  my  boy  seem  so  far  away  to  address  him  as 
Rajah  Sahib.  He  seemed  quite  pleased  at  this  re- 
quest. 

I  talked  to  him  of  his  childhood  and  told  him  some 
sweet  little  things  about  himself  and  some  stories  of 
interest  about  his  mother.  He  read  a  page  of  English 
for  me  and  I  find  that  he  speaks  English  very  well. 
He  will  graduate  from  the  high  school  in  two  years 
more.  His  guardian,  who  was  with  him,  is  a  B.  A. 
He  told  me  that  the  prince  is  good  and  noble  and  that 

[354] 


,  ■ 


The   Young  Rajah  of  Khetri,  Fifteen  Years  Old. 


Return  to  India 

they  hoped  to  keep  him  so,  for  in  four  years  he  will 
take  his  father's  place. 

The  prince  is  under  very  strict  orders  ;  he  is  not 
allowed  to  go  outside  the  college  grounds  without  per- 
mission, and  then  his  guardian  and  an  escort  accom- 
pany him.  His  guardian  seems  a  good  man ;  he  is  a 
Brahman  of  the  purest  type.  He  called  yesterday  to 
say  that  the  prince  was  unable  to  pay  his  respects  to 
me  before  going  to  Khetri  where  the  ceremony  of 
putting  on  the  sacred  thread  will  take  place. 

The  two  princesses  came  on  Saturday  and  spent  the 
day  with  me  before  going  to  Khetri.  They  urged  me 
to  go  with  them  but  I  declined  as  I  knew  how  tire- 
some the  journey  would  be  for  me  and  as  the  Rajah 
and  Rani  had  both  passed  away  I  had  no  desire  to  go. 
They  will  return  in  ten  days  and  expect  to  spend 
some  time  in  Ajmere.  I  am  very  much  pleased  with 
them  both.  The  older  one  is  a  fine,  handsome 
woman — much  like  her  mother,  so  queenly  in  her 
manner  and  general  appearance.  The  younger  Bai 
is  rather  delicate.  They  both  keep  up  their  reading 
and  the  elder  Bai  continues  her  music  and  paint- 
ing. The  brother  and  sisters  are  very  fond  of  each 
other. 

I  have  one  of  my  Khetri  servants  with  me  ;  the 
prince  has  given  him  permission  to  serve  me  as  long 
as  I  remain  in  India.     This  is  quite  a  comfort  for  I 

[355] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

need  him  especially  when  I  travel  for  there  are  so 
many  little  things  to  attend  to. 

This  mission  compound  is  a  very  busy  place.  Many 
of  the  schoolgirls  recite  their  lessons  out  under  the 
trees  where  it  is  warmer  than  indoors,  so  there  is  noise 
on  all  sides  of  the  house. 

I  am  so  pleased  to  see  the  improvement  in  all  our 
mission  stations.  There  are  larger  communities  of 
Christians,  better  schools  and  church  buildings  and  a 
greater  number  of  children  in  the  day  and  boarding- 
schools.  In  some  of  the  villages  numbers  of  men  and 
women  are  under  instruction.  Ten  years  has  made  a 
very  perceptible  change  in  our  mission  work. 

The  great  famines  in  this  part  of  India  have  brought 
thousands  of  children  into  our  mission  stations,  and  it 
is  a  pleasure  to  see  them  well  clothed  and  fed  and  being 
taught  to  lead  useful  lives. 

What  a  wonderful  time  we  are  living  in — the 
more  we  see  and  study  the  workings  of  Providence 
among  the  nations  the  clearer  we  see  how  they  are 
being  led  to  recognize  their  Creator.  I  trust  the 
prophecy  will  soon  be  fulfilled  when  all  nations  shall 
acknowledge  Him  as  the  Ruler  of  the  world. 

Ajmere  is  a  pretty  place  surrounded  with  rocky 
hills  from  eight  to  fifteen  hundred  feet  high.  There 
is  a  lake  at  the  base  of  one  of  the  highest  hills  and  a 
public  garden  on  the  opposite  side  with  several  marble 

[356] 


Rettim  to  India 

pavilions  which  look  quite  enchanting  with  the  water 
for  background  and  the  green  lawn  in  front  shaded  by 
wide-spreading  trees.  The  monotony  of  the  sandy 
plains  of  Rajputana  is  broken  by  hills  in  many  places. 

Bombay,  Nov.  j,  I  go  J. 
I  very  much  enjoyed  the  Dasehra  meet- 
ings in  Lucknow  last  month.  These  have  been  held 
annually  for  the  last  twenty-five  years  during  the  three 
days  of  Dasehra,  a  Hindu  festival,  which  is  recognized 
by  the  government  and  gazetted  as  "  Legal  Holi- 
days." 

Missionaries  from  all  parts  of  India  and  from  Cey- 
lon are  invited  to  participate  in  these  meetings  and 
many  avail  themselves  of  the  opportunity  to  spend  a 
few  days  in  Christian  fellowship  and  service.  This 
year  a  great  many  Indian  Christians  were  present, 
among  them  some  fine  preachers  from  the  Presby- 
terian Mission  in  Lahore. 

Three  services  were  held  at  the  same  hour  every 
morning  :  one  in  English  for  Christian  workers,  one 
in  the  Hindustani  Church,  and  one  for  the  young 
people  of  the  Epworth  League  and  Christian  En- 
deavor Societies.  They  were  all  so  interesting  that 
it  was  difficult  to  decide  which  to  attend.  At  four 
o'clock  each  day  there  was  a  service  for  all  who  could 
attend,  and  also  a  service  every  evening. 

[  357] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

November  1 8th. 

The  eldest  Khetri  princess,  Bai  Sahiba  of  Shah- 
pura,  had  intended  to  take  a  house  in  Ajmere  for  the 
winter  where  I  could  be  near  her  and  her  brother  and 
sister,  but  her  husband  changed  his  plans  and  I  came 
with  her  to  Bombay  where  we  have  been  for  nearly 
three  weeks.  They  rented  a  furnished  house  for 
themselves  and  arranged  for  me  at  Watson's  Hotel, 
which  is  three  miles  from  the  Bai  Sahiba's  house.  I 
drove  over  there  every  morning  after  breakfast  and 
remained  with  her  until  after  four  o'clock  tea,  but  the 
long  drive  through  the  crowded  streets  was  rather 
tiresome  to  me  and  I  was  very  glad  when  I  found 
that  I  could  be  received  as  a  boarder  in  the  Alliance 
Mission  Home  which  is  much  nearer  to  the  home  of 
the  Bai  Sahiba. 

We  have  just  finished  reading  together  the  "  Life 
of  Christ,"  a  small  book  in  Romanized  Urdu  written 
for  Sunday-schools,  reading  with  it  the  corresponding 
accounts  in  the  Gospels.  To-day  she  was  not  satis- 
fied until  she  had  read  from  Matthew  1 :  18  to  the 
end  of  the  fifth  chapter.  Like  her  mother  Bai  Sahiba 
is  in  sympathy  with  everything  that  is  good. 

I  am  greatly  pleased  with  the  Christlike  spirit  of 
the  inmates  of  this  Home.  A  Christian  Parsi  gentle- 
man, whose  wife  is  just  now  in  England,  is  boarding 
here  at  present.      He  became  a  Christian  thirty  years 

[358] 


Return  to  India 

ago  and  has  spent  most  of  his  time  in  preaching  in 
the  streets  of  Bombay  and  doing  other  Christian  serv- 
ice as  the  way  opens. 

The  Methodist  Mission  is  in  quite  another  part  of 
this  great  city,  quite  a  distance  from  here. 

I  am  planning  to  visit  Pandita  Ramabai  soon. 
There  has  been  a  special  outpouring  of  the  Holy 
Spirit  on  the  girls  of  her  Orphanage  recently.  The 
Pandita  has  written  an  account  of  it.  Some  of  the 
girls  have  received  "  the  gift  of  tongues  "  and  Rama- 
bai believes  that  these  "  tongues  "  are  given  for  a  sign 
to  unbelievers  among  her  people  that  they  may  see 
and  hear  of  God's  wonderful  works  and  repent  of 
their  hardness  of  heart. 

Some  of  the  girls  give  God's  message  very  clearly 
and  they  sing  hymns  and  praise  God  in  "  other 
tongues  "  as  well  as  in  their  own  language. 

Telgaon,  Poona  District,  'Jan.  J,  ipo8. 

My  dear  Miss  P : 

I  am  just  now  out  in  the  country,  about  one 
hundred  miles  south  of  Bombay,  where  the  South  In- 
dia Conference  has  a  boarding-school  for  girls.  Miss 
Lawson,  who  is  the  missionary  in  charge  of  the  school, 
invited  me  to  spend  Christmas  with  her  and  I  have 
quite  enjoyed  coming  to  this  place  which  is  beautiful 
for  situation  and  has  a  delightful  climate. 

[359] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

Pandita  Ramabai's  village  is  at  Khedgaon,  forty-five 
miles  from  here.  Miss  Lawson  and  I  went  there  last 
Saturday  and  I  remained  until  Tuesday  afternoon. 
From  what  you  have  heard  of  this  blessed  woman  you 
can  imagine  the  royal  welcome  that  we  received,  just 
such  as  a  true  member  of  our  Father's  family  knows 
how  to  give. 

There  are  at  present  about  fourteen  hundred  people 
sheltered,  fed,  clothed  and  controlled  through  the  faith 
and  perfect  trust  of  this  one  woman  brought  out  of 
heathenism  and  yielded  to  God,  soul  and  body,  seek- 
ing to  know  His  will  and  then  careful  to  do  it. 

Ramabai  was  converted  in  1883  and  was  baptized 
in  the  Church  of  England.  She  said,  "  I  had  gone  to 
England  to  study  and  fit  myself  for  my  life-work,  but 
it  was  several  years  before  I  found  in  Christ  that 
which  satisfied  my  soul." 

During  the  famine  of  1897  sne  was  ^ed  to  °Pen  tne 
work  which  has  been  so  blessed  of  God.  She  says, 
"  I  was  led  by  the  Lord  to  step  forward  and  start  this 
work,  trusting  Him  for  both  temporal  and  spiritual 
blessings.  I  can  testify  with  all  my  heart  that  I  have 
found  Him  faithful." 

While  in  America  some  friends  who  were  interested 
in  the  welfare  of  the  women  of  India  promised  to  help 
Ramabai  in  her  plan  for  work  among  the  widows  of 
her  country  and  on  her  return  to  India  she  opened 

[36o] 


Return  to  India 

her  Home  for  Widows  in  Bombay.  The  work  in 
the  beginning  was  purely  educational,  Ramabai  having 
resolved  that  religious  liberty  should  be  given  to  the 
inmates  of  the  Home,  but,  although  no  direct  religious 
instruction  was  given,  she  daily  read  the  Bible  aloud 
and  prayed  to  the  only  true  God  in  the  name  of  Jesus 
Christ,  hoping  that  the  women  seeing  and  hearing 
what  was  going  on  might  be  led  to  inquire  about  the 
true  religion  and  the  way  of  salvation. 

After  a  time  the  Home  was  removed  to  Poona,  and, 
when  more  room  was  needed,  it  was  again  removed 
to  the  place  it  now  occupies.  The  village  is  called 
Mukti  which  means  Salvation.  This  has  been  the 
crowning  visit  of  my  stay  in  India.  I  thought  the 
Jubilee  gathering  wonderful,  and  the  Dasehra  meet- 
ings were  glorious,  and  I  enjoyed  them  all,  but  noth- 
ing that  I  have  seen  appeals  to  me  as  does  this  work 
of  Pundita  Ramabai. 

There  is  a  large  church  building  in  which  the 
whole  community  can  be  seated  together  on  the  floor. 
There  are  no  chairs  or  benches  except  for  guests  and 
for  the  minister.  We  attended  the  Sunday  morning 
service  which  was  indeed  inspiring.  The  congrega- 
tion were  in  their  simple  Sunday  garments,  clean  and 
fresh,  their  faces  shining  from  the  inward  peace  of 
their  souls.  All  were  seated  on  the  floor  in  rows  as 
the  five  thousand  were  seated  on  the  ground  when  Je- 

[361] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

sus  fed  the  multitude.  I  was  reminded  of  that  com- 
pany as  I  looked  upon  this  congregation  who  were 
truly  fed  in  this  service  with  heavenly  manna. 

Miss  Abrams,  Ramabai's  competent  helper,  con- 
ducted the  service  and  called  on  one  of  the  women  to 
pray.  She  had  prayed,  perhaps,  three  minutes  when  a 
mighty  spirit  of  prayer  and  praise  came  upon  the 
whole  congregation.  As  they  all  prayed  aloud  the 
sound  was  like  a  rushing  stream  of  many  waters. 
Some  were  powerfully  shaken  and,  I  suppose,  spoke 
in  tongues,  but  I  could  not  distinguish  as  I  do  not 
know  their  language. 

This  continued  for  some  minutes  then  they  began 
to  sing  and  all  became  quiet  as  Miss  Abrams  arose  to 
give  out  her  text.  She  preached,  I  was  told,  an  ex- 
cellent sermon  in  Maratbi,  the  language  of  the  people 
in  that  part  of  the  country. 

This  exhibition  of  the  power  of  the  Spirit  seemed 
marvellous  to  me  though  I  was  somewhat  prepared 
for  it  from  what  I  had  heard  and  from  seeing  some- 
thing similar  to  it  among  the  missionaries  in  Bombay. 
God  is  pouring  out  His  Spirit  and  stirring  the  hearts 
of  the  people  all  over  India. 

On  Monday  I  visited  the  different  departments  of 
the  institution.  There  is  a  weaving  establishment 
where  about  five  hundred  of  the  girls  are  employed. 
The  yarn  is  purchased  in  Bombay  and  the  girls  color 

[362] 


Return  to  India 

it  and  prepare  it  for  weaving,  and  the  saris  worn  by 
the  women  and  girls  of  Mukti  are  woven  by  their 
hands.  As  this  is  the  Christmas  vacation  the  sewing 
class  was  not  going  on  as  usual  though  all  have  a  few 
hours  of  work  daily.  Miss  Bacon,  the  sewing-room 
teacher,  showed  me  some  of  the  work  that  is  being 
done.  There  were  collars  and  handkerchiefs  in  drawn 
work,  tea-cloths  and  tray-cloths,  embroidered  table- 
covers  and  many  other  kinds  of  work.  The  frocks 
for  the  little  girls  are  made  by  the  older  ones. 

Both  boys  and  girls  are  employed  in  the  printing 
establishment.  There  is  a  hospital  and  dispensary, 
both  under  excellent  management,  and  the  several 
kitchens  keep  many  hands  busy.  I  noticed  in  the 
grinding  room  that  the  wheat  is  ground  by  steam- 
power  instead  of  in  the  old  way,  between  two 
stones. 

The  houses  are  built  in  dormitory  style,  each  con- 
taining a  number  of  rooms  or  compartments.  Those 
for  visitors  are  simply  furnished  with  a  cot,  a  table, 
two  chairs,  and  a  cotton  mat  or  dart  beside  the  bed. 
A  curtain  shuts  off  the  bath  room  attached  to  each 
sleeping-room. 

The  church  is  a  large  building  built  of  stone  with 
board  floors  j  the  roof  is  of  tiles  ceiled  with  corrugated 
iron  held  by  wooden  braces  and  brackets.  The  walls 
are  the   same  outside  and  inside,  chipped  stone,  with- 

[363] 


A   Glimpse  of  Ijidia 

out  plaster  or  whitewash.  During  the  week  it  is  used 
for  school  purposes. 

Ramabai  sends  out  many  of  the  widows  who  have 
been  educated  by  her  to  become  Bible  women  or 
teachers  in  other  schools.  Recently  she  sent  out 
seventy  trained  women  to  preach  in  a  town  where 
pilgrims  come  by  thousands  to  bathe  in  the  river  and 
wash  away  their  sins.  The  women  live  in  the  town 
and  go  out  every  day  among  the  people  to  preach  and 
teach  and  to  visit  them  in  their  homes. 

At  a  short  distance  from  the  Mukti  establishment 
is  the  Farm  Colony  where  about  forty  families  are  lo- 
cated. The  wives  of  these  farmers  are  women  who 
have  been  educated  and  trained  at  Mukti.  Ramabai 
says  she  likes  to  keep  her  women  near  her  for  the 
first  year  or  two  of  their  married  life  so  that  she  can 
give  them  counsel  and  advice  when  needed. 

The  fields  need  great  care  as  water  is  not  plentiful. 
Grain  and  vegetables  are  raised  but  not  in  sufficient 
quantity  to  supply  so  large  a  family,  and  they  are 
obliged  to  depend  on  the  weekly  market  day  for  what- 
ever else  is  needed. 

It  is  delightful  to  see  the  cheerful,  happy  spirit 
which  reigns  in  all  the  departments  of  this  wonderful 
work.     It  is  truly  a  model  establishment. 

An  American  gentleman  and  his  wife  who  were 
making  a  tour  of  the  world  visited  Mukti,  and  he  said, 

[364] 


Return  to  India 

after  going  over  the  whole  place,  "  I  have  seen  the 
c  sights  '  of  India,  the  wonderful  mountain  peaks  of 
the  Himalayas,  the  exquisite  Taj  Mahal,  and  many 
other  grand  and  beautiful  things,  but  Mukti  surpasses 
them  all.     Mukti  is  the  crowning  wonder  of  all." 

Bombay ^  ^Jan.  <£,  ipo8. 

Once  more  in  Bombay ;  where  I  expect  to  remain 
until  I  sail  for  home  in  March. 

These  are  wonderful  days  all  over  the  world.  This 
morning  a  Mr.  Morehead  from  Southern  India  who  is 
a  guest  in  the  Home  conducted  prayers.  Before  going 
to  prayer  he  read  extracts  from  letters  which  he  had 
received  from  workers  in  different  countries  all  breath- 
ing the  same  spirit  and  expressing  the  desire  for  the 
fullness  of  the  Holy  Spirit. 

We  have  most  interesting  seasons  of  prayer  and 
Bible  teaching,  and  manifestations  of  God's  presence 
with  us  in  every  morning  service. 

Many  of  my  friends,  as  you  know,  thought  that  I 
was  assuming  a  risk  in  undertaking  the  long  journey 
to  India  at  this  time,  but  I  am  glad  that  I  came,  for 
the  meeting  with  old  friends  among  the  missionaries 
and  native  Christians  and  others  has  given  me  great 
pleasure,  and  it  has  been  most  gratifying  to  see,  not 
only  the  material  improvement  but  the  spiritual  growth 
in  the  mission  in  the  past  ten  years. 

[365] 


A   Glimpse  of  India 

One  of  the  most  encouraging  marks  of  growth  is 
the  spirit  of  those  who  have  accepted  Christ  and  are 
now  working  earnestly  for  the  salvation  of  others : 
the  growing  independence  of  the  native  church,  too, 
is  a  matter  of  interest. 

The  quiet  rest  of  this  Christian  Home  has  been  to 
me  a  season  of  Christian  communion  and  spiritual  up- 
lift, so  that  I  feel  stronger  for  my  home  journey  be- 
cause of  my  stay  in  this  "  Saints'  Rest." 


[366]